Cervical cancer update: The latest on screening & management

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 12/10/2021 - 15:38
Display Headline
Cervical cancer update: The latest on screening & management

The World Health Organization estimates that, in 2020, worldwide, there were 604,000 new cases of uterine cervical cancer and approximately 342,000 deaths, 84% of which occurred in developing countries.1 In the United States, as of 2018, the lifetime risk of death from cervical cancer was 2.2 for every 100,000, with a mean age of 50 years at diagnosis.2

In this article, we summarize recent updates in the epidemiology, prevention, and treatment of cervical cancer. We emphasize recent information of value to family physicians, including updates in clinical guidelines and other pertinent national recommendations.

Spotlight continues to shine on HPV

It has been known for several decades that cervical cancer is caused by human papillomavirus (HPV). Of more than 100 known HPV types, 14 or 15 are classified as carcinogenic. HPV 16 is the most common oncogenic type, causing more than 60% of cases of cervical cancer3,4; HPV 18 is second, causing 16.5% of cases—taken together, the 2 types account for more than 75% of cervical cancers.

HPV is the most common sexually transmitted infection, with as many as 80% of sexually active people becoming infected during their lifetime, generally before 50 years of age.5 HPV also causes other anogenital and oropharyngeal cancers; however, worldwide, more than 80% of HPV-associated cancers are cervical.6 Risk factors for cervical cancer are listed in TABLE 1.7 Cervical cancer is less common when partners are circumcised.7

Table of variables associated with cervical cancer
Table 1: Variables associated with cervical cancer

Most cases of HPV infection clear in 1 or 2 years. In approximately 1% of untreated cases, cancer develops. Once infection progresses to high-grade dysplasia (ie, cervical intraepithelial neoplasia [CIN] 3), further progression to invasive cervical cancer occurs in approximately 30% of untreated cases.8 Patients who develop cervical cancer generally test positive for a high-risk HPV genotype for at least 3 to 5 years before infection progresses to cancer.9

At least 70% of cervical cancers are squamous cell carcinoma (SCC); 20% to 25% are adenocarcinoma (ADC); and < 3% to 5% are adenosquamous carcinoma.10 Almost 100% of cervical SCCs are HPV+, as are 86% of cervical ADCs. The most common reason for HPV-negative status in patients with cervical cancer is false-negative testing because of inadequate methods.

Primary prevention through vaccination

HPV vaccination was introduced in 2006 in the United States for girls,a and for boysa in 2011. The primary reason for vaccinating boys is to reduce the rates of HPV-related anal and oropharyngeal cancer. The only available HPV vaccine in the United States is Gardasil 9 (9-valent vaccine, recombinant; Merck), which provides coverage for 7 high-risk HPV types that account for approximately 90% of cervical cancers and 2 types (6 and 11) that are the principal causes of condylomata acuminata (genital warts). Future generations of prophylactic vaccines are expected to cover additional strains.

Continue to: Vaccine studies...

 

 

Vaccine studies have been summarized in a Cochrane review,11 showing that vaccination is highly effective for prevention of cervical dysplasia, especially when given to young girls and womena previously unexposed to the virus. It has not been fully established how long protection lasts, but vaccination appears to be 70% to 90% effective for ≥ 10 years.

Dosing schedule. The Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP) of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) recommends a 2-dose schedule 6 to 15 months apart, for both girls and boys between 9 and 14 years of age.12 A third dose is indicated if the first and second doses were given less than 5 months apart, or the person is older than 15 years or is immunocompromised. No recommendation has been made for revaccination after the primary series.

In 2018, the US Food and Drug Administration approved Gardasil 9 for adults 27 to 45 years of age. In June 2019, ACIP recommended vaccination for mena as old as 26 years, and adopted a recommendation that unvaccinated men and women between 27 and 45 years discuss HPV vaccination with their physician.13

The adolescent HPV vaccination rate varies by state; however, all states lag behind the CDC’s Healthy People 2020 goal of 80%.14 Barriers to vaccination include cost, infrastructure limitations, and social stigma.

Secondary prevention: Screening and Tx of precancerous lesions

Cervical cancer screening identifies patients at increased risk of cervical cancer and reassures the great majority of them that their risk of cervical cancer is very low. There are 3 general approaches to cervical cancer screening:

  • cytology-based screening, which has been implemented for decades in many countries
  • primary testing for DNA or RNA markers of high-risk HPV types
  • co-testing with cytology-based screening plus HPV testing.

Continue to: USPSTF guidance

 

 

USPSTF guidance. Recommendations of the US Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF) for cervical cancer screening were updated in 2018 (TABLE 215). The recommendations state that high-risk HPV screening alone is a strategy that is amenable to patient self-sampling and self-mailing for processing—a protocol that has the potential to improve access to testing for patients who are inadequately screened.

Table of US Preventive Services Task Force recommendations for cervical cancer screening
Table 2: US Preventive Services Task Force recommendations for cervical cancer screening

ASCCP guidance. The American Society of Colposcopy and Cervical Pathology (ASCCP) makes nearly the same recommendations for cervical cancer screening. An exception is that ASCCP guidelines allow for the possibility of screening using primary high-risk HPV testing for patients starting at 25 years of age.16

Screening programs that can be initiated at a later age and longer intervals should be possible once the adolescent vaccination rate is optimized and vaccination registries are widely implemented.

Cervical cytology protocol

Cervical cytologic abnormalities are reported using the Bethesda system. Specimen adequacy is the most important component of quality assurance,17 and is determined primarily by sufficient cellularity. However, any specimen containing abnormal squamous cells of undetermined significance (ASCUS) or atypical glandular cells (AGCs) is considered satisfactory, regardless of the number of cells. Obscuring factors that impair quality include excessive blood; inflammation; air-drying artifact; and an interfering substance, such as lubricant. The presence of reactive changes resulting from inflammation does not require further evaluation unless the patient is immunosuppressed.

Abnormalities are most often of squamous cells, of 2 categories: low-grade squamous intraepithelial lesions (LSILs) and high-grade squamous intraepithelial lesions (HSILs). HSILs are more likely to be associated with persistent HPV infection and higher risk of progression to cervical cancer.

Continue to: Cytologic findings...

 

 

Cytologic findings can be associated with histologic findings that are sometimes more, sometimes less, severe. LSIL cytology specimens that contain a few cells that are suspicious for HSIL, but that do not contain enough cells to be diagnostic, are reported as atypical squamous cells, and do not exclude a high-grade intraepithelial lesion.

Glandular-cell abnormalities usually originate from the glandular epithelium of the endocervix or the endometrium—most often, AGCs. Less frequent are AGCs, favor neoplasia; endocervical adenocarcinoma in situ; and ADC. Rarely, AGCs are associated with adenosquamous carcinoma. Endometrial polyps are a typical benign pathology that can be associated with AGCs.

High-risk HPV screening alone is amenable to patient selfsampling and self-mailing for processing—a protocol that has the potential to improve access to testing.

In about 30% of cases, AGCs are associated with premalignant or malignant disease.18 The risk of malignancy in patients with AGCs increases with age, from < 2% among patients younger than 40 years to approximately 15% among those > 50 years.19 Endometrial malignancy is more common than cervical malignancy among patients > 40 years.

AGC cytology requires endocervical curettage, plus endometrial sampling for patients ≥ 35 years. Patients with a history of AGCs are at higher risk of cervical cancer for as long as 15 years.

Cytology-based screening has limitations. Sensitivity is relatively low and dependent on the expertise of the cytologist, although regular repeat testing has been used to overcome this limitation. A substantial subset of results are reported as equivocal—ie, ASCUS.

Continue to: Primary HPV screening

 

 

Primary HPV screening

Primary HPV testing was approved by the US Food and Drug Administration in 2015 and recommended as an appropriate screening option by professional societies.

In contrast to cytology-based screening, HPV testing has high sensitivity (≥ 90%); the population-based negative likelihood ratio is near zero.20 This degree of sensitivity allows for extended screening intervals. However, primary HPV testing lacks specificity for persistent infection and high-grade or invasive lesions, which approximately doubles the number of patients who screen positive. The potential for excess patients to be referred for colposcopy led to the need for secondary triage.

Instituting secondary triage. Cytology is, currently, the primary method of secondary triage, reducing the number of referrals for colposcopy by nearly one-half, compared to referrals for all high-risk HPV results, and with better overall accuracy over cytology with high-risk HPV triage.21 When cytology shows ASCUS, or worse, refer the patient for colposcopy; alternatively, if so-called reflex testing for HPV types 16 and 18 is available and positive, direct referral to colposcopy without cytology is also appropriate.

In the future, secondary triage for cytology is likely to be replaced with improved technologies, such as immunostaining of the specimen for biomarkers associated with cervical precancer or cancer, or for viral genome methylation testing.22

table on cervical cancer recommendations
ASCPP guiding principles for 2019 recommendations

Management of abnormal cervical cancer screening results

Routine screening applies to asymptomatic patients who do not require surveillance because they have not had prior abnormal screening results. In 2020, ASCCP published risk-based management consensus guidelines that were developed for abnormal cervical cancer screening tests and for cancer precursors.16 Guiding principles, and screening situations in which the guidelines can be applied, are summarized in TABLE 3.16

Continue to: ASCCP guidelines...

 

 

ASCCP guidelines provide a framework to incorporate new data and technologies without major revision. The web-based ASCCP resource can be obtained at no cost at http://asccp.org; there is also a smartphone app resource ($9.99).

Some noteworthy scenarios in ASCCP risk-based management are:

  • For unsatisfactory cytology with a negative HPV test or no HPV test, repeat age-based screening in 2 to 4 months. (Note: A negative HPV test might reflect an inadequate specimen; do not interpret this result as a true negative.)
  • An absent transformation zone (ie, between glandular and squamous cervical cells) with an otherwise adequate specimen should be interpreted as satisfactory for screening in patients 21 to 29 years of age. For those ≥ 30 years and with no HPV testing in this circumstance, HPV testing is preferred; repeating cytology, in 3 years, is also acceptable.
  • After a finding of LSIL/CIN1 without evidence of a high-grade abnormality, and after 2 negative annual screenings (including HPV testing), a return to 3-year (not 5-year) screening is ­recommended.
  • A cytology result of an HSIL carries a risk of 26% for CIN3+, in which case colposcopy is recommended, regardless of HPV test results.
  • For long-term management after treatment for CIN2+, continue surveillance testing every 3 years after 3 consecutive negative HPV tests or cytology findings, for at least 25 years. If the 25-year threshold is reached before 65 years of age, continuing surveillance every 3 years is optional, as long as the patient is in good health (ie, life expectancy ≥ 10 years).
  • After hysterectomy for a high-grade abnormality, annual vaginal HPV testing is recommended until 3 negative tests are returned; after that, surveillance shifts to a 3-year interval until the 25-year threshold.

Treatment of cancer precursors

Treatment for cervical dysplasia is excisional or ablative.

Excisional therapy. In most cases, excisional therapy (either a loop electrosurgical excision procedure [LEEP; also known as large loop excision of the transformation zone, cold knife conization, and laser conization] or cone biopsy) is required, or preferred. Excisional treatment has the advantage of providing a diagnostic specimen.

In about 30% of cases, atypical glandular cells (AGCs) found on cytology are associated with premalignant or malignant disease. The risk of malignancy with AGCs increases with age.

The World Health Organization recommends LEEP over ablation in settings in which LEEP is available.23 ASCCP states that, in the relatively few cases in which treatment is needed and it is for CIN1, either excision or ablation is acceptable. TABLE 416 lists situations in which excisional treatment is required because a diagnostic specimen is needed.

table on cervical lesions
Table 4: cervical lesions and other patient factors that require a diagnostic specimen

Continue to: Ablative treatments

 

 

Ablative treatments are cryotherapy, CO2 laser ablation, and thermal ablation. Ablative therapy has the advantage of presenting less risk of adverse obstetric outcomes (eg, preterm birth); it can be used if the indication for therapy is:

  • CIN1 or CIN2 and HPV type 16 or 18 positivity
  • concordant cytology and histology
  • satisfactory colposcopy
  • negative endocervical curettage.

The most common ablative treatment is liquid nitrogen applied to a metal tip under local anesthesia.

Hysterectomy can be considered for patients with recurrent CIN2+ who have completed childbearing or for whom repeat excision is infeasible (eg, scarring or a short cervix), or both.

Cost, availability, and convenience might play a role in decision-making with regard to the treatment choice for cancer precursors.

Is care after treatment called for? Patients who continue to be at increased risk of (and thus mortality from) cervical and vaginal cancer require enhanced surveillance. The risk of cancer is more than triple for patients who were given their diagnosis, and treated, when they were > 60 years, compared to patients treated in their 30s.1 The excess period of risk covers at least 25 years after treatment, even among patients who have had 3 posttreatment screenings.

Continue to: Persistent HPV positivity...

 

 

Persistent HPV positivity is more challenging. Patients infected with HPV type 16 have an increased risk of residual disease.

Cancer management

Invasive cancer. Most cervical cancers (60%) occur among patients who have not been screened during the 5 years before their diagnosis.24 For patients who have a diagnosis of cancer, those detected through screening have a much better prognosis than those identified by symptoms (mean cure rate, 92% and 66%, respectively).25 The median 5-year survival for patients who were not screened during the 5 years before their diagnosis of cervical cancer is 66%.2

In unscreened patients, cervical cancer usually manifests as abnormal vaginal bleeding, especially postcoitally. In approximately 45% of cases, the patient has localized disease at diagnosis; in 36%, regional disease; and in 15%, distant metastases.26

For cancers marked by stromal invasion < 3 mm, appropriate treatment is cone biopsy or simple hysterectomy.27

Most patients with early-stage cervical cancer undergo modified radical hysterectomy. The ovaries are usually conserved, unless the cancer is adenocarcinoma. Sentinel-node dissection has become standard practice. Primary radiation therapy is most often used for patients who are a poor surgical candidate because of medical comorbidity or poor functional status. Antiangiogenic agents (eg, bevacizumab) can be used as adjuvant palliative therapy for advanced and recurrent disease.28

Continue to: After treatment for...

 

 

After treatment for invasive cervical cancer, the goal is early detection of recurrence, although there is no consensus on a protocol. Most recurrences are detected within the first 2 years.

After treatment for invasive cervical cancer, the goal is early detection of recurrence. Most recurrences are detected within the first 2 years.

Long-term sequelae after treatment for advanced cancer are considerable. Patients report significantly lower quality of life, comparatively, across multiple dimensions, including mental health, physical health, and sexual function.29

Hormone replacement therapy is generally considered acceptable after treatment of cervical cancer because it does not increase replication of HPV.

Recurrent or metastatic cancer. Recurrence or metastases will develop in 15% to 60% of patients,30 usually within the first 2 years after treatment.

Management depends on location and extent of disease, using mainly radiation therapy or surgical resection. Recurrence or metastasis is usually incurable.

Continue to: Last, there are promising...

 

 

Last, there are promising areas of research for more effective treatment for cervical cancer precursors and cancers, including gene editing tools31 and therapeutic vaccination,32 which is intended to target and kill infected cells.

Prospects for better cervical cancer care

Prevention. HPV vaccination is likely to have a large impact on population-based risk of both cancer and cancer precursors in the next generation.

Screening in the foreseeable future will gravitate toward reliance on primary HPV screening, with a self-sampling option.

Surveillance after dysplastic disease. The 2019 ASCCP guidelines for surveillance and intervention decisions after abnormal cancer screening results will evolve to incorporate introduction of new technology into computerized algorithms.

Treatment. New biologic therapies, including monoclonal antibodies and therapeutic vaccines against HPV, will likely be introduced for treating cancer precursors and invasive cancer.

A NOTE FROM THE EDITORS The Editors of The Journal of Family Practice recognize the importance of addressing the reproductive health of gender-diverse individuals. In this article, we use the words “women,” “men,” “girls,” and “boys” in limited circumstances (1) for ease of reading and (2) to reflect the official language of the US Food and Drug Administration and the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices. The reader should consider the information and guidance offered in this discussion of cervical cancer and other human papillomavirus-related cancers to speak to the care of people with a uterine cervix and people with a penis.

CORRESPONDENCE
Linda Speer, MD, 3000 Arlington Avenue, MS 1179, Toledo, OH 43614; [email protected]

References

1. Sung H, Ferlay J, Siegel RL, et al. Global cancer statistics 2020: GLOBOCAN estimates of incidence and mortality worldwide for 36 cancers in 185 countries. CA Cancer J Clin. 2021;71:209-249. doi: 10.3322/caac.21660

2. Cancer stat facts: cervical cancer. National Cancer Institute Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results [SEER] Program. Accessed November 14, 2021. https://seer.cancer.gov/statfacts/html/cervix.html

3. Guan P, Howell-Jones R, Li N, et al. Human papillomavirus types in 115,789 HPV-positive women: a meta-analysis from cervical infection to cancer. Int J Cancer 2012;131:2349-2359. doi: 10.1002/ijc.27485

4. Winer RL, Hughes JP, Feng Q, et al. Early history of incident, type-specific human papillomavirus infections in newly sexually active young women. Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev. 2011;20:699-707. doi: 10.1158/1055-9965.EPI-10-1108

5. Chesson HW, Dunne EF, Hariri F, et al. The estimated lifetime probability of acquiring human papillomavirus in the United States. Sex Transm Dis. 2014;41:660-664. doi: 10.1097/OLQ.0000000000000193

6. Human papillomavirus (HPV) and cervical cancer. Fact sheet. Geneva, Switzerland: World Health Organization; November 11, 2020. Accessed November 14, 2021. www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/human-papillomavirus-(hpv)-and-cervical-cancer

7. International Collaboration of Epidemiological Studies of Cervical Cancer. Comparison of risk factors for invasive squamous cell carcinoma and adenocarcinoma of the cervix: collaborative reanalysis of individual data on 8,097 women with squamous cell carcinoma and 1,374 women with adenocarcinoma from 12 epidemiological studies. Int J Cancer. 2007;120:885-891. doi: 10.1002/ijc.22357

8. McCredie MRE, Sharples KJ, Paul C, et al. Natural history of cervical cancer neoplasia and risk of invasive cancer in women with cervical intraepithelial neoplasia 3: a retrospective cohort study. Lancet Oncol. 2008:9:425-434. doi: 10.1016/S1470-2045(08)70103-7

9. de Sanjose S, Quint WG, Alemany I, et al; Retrospective International Survey and HPV Time Trends Study Group. Human papillomavirus genotype attribution in invasive cervical cancer: a retrospective, cross-sectional worldwide study. Lancet Oncol. 2010;11:1048-1056. doi: 10.1016/S1470-2045(10)70230-8

10. Ries LAG, Melbert D, Krapcho M, et al. SEER Cancer Statistics Review 1975-2004. Bethesda, MD: National Cancer Institute; 2007. Accessed November 14, 2021. https://seer.cancer.gov/archive/csr/1975_2004/#citation

11. Arbyn M, Xu L, Simoens C, et al. Prophylactic vaccination against human papillomaviruses to prevent cervical cancer and its precursors. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2018;5:CD009069. doi: 10.1002/14651858.CD009069.pub3

12. Meites E, Kempe A, Markowitz LE. Use of a 2-dose schedule for human papillomavirus vaccination—updated recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2016:65;1405-1408. doi: 10.15585/mmwr.mm6549a5

13. Meites E, Szilagyi PG, Chesson HW, et al. Human papillomavirus vaccination for adults: updated recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2019;68:698-702. doi: 10.15585/mmwr.mm6832a3

14. State-level data: Female adolescents receiving 2 or 3 doses of HPV vaccine by age 13-15 years (percent). HealthyPeople.gov. Accessed November 14, 2021. www.healthypeople.gov/2020/data/map/4657?year=2018

15. United States Preventive Services Task Force; Curry SJ, Krist AH, Owens DK, et al. Screening for cervical cancer: US Preventive Services Task Force recommendation statement. JAMA 2018;320:674-686. doi: 10.1001/jama.2018.10897

16. Perkins RB, Guido RS, Castle PE, et al; 2019 ASCCP Risk-Based Management Consensus Guidelines Committee. 2019 ASCCP risk-based management consensus guidelines for abnormal cervical cancer screening tests and cancer precursors. J Low Genit Tract Dis. 2020;24:102-131. doi: 10.1097/LGT.0000000000000525

17. Nayar R, Wilbur DC. The Pap test and Bethesda 2014. Cancer Cytopathol. 2015;123;271-281. doi: 10.1002/cncy.21521

18. Schnatz PF, Guile M, O’Sullivan DM, et al. Clinical significance of atypical glandular cells on cervical cytology. Obstet Gynecol 2006;107:701-708. doi: 10.1097/01.AOG.0000202401.29145.68

19. Zhao C, Florea A, Onisko A, et al. Histologic follow-up results in 662 patients with Pap test findings of atypical glandular cells: results from a large academic womens hospital laboratory employing sensitive screening methods. Gynecol Oncol 2009;114:383-389. doi: 10.1016/j.ygyno.2009.05.019

20. Zazove P, Reed BD, Gregoire L, et al. Low false-negative rate of PCR analysis for detecting human papillomavirus-related cervical lesions. J Clin Microbiol. 1998;36:2708-2713. doi: 10.1128/JCM.36.9.2708-2713.1998

21. Richardson LA, El-Zein M, Ramankumar AV, et al; PEACHS (Pap Efficacy After Cervical HPV Status) Study Consortium. HPV DNA testing with cytology triage in cervical cancer screening: influence of revealing HPV infection status. Cancer Cytopathol. 2015:123:745-754. doi: 10.1002/cncy.21596

22. Wentzensen N, Schiffman M, Palmer T, et al. Triage of HPV positive women in cervical cancer screening. J Clin Virol 2016;76:S49-S55. doi: 10.1016/j.jcv.2015.11.015

23. WHO Guidelines: Use of Cryotherapy for Cervical Intraepithelial Neoplasia. Geneva, Switzerland: World Health Organization; 2011. Accessed November 14, 2021. www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK138476/pdf/Bookshelf_NBK138476.pdf

24. Spence AR, Goggin P, Franco EL. Process of care failures in invasive cervical cancer: systematic review and meta-analysis. Prev Med. 2007:45:93-106. doi: 10.1016/j.ypmed.2007.06.007

25. Rositch AF, Nowak RG, Gravitt PE. Increased age and race-specific incidence of cervical cancer after correction for hysterectomy prevalence in the United States from 2000-2009. Cancer. 2014:120:2032-2038. doi: 10.1002/cncr.28548

26. Siegel RL, Miller KD, Fuchs HE, et al. Cancer statistics, 2021. CA: Cancer J Clin. 2021;71:7-33. doi: 10.3322/caac.21654

27. National Comprehensive Cancer Network. Clinical practice guidelines in oncology: cervical cancer. Accessed June 15, 2021. www.nccn.org/professionals/physician_gls/pdf/cervical.pdf

28. Tewari KS, Sill MW, Penson RT, et al. Bevacizumab for advanced cervical cancer: final overall survival and adverse event analysis of a randomised, controlled, open-label, phase 3 trial (Gynecologic Oncology Group 240). Lancet. 2017;390:1654-1663. doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(17)31607-0

29. Osann K, Hsieh S, Nelson EL, et al. Factors associated with poor quality of life among cervical cancer survivors: implications for clinical care and clinical trials. Gynecol Oncol. 2014;135:266-272. doi: 10.1016/j.ygyno.2014.08.036

30. Ries LAG, Harkins D, Krapcho M, et al. SEER Cancer Statistics Review, 1975 to 2003. Bethesda, MD: National Cancer Institute; 2007. Accessed November 14, 2021. https://seer.cancer.gov/archive/csr/1975_2003/#citation

31. Hu Z, Ding M. The precision prevention and therapy of HPV-related cervical cancer: new concepts and clinical implications. Cancer Med. 2018;7:5217-5236. doi: 10.1002/cam4.1501

32. Wang R, Pan W, Jin L, et al. Human papillomavirus vaccine against cervical cancer: opportunity and challenge. Cancer Lett. 2020;471:88-102. doi: 10.1016/j.canlet.2019.11.039

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Department of Family Medicine, University of Toledo College of Medicine and Life Sciences, OH
[email protected]

The authors reported no potential conflict of interest relevant to this article.

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 70(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
499-505,509
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Department of Family Medicine, University of Toledo College of Medicine and Life Sciences, OH
[email protected]

The authors reported no potential conflict of interest relevant to this article.

Author and Disclosure Information

Department of Family Medicine, University of Toledo College of Medicine and Life Sciences, OH
[email protected]

The authors reported no potential conflict of interest relevant to this article.

Article PDF
Article PDF

The World Health Organization estimates that, in 2020, worldwide, there were 604,000 new cases of uterine cervical cancer and approximately 342,000 deaths, 84% of which occurred in developing countries.1 In the United States, as of 2018, the lifetime risk of death from cervical cancer was 2.2 for every 100,000, with a mean age of 50 years at diagnosis.2

In this article, we summarize recent updates in the epidemiology, prevention, and treatment of cervical cancer. We emphasize recent information of value to family physicians, including updates in clinical guidelines and other pertinent national recommendations.

Spotlight continues to shine on HPV

It has been known for several decades that cervical cancer is caused by human papillomavirus (HPV). Of more than 100 known HPV types, 14 or 15 are classified as carcinogenic. HPV 16 is the most common oncogenic type, causing more than 60% of cases of cervical cancer3,4; HPV 18 is second, causing 16.5% of cases—taken together, the 2 types account for more than 75% of cervical cancers.

HPV is the most common sexually transmitted infection, with as many as 80% of sexually active people becoming infected during their lifetime, generally before 50 years of age.5 HPV also causes other anogenital and oropharyngeal cancers; however, worldwide, more than 80% of HPV-associated cancers are cervical.6 Risk factors for cervical cancer are listed in TABLE 1.7 Cervical cancer is less common when partners are circumcised.7

Table of variables associated with cervical cancer
Table 1: Variables associated with cervical cancer

Most cases of HPV infection clear in 1 or 2 years. In approximately 1% of untreated cases, cancer develops. Once infection progresses to high-grade dysplasia (ie, cervical intraepithelial neoplasia [CIN] 3), further progression to invasive cervical cancer occurs in approximately 30% of untreated cases.8 Patients who develop cervical cancer generally test positive for a high-risk HPV genotype for at least 3 to 5 years before infection progresses to cancer.9

At least 70% of cervical cancers are squamous cell carcinoma (SCC); 20% to 25% are adenocarcinoma (ADC); and < 3% to 5% are adenosquamous carcinoma.10 Almost 100% of cervical SCCs are HPV+, as are 86% of cervical ADCs. The most common reason for HPV-negative status in patients with cervical cancer is false-negative testing because of inadequate methods.

Primary prevention through vaccination

HPV vaccination was introduced in 2006 in the United States for girls,a and for boysa in 2011. The primary reason for vaccinating boys is to reduce the rates of HPV-related anal and oropharyngeal cancer. The only available HPV vaccine in the United States is Gardasil 9 (9-valent vaccine, recombinant; Merck), which provides coverage for 7 high-risk HPV types that account for approximately 90% of cervical cancers and 2 types (6 and 11) that are the principal causes of condylomata acuminata (genital warts). Future generations of prophylactic vaccines are expected to cover additional strains.

Continue to: Vaccine studies...

 

 

Vaccine studies have been summarized in a Cochrane review,11 showing that vaccination is highly effective for prevention of cervical dysplasia, especially when given to young girls and womena previously unexposed to the virus. It has not been fully established how long protection lasts, but vaccination appears to be 70% to 90% effective for ≥ 10 years.

Dosing schedule. The Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP) of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) recommends a 2-dose schedule 6 to 15 months apart, for both girls and boys between 9 and 14 years of age.12 A third dose is indicated if the first and second doses were given less than 5 months apart, or the person is older than 15 years or is immunocompromised. No recommendation has been made for revaccination after the primary series.

In 2018, the US Food and Drug Administration approved Gardasil 9 for adults 27 to 45 years of age. In June 2019, ACIP recommended vaccination for mena as old as 26 years, and adopted a recommendation that unvaccinated men and women between 27 and 45 years discuss HPV vaccination with their physician.13

The adolescent HPV vaccination rate varies by state; however, all states lag behind the CDC’s Healthy People 2020 goal of 80%.14 Barriers to vaccination include cost, infrastructure limitations, and social stigma.

Secondary prevention: Screening and Tx of precancerous lesions

Cervical cancer screening identifies patients at increased risk of cervical cancer and reassures the great majority of them that their risk of cervical cancer is very low. There are 3 general approaches to cervical cancer screening:

  • cytology-based screening, which has been implemented for decades in many countries
  • primary testing for DNA or RNA markers of high-risk HPV types
  • co-testing with cytology-based screening plus HPV testing.

Continue to: USPSTF guidance

 

 

USPSTF guidance. Recommendations of the US Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF) for cervical cancer screening were updated in 2018 (TABLE 215). The recommendations state that high-risk HPV screening alone is a strategy that is amenable to patient self-sampling and self-mailing for processing—a protocol that has the potential to improve access to testing for patients who are inadequately screened.

Table of US Preventive Services Task Force recommendations for cervical cancer screening
Table 2: US Preventive Services Task Force recommendations for cervical cancer screening

ASCCP guidance. The American Society of Colposcopy and Cervical Pathology (ASCCP) makes nearly the same recommendations for cervical cancer screening. An exception is that ASCCP guidelines allow for the possibility of screening using primary high-risk HPV testing for patients starting at 25 years of age.16

Screening programs that can be initiated at a later age and longer intervals should be possible once the adolescent vaccination rate is optimized and vaccination registries are widely implemented.

Cervical cytology protocol

Cervical cytologic abnormalities are reported using the Bethesda system. Specimen adequacy is the most important component of quality assurance,17 and is determined primarily by sufficient cellularity. However, any specimen containing abnormal squamous cells of undetermined significance (ASCUS) or atypical glandular cells (AGCs) is considered satisfactory, regardless of the number of cells. Obscuring factors that impair quality include excessive blood; inflammation; air-drying artifact; and an interfering substance, such as lubricant. The presence of reactive changes resulting from inflammation does not require further evaluation unless the patient is immunosuppressed.

Abnormalities are most often of squamous cells, of 2 categories: low-grade squamous intraepithelial lesions (LSILs) and high-grade squamous intraepithelial lesions (HSILs). HSILs are more likely to be associated with persistent HPV infection and higher risk of progression to cervical cancer.

Continue to: Cytologic findings...

 

 

Cytologic findings can be associated with histologic findings that are sometimes more, sometimes less, severe. LSIL cytology specimens that contain a few cells that are suspicious for HSIL, but that do not contain enough cells to be diagnostic, are reported as atypical squamous cells, and do not exclude a high-grade intraepithelial lesion.

Glandular-cell abnormalities usually originate from the glandular epithelium of the endocervix or the endometrium—most often, AGCs. Less frequent are AGCs, favor neoplasia; endocervical adenocarcinoma in situ; and ADC. Rarely, AGCs are associated with adenosquamous carcinoma. Endometrial polyps are a typical benign pathology that can be associated with AGCs.

High-risk HPV screening alone is amenable to patient selfsampling and self-mailing for processing—a protocol that has the potential to improve access to testing.

In about 30% of cases, AGCs are associated with premalignant or malignant disease.18 The risk of malignancy in patients with AGCs increases with age, from < 2% among patients younger than 40 years to approximately 15% among those > 50 years.19 Endometrial malignancy is more common than cervical malignancy among patients > 40 years.

AGC cytology requires endocervical curettage, plus endometrial sampling for patients ≥ 35 years. Patients with a history of AGCs are at higher risk of cervical cancer for as long as 15 years.

Cytology-based screening has limitations. Sensitivity is relatively low and dependent on the expertise of the cytologist, although regular repeat testing has been used to overcome this limitation. A substantial subset of results are reported as equivocal—ie, ASCUS.

Continue to: Primary HPV screening

 

 

Primary HPV screening

Primary HPV testing was approved by the US Food and Drug Administration in 2015 and recommended as an appropriate screening option by professional societies.

In contrast to cytology-based screening, HPV testing has high sensitivity (≥ 90%); the population-based negative likelihood ratio is near zero.20 This degree of sensitivity allows for extended screening intervals. However, primary HPV testing lacks specificity for persistent infection and high-grade or invasive lesions, which approximately doubles the number of patients who screen positive. The potential for excess patients to be referred for colposcopy led to the need for secondary triage.

Instituting secondary triage. Cytology is, currently, the primary method of secondary triage, reducing the number of referrals for colposcopy by nearly one-half, compared to referrals for all high-risk HPV results, and with better overall accuracy over cytology with high-risk HPV triage.21 When cytology shows ASCUS, or worse, refer the patient for colposcopy; alternatively, if so-called reflex testing for HPV types 16 and 18 is available and positive, direct referral to colposcopy without cytology is also appropriate.

In the future, secondary triage for cytology is likely to be replaced with improved technologies, such as immunostaining of the specimen for biomarkers associated with cervical precancer or cancer, or for viral genome methylation testing.22

table on cervical cancer recommendations
ASCPP guiding principles for 2019 recommendations

Management of abnormal cervical cancer screening results

Routine screening applies to asymptomatic patients who do not require surveillance because they have not had prior abnormal screening results. In 2020, ASCCP published risk-based management consensus guidelines that were developed for abnormal cervical cancer screening tests and for cancer precursors.16 Guiding principles, and screening situations in which the guidelines can be applied, are summarized in TABLE 3.16

Continue to: ASCCP guidelines...

 

 

ASCCP guidelines provide a framework to incorporate new data and technologies without major revision. The web-based ASCCP resource can be obtained at no cost at http://asccp.org; there is also a smartphone app resource ($9.99).

Some noteworthy scenarios in ASCCP risk-based management are:

  • For unsatisfactory cytology with a negative HPV test or no HPV test, repeat age-based screening in 2 to 4 months. (Note: A negative HPV test might reflect an inadequate specimen; do not interpret this result as a true negative.)
  • An absent transformation zone (ie, between glandular and squamous cervical cells) with an otherwise adequate specimen should be interpreted as satisfactory for screening in patients 21 to 29 years of age. For those ≥ 30 years and with no HPV testing in this circumstance, HPV testing is preferred; repeating cytology, in 3 years, is also acceptable.
  • After a finding of LSIL/CIN1 without evidence of a high-grade abnormality, and after 2 negative annual screenings (including HPV testing), a return to 3-year (not 5-year) screening is ­recommended.
  • A cytology result of an HSIL carries a risk of 26% for CIN3+, in which case colposcopy is recommended, regardless of HPV test results.
  • For long-term management after treatment for CIN2+, continue surveillance testing every 3 years after 3 consecutive negative HPV tests or cytology findings, for at least 25 years. If the 25-year threshold is reached before 65 years of age, continuing surveillance every 3 years is optional, as long as the patient is in good health (ie, life expectancy ≥ 10 years).
  • After hysterectomy for a high-grade abnormality, annual vaginal HPV testing is recommended until 3 negative tests are returned; after that, surveillance shifts to a 3-year interval until the 25-year threshold.

Treatment of cancer precursors

Treatment for cervical dysplasia is excisional or ablative.

Excisional therapy. In most cases, excisional therapy (either a loop electrosurgical excision procedure [LEEP; also known as large loop excision of the transformation zone, cold knife conization, and laser conization] or cone biopsy) is required, or preferred. Excisional treatment has the advantage of providing a diagnostic specimen.

In about 30% of cases, atypical glandular cells (AGCs) found on cytology are associated with premalignant or malignant disease. The risk of malignancy with AGCs increases with age.

The World Health Organization recommends LEEP over ablation in settings in which LEEP is available.23 ASCCP states that, in the relatively few cases in which treatment is needed and it is for CIN1, either excision or ablation is acceptable. TABLE 416 lists situations in which excisional treatment is required because a diagnostic specimen is needed.

table on cervical lesions
Table 4: cervical lesions and other patient factors that require a diagnostic specimen

Continue to: Ablative treatments

 

 

Ablative treatments are cryotherapy, CO2 laser ablation, and thermal ablation. Ablative therapy has the advantage of presenting less risk of adverse obstetric outcomes (eg, preterm birth); it can be used if the indication for therapy is:

  • CIN1 or CIN2 and HPV type 16 or 18 positivity
  • concordant cytology and histology
  • satisfactory colposcopy
  • negative endocervical curettage.

The most common ablative treatment is liquid nitrogen applied to a metal tip under local anesthesia.

Hysterectomy can be considered for patients with recurrent CIN2+ who have completed childbearing or for whom repeat excision is infeasible (eg, scarring or a short cervix), or both.

Cost, availability, and convenience might play a role in decision-making with regard to the treatment choice for cancer precursors.

Is care after treatment called for? Patients who continue to be at increased risk of (and thus mortality from) cervical and vaginal cancer require enhanced surveillance. The risk of cancer is more than triple for patients who were given their diagnosis, and treated, when they were > 60 years, compared to patients treated in their 30s.1 The excess period of risk covers at least 25 years after treatment, even among patients who have had 3 posttreatment screenings.

Continue to: Persistent HPV positivity...

 

 

Persistent HPV positivity is more challenging. Patients infected with HPV type 16 have an increased risk of residual disease.

Cancer management

Invasive cancer. Most cervical cancers (60%) occur among patients who have not been screened during the 5 years before their diagnosis.24 For patients who have a diagnosis of cancer, those detected through screening have a much better prognosis than those identified by symptoms (mean cure rate, 92% and 66%, respectively).25 The median 5-year survival for patients who were not screened during the 5 years before their diagnosis of cervical cancer is 66%.2

In unscreened patients, cervical cancer usually manifests as abnormal vaginal bleeding, especially postcoitally. In approximately 45% of cases, the patient has localized disease at diagnosis; in 36%, regional disease; and in 15%, distant metastases.26

For cancers marked by stromal invasion < 3 mm, appropriate treatment is cone biopsy or simple hysterectomy.27

Most patients with early-stage cervical cancer undergo modified radical hysterectomy. The ovaries are usually conserved, unless the cancer is adenocarcinoma. Sentinel-node dissection has become standard practice. Primary radiation therapy is most often used for patients who are a poor surgical candidate because of medical comorbidity or poor functional status. Antiangiogenic agents (eg, bevacizumab) can be used as adjuvant palliative therapy for advanced and recurrent disease.28

Continue to: After treatment for...

 

 

After treatment for invasive cervical cancer, the goal is early detection of recurrence, although there is no consensus on a protocol. Most recurrences are detected within the first 2 years.

After treatment for invasive cervical cancer, the goal is early detection of recurrence. Most recurrences are detected within the first 2 years.

Long-term sequelae after treatment for advanced cancer are considerable. Patients report significantly lower quality of life, comparatively, across multiple dimensions, including mental health, physical health, and sexual function.29

Hormone replacement therapy is generally considered acceptable after treatment of cervical cancer because it does not increase replication of HPV.

Recurrent or metastatic cancer. Recurrence or metastases will develop in 15% to 60% of patients,30 usually within the first 2 years after treatment.

Management depends on location and extent of disease, using mainly radiation therapy or surgical resection. Recurrence or metastasis is usually incurable.

Continue to: Last, there are promising...

 

 

Last, there are promising areas of research for more effective treatment for cervical cancer precursors and cancers, including gene editing tools31 and therapeutic vaccination,32 which is intended to target and kill infected cells.

Prospects for better cervical cancer care

Prevention. HPV vaccination is likely to have a large impact on population-based risk of both cancer and cancer precursors in the next generation.

Screening in the foreseeable future will gravitate toward reliance on primary HPV screening, with a self-sampling option.

Surveillance after dysplastic disease. The 2019 ASCCP guidelines for surveillance and intervention decisions after abnormal cancer screening results will evolve to incorporate introduction of new technology into computerized algorithms.

Treatment. New biologic therapies, including monoclonal antibodies and therapeutic vaccines against HPV, will likely be introduced for treating cancer precursors and invasive cancer.

A NOTE FROM THE EDITORS The Editors of The Journal of Family Practice recognize the importance of addressing the reproductive health of gender-diverse individuals. In this article, we use the words “women,” “men,” “girls,” and “boys” in limited circumstances (1) for ease of reading and (2) to reflect the official language of the US Food and Drug Administration and the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices. The reader should consider the information and guidance offered in this discussion of cervical cancer and other human papillomavirus-related cancers to speak to the care of people with a uterine cervix and people with a penis.

CORRESPONDENCE
Linda Speer, MD, 3000 Arlington Avenue, MS 1179, Toledo, OH 43614; [email protected]

The World Health Organization estimates that, in 2020, worldwide, there were 604,000 new cases of uterine cervical cancer and approximately 342,000 deaths, 84% of which occurred in developing countries.1 In the United States, as of 2018, the lifetime risk of death from cervical cancer was 2.2 for every 100,000, with a mean age of 50 years at diagnosis.2

In this article, we summarize recent updates in the epidemiology, prevention, and treatment of cervical cancer. We emphasize recent information of value to family physicians, including updates in clinical guidelines and other pertinent national recommendations.

Spotlight continues to shine on HPV

It has been known for several decades that cervical cancer is caused by human papillomavirus (HPV). Of more than 100 known HPV types, 14 or 15 are classified as carcinogenic. HPV 16 is the most common oncogenic type, causing more than 60% of cases of cervical cancer3,4; HPV 18 is second, causing 16.5% of cases—taken together, the 2 types account for more than 75% of cervical cancers.

HPV is the most common sexually transmitted infection, with as many as 80% of sexually active people becoming infected during their lifetime, generally before 50 years of age.5 HPV also causes other anogenital and oropharyngeal cancers; however, worldwide, more than 80% of HPV-associated cancers are cervical.6 Risk factors for cervical cancer are listed in TABLE 1.7 Cervical cancer is less common when partners are circumcised.7

Table of variables associated with cervical cancer
Table 1: Variables associated with cervical cancer

Most cases of HPV infection clear in 1 or 2 years. In approximately 1% of untreated cases, cancer develops. Once infection progresses to high-grade dysplasia (ie, cervical intraepithelial neoplasia [CIN] 3), further progression to invasive cervical cancer occurs in approximately 30% of untreated cases.8 Patients who develop cervical cancer generally test positive for a high-risk HPV genotype for at least 3 to 5 years before infection progresses to cancer.9

At least 70% of cervical cancers are squamous cell carcinoma (SCC); 20% to 25% are adenocarcinoma (ADC); and < 3% to 5% are adenosquamous carcinoma.10 Almost 100% of cervical SCCs are HPV+, as are 86% of cervical ADCs. The most common reason for HPV-negative status in patients with cervical cancer is false-negative testing because of inadequate methods.

Primary prevention through vaccination

HPV vaccination was introduced in 2006 in the United States for girls,a and for boysa in 2011. The primary reason for vaccinating boys is to reduce the rates of HPV-related anal and oropharyngeal cancer. The only available HPV vaccine in the United States is Gardasil 9 (9-valent vaccine, recombinant; Merck), which provides coverage for 7 high-risk HPV types that account for approximately 90% of cervical cancers and 2 types (6 and 11) that are the principal causes of condylomata acuminata (genital warts). Future generations of prophylactic vaccines are expected to cover additional strains.

Continue to: Vaccine studies...

 

 

Vaccine studies have been summarized in a Cochrane review,11 showing that vaccination is highly effective for prevention of cervical dysplasia, especially when given to young girls and womena previously unexposed to the virus. It has not been fully established how long protection lasts, but vaccination appears to be 70% to 90% effective for ≥ 10 years.

Dosing schedule. The Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP) of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) recommends a 2-dose schedule 6 to 15 months apart, for both girls and boys between 9 and 14 years of age.12 A third dose is indicated if the first and second doses were given less than 5 months apart, or the person is older than 15 years or is immunocompromised. No recommendation has been made for revaccination after the primary series.

In 2018, the US Food and Drug Administration approved Gardasil 9 for adults 27 to 45 years of age. In June 2019, ACIP recommended vaccination for mena as old as 26 years, and adopted a recommendation that unvaccinated men and women between 27 and 45 years discuss HPV vaccination with their physician.13

The adolescent HPV vaccination rate varies by state; however, all states lag behind the CDC’s Healthy People 2020 goal of 80%.14 Barriers to vaccination include cost, infrastructure limitations, and social stigma.

Secondary prevention: Screening and Tx of precancerous lesions

Cervical cancer screening identifies patients at increased risk of cervical cancer and reassures the great majority of them that their risk of cervical cancer is very low. There are 3 general approaches to cervical cancer screening:

  • cytology-based screening, which has been implemented for decades in many countries
  • primary testing for DNA or RNA markers of high-risk HPV types
  • co-testing with cytology-based screening plus HPV testing.

Continue to: USPSTF guidance

 

 

USPSTF guidance. Recommendations of the US Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF) for cervical cancer screening were updated in 2018 (TABLE 215). The recommendations state that high-risk HPV screening alone is a strategy that is amenable to patient self-sampling and self-mailing for processing—a protocol that has the potential to improve access to testing for patients who are inadequately screened.

Table of US Preventive Services Task Force recommendations for cervical cancer screening
Table 2: US Preventive Services Task Force recommendations for cervical cancer screening

ASCCP guidance. The American Society of Colposcopy and Cervical Pathology (ASCCP) makes nearly the same recommendations for cervical cancer screening. An exception is that ASCCP guidelines allow for the possibility of screening using primary high-risk HPV testing for patients starting at 25 years of age.16

Screening programs that can be initiated at a later age and longer intervals should be possible once the adolescent vaccination rate is optimized and vaccination registries are widely implemented.

Cervical cytology protocol

Cervical cytologic abnormalities are reported using the Bethesda system. Specimen adequacy is the most important component of quality assurance,17 and is determined primarily by sufficient cellularity. However, any specimen containing abnormal squamous cells of undetermined significance (ASCUS) or atypical glandular cells (AGCs) is considered satisfactory, regardless of the number of cells. Obscuring factors that impair quality include excessive blood; inflammation; air-drying artifact; and an interfering substance, such as lubricant. The presence of reactive changes resulting from inflammation does not require further evaluation unless the patient is immunosuppressed.

Abnormalities are most often of squamous cells, of 2 categories: low-grade squamous intraepithelial lesions (LSILs) and high-grade squamous intraepithelial lesions (HSILs). HSILs are more likely to be associated with persistent HPV infection and higher risk of progression to cervical cancer.

Continue to: Cytologic findings...

 

 

Cytologic findings can be associated with histologic findings that are sometimes more, sometimes less, severe. LSIL cytology specimens that contain a few cells that are suspicious for HSIL, but that do not contain enough cells to be diagnostic, are reported as atypical squamous cells, and do not exclude a high-grade intraepithelial lesion.

Glandular-cell abnormalities usually originate from the glandular epithelium of the endocervix or the endometrium—most often, AGCs. Less frequent are AGCs, favor neoplasia; endocervical adenocarcinoma in situ; and ADC. Rarely, AGCs are associated with adenosquamous carcinoma. Endometrial polyps are a typical benign pathology that can be associated with AGCs.

High-risk HPV screening alone is amenable to patient selfsampling and self-mailing for processing—a protocol that has the potential to improve access to testing.

In about 30% of cases, AGCs are associated with premalignant or malignant disease.18 The risk of malignancy in patients with AGCs increases with age, from < 2% among patients younger than 40 years to approximately 15% among those > 50 years.19 Endometrial malignancy is more common than cervical malignancy among patients > 40 years.

AGC cytology requires endocervical curettage, plus endometrial sampling for patients ≥ 35 years. Patients with a history of AGCs are at higher risk of cervical cancer for as long as 15 years.

Cytology-based screening has limitations. Sensitivity is relatively low and dependent on the expertise of the cytologist, although regular repeat testing has been used to overcome this limitation. A substantial subset of results are reported as equivocal—ie, ASCUS.

Continue to: Primary HPV screening

 

 

Primary HPV screening

Primary HPV testing was approved by the US Food and Drug Administration in 2015 and recommended as an appropriate screening option by professional societies.

In contrast to cytology-based screening, HPV testing has high sensitivity (≥ 90%); the population-based negative likelihood ratio is near zero.20 This degree of sensitivity allows for extended screening intervals. However, primary HPV testing lacks specificity for persistent infection and high-grade or invasive lesions, which approximately doubles the number of patients who screen positive. The potential for excess patients to be referred for colposcopy led to the need for secondary triage.

Instituting secondary triage. Cytology is, currently, the primary method of secondary triage, reducing the number of referrals for colposcopy by nearly one-half, compared to referrals for all high-risk HPV results, and with better overall accuracy over cytology with high-risk HPV triage.21 When cytology shows ASCUS, or worse, refer the patient for colposcopy; alternatively, if so-called reflex testing for HPV types 16 and 18 is available and positive, direct referral to colposcopy without cytology is also appropriate.

In the future, secondary triage for cytology is likely to be replaced with improved technologies, such as immunostaining of the specimen for biomarkers associated with cervical precancer or cancer, or for viral genome methylation testing.22

table on cervical cancer recommendations
ASCPP guiding principles for 2019 recommendations

Management of abnormal cervical cancer screening results

Routine screening applies to asymptomatic patients who do not require surveillance because they have not had prior abnormal screening results. In 2020, ASCCP published risk-based management consensus guidelines that were developed for abnormal cervical cancer screening tests and for cancer precursors.16 Guiding principles, and screening situations in which the guidelines can be applied, are summarized in TABLE 3.16

Continue to: ASCCP guidelines...

 

 

ASCCP guidelines provide a framework to incorporate new data and technologies without major revision. The web-based ASCCP resource can be obtained at no cost at http://asccp.org; there is also a smartphone app resource ($9.99).

Some noteworthy scenarios in ASCCP risk-based management are:

  • For unsatisfactory cytology with a negative HPV test or no HPV test, repeat age-based screening in 2 to 4 months. (Note: A negative HPV test might reflect an inadequate specimen; do not interpret this result as a true negative.)
  • An absent transformation zone (ie, between glandular and squamous cervical cells) with an otherwise adequate specimen should be interpreted as satisfactory for screening in patients 21 to 29 years of age. For those ≥ 30 years and with no HPV testing in this circumstance, HPV testing is preferred; repeating cytology, in 3 years, is also acceptable.
  • After a finding of LSIL/CIN1 without evidence of a high-grade abnormality, and after 2 negative annual screenings (including HPV testing), a return to 3-year (not 5-year) screening is ­recommended.
  • A cytology result of an HSIL carries a risk of 26% for CIN3+, in which case colposcopy is recommended, regardless of HPV test results.
  • For long-term management after treatment for CIN2+, continue surveillance testing every 3 years after 3 consecutive negative HPV tests or cytology findings, for at least 25 years. If the 25-year threshold is reached before 65 years of age, continuing surveillance every 3 years is optional, as long as the patient is in good health (ie, life expectancy ≥ 10 years).
  • After hysterectomy for a high-grade abnormality, annual vaginal HPV testing is recommended until 3 negative tests are returned; after that, surveillance shifts to a 3-year interval until the 25-year threshold.

Treatment of cancer precursors

Treatment for cervical dysplasia is excisional or ablative.

Excisional therapy. In most cases, excisional therapy (either a loop electrosurgical excision procedure [LEEP; also known as large loop excision of the transformation zone, cold knife conization, and laser conization] or cone biopsy) is required, or preferred. Excisional treatment has the advantage of providing a diagnostic specimen.

In about 30% of cases, atypical glandular cells (AGCs) found on cytology are associated with premalignant or malignant disease. The risk of malignancy with AGCs increases with age.

The World Health Organization recommends LEEP over ablation in settings in which LEEP is available.23 ASCCP states that, in the relatively few cases in which treatment is needed and it is for CIN1, either excision or ablation is acceptable. TABLE 416 lists situations in which excisional treatment is required because a diagnostic specimen is needed.

table on cervical lesions
Table 4: cervical lesions and other patient factors that require a diagnostic specimen

Continue to: Ablative treatments

 

 

Ablative treatments are cryotherapy, CO2 laser ablation, and thermal ablation. Ablative therapy has the advantage of presenting less risk of adverse obstetric outcomes (eg, preterm birth); it can be used if the indication for therapy is:

  • CIN1 or CIN2 and HPV type 16 or 18 positivity
  • concordant cytology and histology
  • satisfactory colposcopy
  • negative endocervical curettage.

The most common ablative treatment is liquid nitrogen applied to a metal tip under local anesthesia.

Hysterectomy can be considered for patients with recurrent CIN2+ who have completed childbearing or for whom repeat excision is infeasible (eg, scarring or a short cervix), or both.

Cost, availability, and convenience might play a role in decision-making with regard to the treatment choice for cancer precursors.

Is care after treatment called for? Patients who continue to be at increased risk of (and thus mortality from) cervical and vaginal cancer require enhanced surveillance. The risk of cancer is more than triple for patients who were given their diagnosis, and treated, when they were > 60 years, compared to patients treated in their 30s.1 The excess period of risk covers at least 25 years after treatment, even among patients who have had 3 posttreatment screenings.

Continue to: Persistent HPV positivity...

 

 

Persistent HPV positivity is more challenging. Patients infected with HPV type 16 have an increased risk of residual disease.

Cancer management

Invasive cancer. Most cervical cancers (60%) occur among patients who have not been screened during the 5 years before their diagnosis.24 For patients who have a diagnosis of cancer, those detected through screening have a much better prognosis than those identified by symptoms (mean cure rate, 92% and 66%, respectively).25 The median 5-year survival for patients who were not screened during the 5 years before their diagnosis of cervical cancer is 66%.2

In unscreened patients, cervical cancer usually manifests as abnormal vaginal bleeding, especially postcoitally. In approximately 45% of cases, the patient has localized disease at diagnosis; in 36%, regional disease; and in 15%, distant metastases.26

For cancers marked by stromal invasion < 3 mm, appropriate treatment is cone biopsy or simple hysterectomy.27

Most patients with early-stage cervical cancer undergo modified radical hysterectomy. The ovaries are usually conserved, unless the cancer is adenocarcinoma. Sentinel-node dissection has become standard practice. Primary radiation therapy is most often used for patients who are a poor surgical candidate because of medical comorbidity or poor functional status. Antiangiogenic agents (eg, bevacizumab) can be used as adjuvant palliative therapy for advanced and recurrent disease.28

Continue to: After treatment for...

 

 

After treatment for invasive cervical cancer, the goal is early detection of recurrence, although there is no consensus on a protocol. Most recurrences are detected within the first 2 years.

After treatment for invasive cervical cancer, the goal is early detection of recurrence. Most recurrences are detected within the first 2 years.

Long-term sequelae after treatment for advanced cancer are considerable. Patients report significantly lower quality of life, comparatively, across multiple dimensions, including mental health, physical health, and sexual function.29

Hormone replacement therapy is generally considered acceptable after treatment of cervical cancer because it does not increase replication of HPV.

Recurrent or metastatic cancer. Recurrence or metastases will develop in 15% to 60% of patients,30 usually within the first 2 years after treatment.

Management depends on location and extent of disease, using mainly radiation therapy or surgical resection. Recurrence or metastasis is usually incurable.

Continue to: Last, there are promising...

 

 

Last, there are promising areas of research for more effective treatment for cervical cancer precursors and cancers, including gene editing tools31 and therapeutic vaccination,32 which is intended to target and kill infected cells.

Prospects for better cervical cancer care

Prevention. HPV vaccination is likely to have a large impact on population-based risk of both cancer and cancer precursors in the next generation.

Screening in the foreseeable future will gravitate toward reliance on primary HPV screening, with a self-sampling option.

Surveillance after dysplastic disease. The 2019 ASCCP guidelines for surveillance and intervention decisions after abnormal cancer screening results will evolve to incorporate introduction of new technology into computerized algorithms.

Treatment. New biologic therapies, including monoclonal antibodies and therapeutic vaccines against HPV, will likely be introduced for treating cancer precursors and invasive cancer.

A NOTE FROM THE EDITORS The Editors of The Journal of Family Practice recognize the importance of addressing the reproductive health of gender-diverse individuals. In this article, we use the words “women,” “men,” “girls,” and “boys” in limited circumstances (1) for ease of reading and (2) to reflect the official language of the US Food and Drug Administration and the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices. The reader should consider the information and guidance offered in this discussion of cervical cancer and other human papillomavirus-related cancers to speak to the care of people with a uterine cervix and people with a penis.

CORRESPONDENCE
Linda Speer, MD, 3000 Arlington Avenue, MS 1179, Toledo, OH 43614; [email protected]

References

1. Sung H, Ferlay J, Siegel RL, et al. Global cancer statistics 2020: GLOBOCAN estimates of incidence and mortality worldwide for 36 cancers in 185 countries. CA Cancer J Clin. 2021;71:209-249. doi: 10.3322/caac.21660

2. Cancer stat facts: cervical cancer. National Cancer Institute Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results [SEER] Program. Accessed November 14, 2021. https://seer.cancer.gov/statfacts/html/cervix.html

3. Guan P, Howell-Jones R, Li N, et al. Human papillomavirus types in 115,789 HPV-positive women: a meta-analysis from cervical infection to cancer. Int J Cancer 2012;131:2349-2359. doi: 10.1002/ijc.27485

4. Winer RL, Hughes JP, Feng Q, et al. Early history of incident, type-specific human papillomavirus infections in newly sexually active young women. Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev. 2011;20:699-707. doi: 10.1158/1055-9965.EPI-10-1108

5. Chesson HW, Dunne EF, Hariri F, et al. The estimated lifetime probability of acquiring human papillomavirus in the United States. Sex Transm Dis. 2014;41:660-664. doi: 10.1097/OLQ.0000000000000193

6. Human papillomavirus (HPV) and cervical cancer. Fact sheet. Geneva, Switzerland: World Health Organization; November 11, 2020. Accessed November 14, 2021. www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/human-papillomavirus-(hpv)-and-cervical-cancer

7. International Collaboration of Epidemiological Studies of Cervical Cancer. Comparison of risk factors for invasive squamous cell carcinoma and adenocarcinoma of the cervix: collaborative reanalysis of individual data on 8,097 women with squamous cell carcinoma and 1,374 women with adenocarcinoma from 12 epidemiological studies. Int J Cancer. 2007;120:885-891. doi: 10.1002/ijc.22357

8. McCredie MRE, Sharples KJ, Paul C, et al. Natural history of cervical cancer neoplasia and risk of invasive cancer in women with cervical intraepithelial neoplasia 3: a retrospective cohort study. Lancet Oncol. 2008:9:425-434. doi: 10.1016/S1470-2045(08)70103-7

9. de Sanjose S, Quint WG, Alemany I, et al; Retrospective International Survey and HPV Time Trends Study Group. Human papillomavirus genotype attribution in invasive cervical cancer: a retrospective, cross-sectional worldwide study. Lancet Oncol. 2010;11:1048-1056. doi: 10.1016/S1470-2045(10)70230-8

10. Ries LAG, Melbert D, Krapcho M, et al. SEER Cancer Statistics Review 1975-2004. Bethesda, MD: National Cancer Institute; 2007. Accessed November 14, 2021. https://seer.cancer.gov/archive/csr/1975_2004/#citation

11. Arbyn M, Xu L, Simoens C, et al. Prophylactic vaccination against human papillomaviruses to prevent cervical cancer and its precursors. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2018;5:CD009069. doi: 10.1002/14651858.CD009069.pub3

12. Meites E, Kempe A, Markowitz LE. Use of a 2-dose schedule for human papillomavirus vaccination—updated recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2016:65;1405-1408. doi: 10.15585/mmwr.mm6549a5

13. Meites E, Szilagyi PG, Chesson HW, et al. Human papillomavirus vaccination for adults: updated recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2019;68:698-702. doi: 10.15585/mmwr.mm6832a3

14. State-level data: Female adolescents receiving 2 or 3 doses of HPV vaccine by age 13-15 years (percent). HealthyPeople.gov. Accessed November 14, 2021. www.healthypeople.gov/2020/data/map/4657?year=2018

15. United States Preventive Services Task Force; Curry SJ, Krist AH, Owens DK, et al. Screening for cervical cancer: US Preventive Services Task Force recommendation statement. JAMA 2018;320:674-686. doi: 10.1001/jama.2018.10897

16. Perkins RB, Guido RS, Castle PE, et al; 2019 ASCCP Risk-Based Management Consensus Guidelines Committee. 2019 ASCCP risk-based management consensus guidelines for abnormal cervical cancer screening tests and cancer precursors. J Low Genit Tract Dis. 2020;24:102-131. doi: 10.1097/LGT.0000000000000525

17. Nayar R, Wilbur DC. The Pap test and Bethesda 2014. Cancer Cytopathol. 2015;123;271-281. doi: 10.1002/cncy.21521

18. Schnatz PF, Guile M, O’Sullivan DM, et al. Clinical significance of atypical glandular cells on cervical cytology. Obstet Gynecol 2006;107:701-708. doi: 10.1097/01.AOG.0000202401.29145.68

19. Zhao C, Florea A, Onisko A, et al. Histologic follow-up results in 662 patients with Pap test findings of atypical glandular cells: results from a large academic womens hospital laboratory employing sensitive screening methods. Gynecol Oncol 2009;114:383-389. doi: 10.1016/j.ygyno.2009.05.019

20. Zazove P, Reed BD, Gregoire L, et al. Low false-negative rate of PCR analysis for detecting human papillomavirus-related cervical lesions. J Clin Microbiol. 1998;36:2708-2713. doi: 10.1128/JCM.36.9.2708-2713.1998

21. Richardson LA, El-Zein M, Ramankumar AV, et al; PEACHS (Pap Efficacy After Cervical HPV Status) Study Consortium. HPV DNA testing with cytology triage in cervical cancer screening: influence of revealing HPV infection status. Cancer Cytopathol. 2015:123:745-754. doi: 10.1002/cncy.21596

22. Wentzensen N, Schiffman M, Palmer T, et al. Triage of HPV positive women in cervical cancer screening. J Clin Virol 2016;76:S49-S55. doi: 10.1016/j.jcv.2015.11.015

23. WHO Guidelines: Use of Cryotherapy for Cervical Intraepithelial Neoplasia. Geneva, Switzerland: World Health Organization; 2011. Accessed November 14, 2021. www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK138476/pdf/Bookshelf_NBK138476.pdf

24. Spence AR, Goggin P, Franco EL. Process of care failures in invasive cervical cancer: systematic review and meta-analysis. Prev Med. 2007:45:93-106. doi: 10.1016/j.ypmed.2007.06.007

25. Rositch AF, Nowak RG, Gravitt PE. Increased age and race-specific incidence of cervical cancer after correction for hysterectomy prevalence in the United States from 2000-2009. Cancer. 2014:120:2032-2038. doi: 10.1002/cncr.28548

26. Siegel RL, Miller KD, Fuchs HE, et al. Cancer statistics, 2021. CA: Cancer J Clin. 2021;71:7-33. doi: 10.3322/caac.21654

27. National Comprehensive Cancer Network. Clinical practice guidelines in oncology: cervical cancer. Accessed June 15, 2021. www.nccn.org/professionals/physician_gls/pdf/cervical.pdf

28. Tewari KS, Sill MW, Penson RT, et al. Bevacizumab for advanced cervical cancer: final overall survival and adverse event analysis of a randomised, controlled, open-label, phase 3 trial (Gynecologic Oncology Group 240). Lancet. 2017;390:1654-1663. doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(17)31607-0

29. Osann K, Hsieh S, Nelson EL, et al. Factors associated with poor quality of life among cervical cancer survivors: implications for clinical care and clinical trials. Gynecol Oncol. 2014;135:266-272. doi: 10.1016/j.ygyno.2014.08.036

30. Ries LAG, Harkins D, Krapcho M, et al. SEER Cancer Statistics Review, 1975 to 2003. Bethesda, MD: National Cancer Institute; 2007. Accessed November 14, 2021. https://seer.cancer.gov/archive/csr/1975_2003/#citation

31. Hu Z, Ding M. The precision prevention and therapy of HPV-related cervical cancer: new concepts and clinical implications. Cancer Med. 2018;7:5217-5236. doi: 10.1002/cam4.1501

32. Wang R, Pan W, Jin L, et al. Human papillomavirus vaccine against cervical cancer: opportunity and challenge. Cancer Lett. 2020;471:88-102. doi: 10.1016/j.canlet.2019.11.039

References

1. Sung H, Ferlay J, Siegel RL, et al. Global cancer statistics 2020: GLOBOCAN estimates of incidence and mortality worldwide for 36 cancers in 185 countries. CA Cancer J Clin. 2021;71:209-249. doi: 10.3322/caac.21660

2. Cancer stat facts: cervical cancer. National Cancer Institute Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results [SEER] Program. Accessed November 14, 2021. https://seer.cancer.gov/statfacts/html/cervix.html

3. Guan P, Howell-Jones R, Li N, et al. Human papillomavirus types in 115,789 HPV-positive women: a meta-analysis from cervical infection to cancer. Int J Cancer 2012;131:2349-2359. doi: 10.1002/ijc.27485

4. Winer RL, Hughes JP, Feng Q, et al. Early history of incident, type-specific human papillomavirus infections in newly sexually active young women. Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev. 2011;20:699-707. doi: 10.1158/1055-9965.EPI-10-1108

5. Chesson HW, Dunne EF, Hariri F, et al. The estimated lifetime probability of acquiring human papillomavirus in the United States. Sex Transm Dis. 2014;41:660-664. doi: 10.1097/OLQ.0000000000000193

6. Human papillomavirus (HPV) and cervical cancer. Fact sheet. Geneva, Switzerland: World Health Organization; November 11, 2020. Accessed November 14, 2021. www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/human-papillomavirus-(hpv)-and-cervical-cancer

7. International Collaboration of Epidemiological Studies of Cervical Cancer. Comparison of risk factors for invasive squamous cell carcinoma and adenocarcinoma of the cervix: collaborative reanalysis of individual data on 8,097 women with squamous cell carcinoma and 1,374 women with adenocarcinoma from 12 epidemiological studies. Int J Cancer. 2007;120:885-891. doi: 10.1002/ijc.22357

8. McCredie MRE, Sharples KJ, Paul C, et al. Natural history of cervical cancer neoplasia and risk of invasive cancer in women with cervical intraepithelial neoplasia 3: a retrospective cohort study. Lancet Oncol. 2008:9:425-434. doi: 10.1016/S1470-2045(08)70103-7

9. de Sanjose S, Quint WG, Alemany I, et al; Retrospective International Survey and HPV Time Trends Study Group. Human papillomavirus genotype attribution in invasive cervical cancer: a retrospective, cross-sectional worldwide study. Lancet Oncol. 2010;11:1048-1056. doi: 10.1016/S1470-2045(10)70230-8

10. Ries LAG, Melbert D, Krapcho M, et al. SEER Cancer Statistics Review 1975-2004. Bethesda, MD: National Cancer Institute; 2007. Accessed November 14, 2021. https://seer.cancer.gov/archive/csr/1975_2004/#citation

11. Arbyn M, Xu L, Simoens C, et al. Prophylactic vaccination against human papillomaviruses to prevent cervical cancer and its precursors. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2018;5:CD009069. doi: 10.1002/14651858.CD009069.pub3

12. Meites E, Kempe A, Markowitz LE. Use of a 2-dose schedule for human papillomavirus vaccination—updated recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2016:65;1405-1408. doi: 10.15585/mmwr.mm6549a5

13. Meites E, Szilagyi PG, Chesson HW, et al. Human papillomavirus vaccination for adults: updated recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2019;68:698-702. doi: 10.15585/mmwr.mm6832a3

14. State-level data: Female adolescents receiving 2 or 3 doses of HPV vaccine by age 13-15 years (percent). HealthyPeople.gov. Accessed November 14, 2021. www.healthypeople.gov/2020/data/map/4657?year=2018

15. United States Preventive Services Task Force; Curry SJ, Krist AH, Owens DK, et al. Screening for cervical cancer: US Preventive Services Task Force recommendation statement. JAMA 2018;320:674-686. doi: 10.1001/jama.2018.10897

16. Perkins RB, Guido RS, Castle PE, et al; 2019 ASCCP Risk-Based Management Consensus Guidelines Committee. 2019 ASCCP risk-based management consensus guidelines for abnormal cervical cancer screening tests and cancer precursors. J Low Genit Tract Dis. 2020;24:102-131. doi: 10.1097/LGT.0000000000000525

17. Nayar R, Wilbur DC. The Pap test and Bethesda 2014. Cancer Cytopathol. 2015;123;271-281. doi: 10.1002/cncy.21521

18. Schnatz PF, Guile M, O’Sullivan DM, et al. Clinical significance of atypical glandular cells on cervical cytology. Obstet Gynecol 2006;107:701-708. doi: 10.1097/01.AOG.0000202401.29145.68

19. Zhao C, Florea A, Onisko A, et al. Histologic follow-up results in 662 patients with Pap test findings of atypical glandular cells: results from a large academic womens hospital laboratory employing sensitive screening methods. Gynecol Oncol 2009;114:383-389. doi: 10.1016/j.ygyno.2009.05.019

20. Zazove P, Reed BD, Gregoire L, et al. Low false-negative rate of PCR analysis for detecting human papillomavirus-related cervical lesions. J Clin Microbiol. 1998;36:2708-2713. doi: 10.1128/JCM.36.9.2708-2713.1998

21. Richardson LA, El-Zein M, Ramankumar AV, et al; PEACHS (Pap Efficacy After Cervical HPV Status) Study Consortium. HPV DNA testing with cytology triage in cervical cancer screening: influence of revealing HPV infection status. Cancer Cytopathol. 2015:123:745-754. doi: 10.1002/cncy.21596

22. Wentzensen N, Schiffman M, Palmer T, et al. Triage of HPV positive women in cervical cancer screening. J Clin Virol 2016;76:S49-S55. doi: 10.1016/j.jcv.2015.11.015

23. WHO Guidelines: Use of Cryotherapy for Cervical Intraepithelial Neoplasia. Geneva, Switzerland: World Health Organization; 2011. Accessed November 14, 2021. www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK138476/pdf/Bookshelf_NBK138476.pdf

24. Spence AR, Goggin P, Franco EL. Process of care failures in invasive cervical cancer: systematic review and meta-analysis. Prev Med. 2007:45:93-106. doi: 10.1016/j.ypmed.2007.06.007

25. Rositch AF, Nowak RG, Gravitt PE. Increased age and race-specific incidence of cervical cancer after correction for hysterectomy prevalence in the United States from 2000-2009. Cancer. 2014:120:2032-2038. doi: 10.1002/cncr.28548

26. Siegel RL, Miller KD, Fuchs HE, et al. Cancer statistics, 2021. CA: Cancer J Clin. 2021;71:7-33. doi: 10.3322/caac.21654

27. National Comprehensive Cancer Network. Clinical practice guidelines in oncology: cervical cancer. Accessed June 15, 2021. www.nccn.org/professionals/physician_gls/pdf/cervical.pdf

28. Tewari KS, Sill MW, Penson RT, et al. Bevacizumab for advanced cervical cancer: final overall survival and adverse event analysis of a randomised, controlled, open-label, phase 3 trial (Gynecologic Oncology Group 240). Lancet. 2017;390:1654-1663. doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(17)31607-0

29. Osann K, Hsieh S, Nelson EL, et al. Factors associated with poor quality of life among cervical cancer survivors: implications for clinical care and clinical trials. Gynecol Oncol. 2014;135:266-272. doi: 10.1016/j.ygyno.2014.08.036

30. Ries LAG, Harkins D, Krapcho M, et al. SEER Cancer Statistics Review, 1975 to 2003. Bethesda, MD: National Cancer Institute; 2007. Accessed November 14, 2021. https://seer.cancer.gov/archive/csr/1975_2003/#citation

31. Hu Z, Ding M. The precision prevention and therapy of HPV-related cervical cancer: new concepts and clinical implications. Cancer Med. 2018;7:5217-5236. doi: 10.1002/cam4.1501

32. Wang R, Pan W, Jin L, et al. Human papillomavirus vaccine against cervical cancer: opportunity and challenge. Cancer Lett. 2020;471:88-102. doi: 10.1016/j.canlet.2019.11.039

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 70(10)
Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 70(10)
Page Number
499-505,509
Page Number
499-505,509
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Cervical cancer update: The latest on screening & management
Display Headline
Cervical cancer update: The latest on screening & management
Sections
Inside the Article

PRACTICE RECOMMENDATIONS

› Encourage eligible patients to be vaccinated against human papillomavirus (HPV) because the vaccine is highly effective for preventing cervical dysplasia, especially when given to patients previously unexposed to the virus. A

› Screen for cervical disease with either cytology plus HPV testing or primary HPV testing with secondary triage for cytology; both protocols are more accurate than screening with cervical cytology alone, and allow you to widen the screening interval. A

Strength of recommendation (SOR)

A Good-quality patient-oriented evidence
B Inconsistent or limited-quality patient-oriented evidence
C Consensus, usual practice, opinion, disease-oriented evidence, case series

Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article
Article PDF Media

Write an exercise Rx to improve patients' cardiorespiratory fitness

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 12/10/2021 - 15:37
Display Headline
Write an exercise Rx to improve patients' cardiorespiratory fitness

It is well-known that per capita health care spending in the United States is more than twice the average in other developed countries1; nevertheless, the overall health care ranking of the US is near the bottom compared to other countries in this group.2 Much of the reason for this poor relative showing lies in the fact that the US has employed a somewhat traditional fee-for-service health care model that does not incentivize efforts to promote health and wellness or prevent chronic disease. The paradigm of promoting physical activity for its disease-preventing and treatment benefits has not been well-integrated in the US health care system.

In this article, we endeavor to provide better understanding of the barriers that keep family physicians from routinely promoting physical activity in clinical practice; define tools and resources that can be used in the clinical setting to promote physical activity; and delineate areas for future work.

Glaring hole in US physical activity education

Many primary care physicians feel underprepared to prescribe or motivate patients to exercise. The reason for that lack of preparedness likely relates to a medical education system that does not spend time preparing physicians to perform this critical task. A study showed that, on average, medical schools require only 8 hours of physical activity education in their curriculum during the 4 years of schooling.3 Likewise, the average primary care residency program offers only 3 hours of didactic training on physical activity, nutrition, and obesity.4 The problem extends to sports medicine fellowship training, in which a 2019 survey showed that 63% of fellows were never taught how to write an exercise prescription in their training program.5

Medical professionals must be educated on the social determinants of health, including conditions in which people live, work, and play, which can contribute to health inequities.

Without education on physical activity, medical students, residents, and fellows are woefully underprepared to realize the therapeutic value of physical activity in patient care, comprehend current physical activity guidelines, appropriately motivate patients to engage in exercise, and competently discuss exercise prescriptions in different disease states. Throughout their training, it is imperative for medical professionals to be educated on the social determinants of health, which include the conditions in which people live, work, and play. These environmental variables can contribute to health inequities that create additional barriers to improvement in physical fitness.6

National guidelines on physical activity

The 2018 National Physical Activity Guidelines detail recommendations for children, adolescents, adults, and special populations.7 The guidelines define physical activity as bodily movement produced by skeletal muscles that result in energy expenditure above resting baseline levels, and includes all types, intensities, and domains of activity. Exercise is a subset of physical activity characterized as planned, structured, repetitive, and designed to improve or maintain physical fitness, physical performance, or health.

Highlights from the 2018 guidelines include7:

  • Preschool-aged children (3 to 5 years of age) should be physically active throughout the day, with as much as 3 hours per day of physical activity of all intensities—light, moderate, and vigorous.
  • Older children and adolescents (6 to 17 years) should accumulate 60 minutes per day of moderate-to-vigorous physical activity, including aerobic, muscle-strengthening, and bone-strengthening activities.
  • Adults of all ages should achieve approximately 150 to 300 minutes of moderate or 75 to 150 minutes of vigorous physical activity (or an equivalent combination) per week, along with at least 2 days per week of ­muscle-strengthening activities. Other types of physical activity include flexibility, balance, bone-strengthening, and mind–body exercises.

3-step framework for enhancing physical activity counseling

Merely knowing that physical activity is healthy is not enough, during a patient encounter, to increase the level of physical activity. Therefore, it is imperative to learn and adopt a framework that has proved to yield successful outcomes. The Screening, Brief Intervention, and Referral to Treatment (SBIRT) framework, which has predominantly been used to change patient behavior related to alcohol and substance use, is now being utilized by some providers to promote physical activity.8 We apply the SBIRT approach in this article, although research is lacking on its clinical utility and outcome measures.

Continue to: SBIRT

 

 

SBIRT: Screening

An office visit provides an opportunity to understand a patient’s level of physical activity. Often, understanding a patient’s baseline level of activity is only asked during a thorough social history, which might not be performed during patient encounters. As physical activity is the primary determinant of cardiorespiratory fitness (CRF), some health care systems have begun delineating physical activity levels as a vital sign to ensure that the assessment of physical activity is a standard part of every clinical encounter. At a minimum, this serves as a prompt and provides an opportunity to start a conversation around improving physical activity levels when guidelines are not being met.

The exercise vital sign. Assessment and documentation of physical activity in the electronic health record are not yet standardized; however, Kaiser Permanente health plans have implemented the exercise vital sign, or EVS, in its HealthConnect (Epic Systems) electronic health record. The EVS incorporates information about a patient’s:

  • days per week of moderate-to-­strenuous exercise (eg, a brisk walk)
  • minutes per day, on average, of exercise at this level.

The physical activity vital sign. Intermountain Healthcare implemented the physical activity vital sign, or PAVS, in its iCentra (Cerner Corp.) electronic health record. The 3-question PAVS assessment asks:

  • On average, how many days of the week do you perform physical activity or exercise?
  • On average, how many total minutes of physical activity or exercise do you perform on those days?
  • How would you describe the intensity of your physical activity or exercise: Light (ie, a casual walk)? Moderate (a brisk walk)? Or vigorous (jogging)?

PAVS includes a fourth data point: The physician–user documents whether the patient was counseled to start, increase, maintain, or modify physical activity or exercise.

EVS and the PAVS have demonstrated validity.9-11

Continue to: Cardiorespiratory fitness as a vital sign

 

 

Cardiorespiratory fitness as a vital sign. In 2016, the American Heart Association (AHA) asserted the importance of assessing CRF as a clinical vital sign.12 CRF is commonly expressed as maximal oxygen consumption (VO2max = O2 mL/kg/min) and measured through cardiopulmonary exercise testing (CPET), considered the gold standard by combining conventional graded exercise testing with ventilatory expired gas analysis. CPET is more objective and precise than equations estimating CRF that are derived from peak work rate. AHA recommended that efforts to improve CRF should become standard in clinical encounters, explaining that even a small increase in CRF (eg, 1 or 2 metabolic equivalentsa [METs]) is associated with a considerably (10% to 30%) lower rate of adverse cardiovascular events.12

The SBIRT framework, predominantly used to change patient behavior related to alcohol and substance use, is now being utilized by some clinicians to promote physical activity

De Souza de Silva and colleagues revealed an association between each 1-MET increase in CRF and per-person annual health care cost savings (adjusted for age and presence of cardiovascular disease) of $3272 (normal-weight patients), $4252 (overweight), and $6103 (obese).13 In its 2016 scientific statement on CRF as a vital sign, AHA listed several methods of estimating CRF and concluded that, although CPET involves a higher level of training, proficiency, equipment, and, therefore, cost, the independent and additive information obtained justifies its use in many patients.12

CASE 

Mary Q, 68 years of age, presents for an annual well-woman examination. Body mass index is 32; resting heart rate (HR), 73 bpm; and blood pressure, 126/74 mm Hg. She reports being inactive, except for light walking every day with her dog around the neighborhood, which takes them approximately 15 minutes. She denies any history or signs and symptoms of cardiovascular, metabolic, or renal disease.

You consider 3 questions before taking next steps regarding increasing Ms. Q’s activity level:

  • What is her PAVS?
  • Does she need medical clearance before starting an exercise program?
  • What would an evidence-based cardiovascular exercise prescription for Ms. Q look like?

SBIRT: Brief intervention

When a patient does not meet the recommended level of physical activity, you have an opportunity to deliver a brief intervention. To do this effectively, you must have adequate understanding of the patient’s receptivity for change. The transtheoretical, or Stages of Change, model proposes that a person typically goes through 5 stages of growth—­pre-contemplation, contemplation, preparation, action, and maintenance—in the process of lifestyle modification. This model highlights the different approaches to exercise adoption and maintenance that need to be taken, based on a given patient’s stage at the moment.

Continue to: Using this framework...

 

 

Using this framework, you can help patients realize intrinsic motivation that can facilitate progression through each stage, utilizing techniques such as motivational interviewing—so-called change talk—to increase self-efficacy.14TABLE 115 provides examples of motivational interviewing techniques that can be used during a patient encounter to improve health behaviors, such as physical activity.

table of motivational interviewing
Table: Motivational interviewing: How to engage in change talk

Writing the exercise prescription

A patient who wants to increase their level of physical activity should be offered a formal exercise prescription, which has been shown to increase the level of physical activity, particularly in older patients. In fact, a study conducted in Spain in the practices of family physicians found that older patients who received a physical activity prescription increased their activity by 131 minutes per week; and compared to control patients, they doubled the minutes per week devoted to moderate or vigorous physical activity.16

FITT-VP. The basics of a cardiovascular exercise prescription can be found in the FITT-VP (Frequency, Intensity, Time, Type, Volume, and [monitoring of] Progression) framework (TABLE 217-19). For most patients, this model includes 3 to 5 days per week of moderate-to-vigorous physical activity for 30 to 60 minutes per session. For patients with established chronic disease, physical activity provides health benefits but might require modification. Disease-specific patient handouts for exercise can be downloaded, at no cost, through the American College of Sports Medicine (ACSM) “Exercise Is Medicine” program, which can be found at: www.exerciseismedicine.org/support_page.php/rx-for-health-series.

Table of writing the cardiovascular exercise Rx
Table 2: Writing the cardiovascular exercise Rx

Determining intensity level. Although CPET is the gold standard for determining a patient’s target intensity level, such a test might be impracticable for a given patient. Surrogate markers of target intensity level can be obtained by measuring maximum HR (HRmax), using a well-known equation20:

HRmax = 220 – age

which is then multiplied by intensity range:

  • light: 30%-39%
  • moderate: 40%-59%
  • vigorous: 60%-89%

or, more preferably, by calculating the HR training zone while accounting for HR at rest (HRrest). This is accomplished by calculating the HR reserve (HRR) (ie, HRR = HRmax – HRrest) and then calculating the target heart rate (THR)21:

THR = [HRR × %intensity] + HRrest

Continue to: The THR calculation...

 

 

The THR calculation is performed twice, once with a lower %intensity and again with a higher %intensity to develop a training zone based on HRR.

The HRR equation is more accurate than calculating HRmax from 220 – age, because HRR accounts for resting HR, which is often lower in people who are better conditioned.

Another method of calculating intensity for patients who are beginning a physical activity program is the rating of perceived exertion (RPE), which is graded on a scale of 6 to 20: Moderate exercise correlates with an RPE of 12 to 13 (“somewhat hard”); vigorous exercise correlates with an RPE of 14 to 16 (“hard”). By adding a zero to the rating on the RPE scale, the corresponding HR in a healthy adult can be estimated when they are performing an activity at that perceived intensity.22 Moderate exercise therefore correlates with a HR of 120 and 130 bpm.

The so-called talk test can also guide exercise intensity: Light-intensity activity correlates with an ability to sing; moderate-intensity physical activity likely allows the patient to still hold a conversation; and vigorous-intensity activity correlates with an inability to carry on a conversation while exercising.

An exercise prescription should be accompanied by a patient-derived goal, which can be reassessed during a follow-up visit. So-called SMART goals (Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant, and Time-bound) are tools to help patients set personalized and realistic expectations for physical activity. Meeting the goal of approximately 150 to 300 minutes of moderate or 75 to 150 minutes of vigorous physical activity (or an equivalent combination) per week is ideal, but a patient needs to start where they are, at the moment, and gradually increase activity by setting what for them are realistic and sustainable goals.

Continue to: CASE

 

 

CASE

With a PAVS of 105 minutes (ie, 15 minutes per day × 7 days) of weekly light-to-moderate exercise walking her dog, Ms. Q does not satisfy current physical activity guidelines. She needs an exercise prescription to incorporate into her lifestyle (see “Cardiovascular exercise prescription,” at left).

First, based on ACSM pre-participation guidelines, Ms. Q does not need medical clearance before initiating light-to-moderate exercise and gradually progressing to ­vigorous-intensity exercise.

Second, in addition to walking the dog for 105 minutes a week, you:

  • advise her to start walking for 10 minutes, 3 times per week, at a pace that keeps her HR at 97-104 bpm.
  • encourage her to gradually increase the frequency or duration of her walks by no more than 10% per week.

 figure of cardiovascular exercise prescription
cardiovascular exercise prescription  figure

SBIRT: Referral for treatment

When referring a patient to a fitness program or professional, it is essential to consider their preferences, resources, and environment.23 Community fitness partners are often an excellent referral option for a patient seeking guidance or structure for their exercise program. Using the ACSM ProFinder service, (www.acsm.org/get-stay-certified/find-a-pro) you can search for exercise professionals who have achieved the College’s Gold Standard credential.

Gym memberships or fitness programs might be part of the extra coverage offered by Medicare Advantage Plans, other Medicare health plans, or Medicare Supplement Insurance (Medigap) plans.24

Continue to: CASE

 

 

CASE

After providing Ms. Q with her exercise prescription, you refer her to a local gym that participates in the Silver Sneakers fitness and wellness program (for adults ≥ 65 years of age in eligible Medicare plans) to determine whether she qualifies to begin resistance and flexibility training, for which you will write a second exercise prescription (TABLE 317-19).

Table of writing the resistance exercise Rx
Table 3: Writing the resistance exercise Rx

Pre-participation screening

Updated 2015 ACSM exercise pre-participation health screening recommendations attempt to decrease possible barriers to people who are becoming more physically active, by minimizing unnecessary referral to health care providers before they change their level of physical activity. ACSM recommendations on exercise clearance include this guidance25:

  • For a patient who is asymptomatic and already physically active—regardless of whether they have known cardiovascular, metabolic, or renal disease—medical clearance is unnecessary for moderate-intensity exercise.
  • Any patient who has been physically active and asymptomatic but who becomes symptomatic during exercise should immediately discontinue such activity and undergo medical evaluation.
  • For a patient who is inactive, ­asymptomatic, and who does not have known cardiovascular, metabolic, or renal disease, medical clearance for light- or moderate-intensity exercise is unnecessary.
  • For inactive, asymptomatic patients who have known cardiovascular, metabolic, or renal disease, medical clearance is recommended.

Digital health

Smartwatches and health apps (eg, CardioCoach, Fitbit, Garmin Connect, Nike Training Club, Strava, and Training Peaks) can provide workouts and offer patients the ability to collect information and even connect with other users through social media platforms. This information can be synced to Apple Health platforms for iPhones (www.apple.com/ios/health/) or through Google Fit (www.google.com/fit/) on Android devices. Primary care physicians who become familiar with health apps might find them useful for select patients who want to use technology to improve their physical activity level.

However, data on the value of using digital apps for increasing physical activity, in relation to their cost, are limited. Additional research is needed to assess their validity.

Billing and coding

For most patients, the physical activity assessment, prescription, and referral are performed in the context of treating another condition (eg, hypertension, type 2 diabetes, obesity, depression) or during a preventive health examination, and are typically covered without additional charge to the patient. An evaluation and management visit for an established patient could be used to bill if > 50% of the office visit was spent face-to-face with a physician, with patient counseling and coordination of care.

Continue to: Physicians and physical therapists...

 

 

Physicians and physical therapists can use the therapeutic exercise code (Current Procedural Terminology code 97110) when teaching patients exercises to develop muscle strength and endurance, joint range of motion, and flexibility26 (TABLE 426).

Table of coding and billing pointers
Table 4: Coding and billing pointers

Conclusion

Physical activity and CRF are strong predictors of premature mortality, even compared to other risk factors, such as cigarette smoking, hypertension, hypercholesterolemia, and type 2 diabetes.27 Brief physical activity assessment and counseling is an efficient, effective, and cost-effective means to increase physical activity, and presents a unique opportunity for you to encourage lifestyle-based strategies for reducing cardiovascular risk.28

The AHA has asserted the importance of assessing cardiorespiratory fitness as a “vital sign.”

However, it is essential to meet patients where they are before trying to have them progress; it is therefore imperative to assess the individual patient’s level of activity using PAVS. With that information in hand, you can personalize physical activity advice; determine readiness for change and potential barriers for change; assist the patient in setting SMART goals; and arrange follow-up to assess adherence to the exercise prescription. Encourage the patient to call their health insurance plan to determine whether a gym membership or fitness program is covered.

Research is needed to evaluate the value of using digital apps, in light of their cost, to increase physical activity and improve CRF in a clinical setting. Prospective trials should be initiated to determine how routine implementation of CRF assessment in primary care alters the trajectory of clinical care. It is hoped that future research will answer the question: Would such an approach improve clinical outcomes and reduce health care expenditures?12

a Defined as O2 consumed while sitting at rest; equivalent to 3.5 mL of O2 × kg of body weight × min.

CORRESPONDENCE
Matthew Kampert, DO, MS, Sports Medicine, 5555 Transportation Boulevard, Cleveland, OH 44125; [email protected]

References

1. Papanicolas I, Woskie LR, Jha AK. Health care spending in the United States and other high-income countries. JAMA. 2018;319:1024-1039. doi: 10.1001/jama.2018.1150

2. Tikkanen R, Abrams MK. U.S. health care from a global perspective, 2019: higher spending, worse outcomes? The Commonwealth Fund Website. January 30, 2020. Accessed November 16, 2021. www.commonwealthfund.org/publications/issue-briefs/2020/jan/us-health-care-global-perspective-2019

3. Stoutenberg M, Stasi S, Stamatakis E, et al. Physical activity training in US medical schools: preparing future physicians to engage in primary prevention. Phys Sportsmed. 2015;43:388-394. doi: 10.1080/00913847.2015.1084868

4. Antognoli EL, Seeholzer EL, Gullett H, et al. Primary care resident training for obesity, nutrition, and physical activity counseling: a mixed-methods study. Health Promot Pract. 2017;18:672-680. doi: 10.1177/1524839916658025

5. Asif IM, Drezner JA. Sports and exercise medicine education in the USA: call to action. Br J Sports Med. 2020;54:195-196. doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2019-101104

6. Douglas JA, Briones MD, Bauer EZ, et al. Social and environmental determinants of physical activity in urban parks: testing a neighborhood disorder model. Prev Med. 2018;109:119-124. doi: 10.1016/j.ypmed.2018.01.013

7. 2018 Physical Activity Guidelines Advisory Committee. 2018 Physical Activity Guidelines Advisory Committee Scientific Report. Washington, DC: US Department of Health & Human Services; 2018. Accessed November 15, 2021. https://health.gov/sites/default/files/2019-09/PAG_Advisory_Committee_Report.pdf

8. Avis JL, Cave AL, Donaldson S, et al. Working with parents to prevent childhood obesity: protocol for a primary care-based ehealth study. JMIR Res Protoc. 2015;4:e35. doi:10.2196/resprot.4147

9. Ball TJ, Joy EA, Gren LH, et al. Concurrent validity of a self-reported physical activity ‘vital sign’ questionnaire with adult primary care patients. Prev Chronic Dis. 2016;13:e16. doi: 10.5888/pcd13.150228

10. Ball TJ, Joy EA, Gren LH, et al. Predictive validity of an adult physical activity “vital sign” recorded in electronic health records. J Phys Act Health. 2016;13:403-408. doi: 10.1123/jpah.2015-0210

11. Coleman KJ, Ngor E, Reynolds K, et al. Initial validation of an exercise “vital sign” in electronic medical records. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2012;44:2071-2076. doi: 10.1249/MSS.0b013e3182630ec1

12. Ross R, Blair SN, Arena R, et al; American Heart Association Physical Activity Committee of the Council on Lifestyle and Cardiometabolic HealthCouncil on Clinical CardiologyCouncil on Epidemiology and PreventionCouncil on Cardiovascular and Stroke NursingCouncil on Functional Genomics and Translational BiologyStroke Council. Importance of assessing cardiorespiratory fitness in clinical practice: a case for fitness as a clinical vital sign: a scientific statement from the American Heart Association. Circulation. 2016;134:e653-e699. doi: 10.1161/CIR.0000000000000461

13. de Souza de Silva CG, Kokkinos PP, Doom R, et al. Association between cardiorespiratory fitness, obesity, and health care costs: The Veterans Exercise Testing Study. Int J Obes (Lond). 2019;43:2225-2232. doi: 10.1038/s41366-018-0257-0

14. Prochaska JO, Velicer WF. The transtheoretical model of health behavior change. Am J Health Promot. 1997;12:38-48. doi: 10.4278/0890-1171-12.1.38

15. Riebe D, Ehrman JK, Liguori G, et al. Methods for evoking change talk. In: ACSM’s Guidelines for Exercise Testing and Prescription. 10th ed. Wolters Kluwer; 2018.

16. Grandes G, Sanchez A, Sanchez-Pinilla RO, et al. Effectiveness of physical activity advice and prescription by physicians in routine primary care: a cluster randomized trial. Arch Intern Med. 2009;169:694-701. doi: 10.1001/archinternmed.2009.23

17. McNeill LH, Kreuter MW, Subramanian SV. Social environment and physical activity: a review of concepts and evidence. Soc Sci Med. 2006;63:1011-1022. doi: 10.1016/j.socscimed.2006.03.012

18. Garber CE, Blissmer BE, Deschenes MR, et al; American College of Sports Medicine. Quantity and quality of exercise for developing and maintaining cardiorespiratory, musculoskeletal, and neuromotor fitness in apparently healthy adults: Guidance for prescribing exercise. Position stand. Med Sci Sport Exerc. 2011;43:1334-1359. doi: 10.1249/MSS.0b013e318213fefb

19. Donnelly JE, Blair SN, Jakicic JM, et al; American College of Sports Medicine. Appropriate physical activity intervention strategies for weight loss and prevention of weight regain for adults. Position stand. Med Sci Sport Exerc. 2009;41:459-471. doi: 10.1249/MSS.0b013e3181949333

20. Fox SM 3rd, Naughton JP, Haskell WL. Physical activity and the prevention of coronary heart disease. Ann Clin Res. 1971;3:404-432.

21. Karvonen MJ, Kentala E, Mustala O. The effects of training on heart rate; a longitudinal study. Ann Med Exp Biol Fenn. 1957;35:307-315.

22. The Borg RPE scale. In: Borg G. Borg’s Perceived Exertion and Pain Scales. Human Kinetics; 1998:29-38.

23. Ratamess NA, Alvar BA, Evetoch TK, et al; American College of Sports Medicine. Progression models in resistance training for healthy adults. Position stand. Med Sci Sport Exerc. 2009;41:687-708. doi: 10.1249/MSS.0b013e3181915670

24. Gym memberships & fitness programs. Medicare.gov. Baltimore, MD: US Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. Accessed November 16, 2021. www.medicare.gov/coverage/gym-memberships-fitness-programs

25. Riebe D, Franklin BA, Thompson PD, et al. Updating ACSM’s recommendations for exercise preparticipation health screening. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2015;47:2473-2479. doi: 10.1249/MSS.0000000000000664

26. Physical Activity Related Current Procedural Terminology (CPT®) Codes. Physical Activity Alliance website. Accessed November 16, 2021. https://paamovewithus.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/PAA-Physical-Activity-CPT-Codes-Nov-2020-AMA-Approved-Final-1.pdf

27. Blair SN. Physical inactivity: the biggest public health problem of the 21st century Br J Sports Med. 2009;43:1-2.

28. Vuori IM, Lavie CJ, Blair SN. Physical activity promotion in the health care system. Mayo Clin Proc. 2013;88:1446-1461. doi: 10.1016/j.mayocp.2013.08.020

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Orthopaedic & Rheumatologic Institute and Endocrinology & Metabolism Institute, Cleveland Clinic, OH (Dr. Kampert); Intermountain Healthcare, Salt Lake City, UT (Dr. Joy); Department of Family and Community Medicine, University of Alabama Birmingham School of Medicine (Dr. Asif)
[email protected]

The authors reported no potential conflict of interest relevant to this article.

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 70(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
489-498
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Orthopaedic & Rheumatologic Institute and Endocrinology & Metabolism Institute, Cleveland Clinic, OH (Dr. Kampert); Intermountain Healthcare, Salt Lake City, UT (Dr. Joy); Department of Family and Community Medicine, University of Alabama Birmingham School of Medicine (Dr. Asif)
[email protected]

The authors reported no potential conflict of interest relevant to this article.

Author and Disclosure Information

Orthopaedic & Rheumatologic Institute and Endocrinology & Metabolism Institute, Cleveland Clinic, OH (Dr. Kampert); Intermountain Healthcare, Salt Lake City, UT (Dr. Joy); Department of Family and Community Medicine, University of Alabama Birmingham School of Medicine (Dr. Asif)
[email protected]

The authors reported no potential conflict of interest relevant to this article.

Article PDF
Article PDF

It is well-known that per capita health care spending in the United States is more than twice the average in other developed countries1; nevertheless, the overall health care ranking of the US is near the bottom compared to other countries in this group.2 Much of the reason for this poor relative showing lies in the fact that the US has employed a somewhat traditional fee-for-service health care model that does not incentivize efforts to promote health and wellness or prevent chronic disease. The paradigm of promoting physical activity for its disease-preventing and treatment benefits has not been well-integrated in the US health care system.

In this article, we endeavor to provide better understanding of the barriers that keep family physicians from routinely promoting physical activity in clinical practice; define tools and resources that can be used in the clinical setting to promote physical activity; and delineate areas for future work.

Glaring hole in US physical activity education

Many primary care physicians feel underprepared to prescribe or motivate patients to exercise. The reason for that lack of preparedness likely relates to a medical education system that does not spend time preparing physicians to perform this critical task. A study showed that, on average, medical schools require only 8 hours of physical activity education in their curriculum during the 4 years of schooling.3 Likewise, the average primary care residency program offers only 3 hours of didactic training on physical activity, nutrition, and obesity.4 The problem extends to sports medicine fellowship training, in which a 2019 survey showed that 63% of fellows were never taught how to write an exercise prescription in their training program.5

Medical professionals must be educated on the social determinants of health, including conditions in which people live, work, and play, which can contribute to health inequities.

Without education on physical activity, medical students, residents, and fellows are woefully underprepared to realize the therapeutic value of physical activity in patient care, comprehend current physical activity guidelines, appropriately motivate patients to engage in exercise, and competently discuss exercise prescriptions in different disease states. Throughout their training, it is imperative for medical professionals to be educated on the social determinants of health, which include the conditions in which people live, work, and play. These environmental variables can contribute to health inequities that create additional barriers to improvement in physical fitness.6

National guidelines on physical activity

The 2018 National Physical Activity Guidelines detail recommendations for children, adolescents, adults, and special populations.7 The guidelines define physical activity as bodily movement produced by skeletal muscles that result in energy expenditure above resting baseline levels, and includes all types, intensities, and domains of activity. Exercise is a subset of physical activity characterized as planned, structured, repetitive, and designed to improve or maintain physical fitness, physical performance, or health.

Highlights from the 2018 guidelines include7:

  • Preschool-aged children (3 to 5 years of age) should be physically active throughout the day, with as much as 3 hours per day of physical activity of all intensities—light, moderate, and vigorous.
  • Older children and adolescents (6 to 17 years) should accumulate 60 minutes per day of moderate-to-vigorous physical activity, including aerobic, muscle-strengthening, and bone-strengthening activities.
  • Adults of all ages should achieve approximately 150 to 300 minutes of moderate or 75 to 150 minutes of vigorous physical activity (or an equivalent combination) per week, along with at least 2 days per week of ­muscle-strengthening activities. Other types of physical activity include flexibility, balance, bone-strengthening, and mind–body exercises.

3-step framework for enhancing physical activity counseling

Merely knowing that physical activity is healthy is not enough, during a patient encounter, to increase the level of physical activity. Therefore, it is imperative to learn and adopt a framework that has proved to yield successful outcomes. The Screening, Brief Intervention, and Referral to Treatment (SBIRT) framework, which has predominantly been used to change patient behavior related to alcohol and substance use, is now being utilized by some providers to promote physical activity.8 We apply the SBIRT approach in this article, although research is lacking on its clinical utility and outcome measures.

Continue to: SBIRT

 

 

SBIRT: Screening

An office visit provides an opportunity to understand a patient’s level of physical activity. Often, understanding a patient’s baseline level of activity is only asked during a thorough social history, which might not be performed during patient encounters. As physical activity is the primary determinant of cardiorespiratory fitness (CRF), some health care systems have begun delineating physical activity levels as a vital sign to ensure that the assessment of physical activity is a standard part of every clinical encounter. At a minimum, this serves as a prompt and provides an opportunity to start a conversation around improving physical activity levels when guidelines are not being met.

The exercise vital sign. Assessment and documentation of physical activity in the electronic health record are not yet standardized; however, Kaiser Permanente health plans have implemented the exercise vital sign, or EVS, in its HealthConnect (Epic Systems) electronic health record. The EVS incorporates information about a patient’s:

  • days per week of moderate-to-­strenuous exercise (eg, a brisk walk)
  • minutes per day, on average, of exercise at this level.

The physical activity vital sign. Intermountain Healthcare implemented the physical activity vital sign, or PAVS, in its iCentra (Cerner Corp.) electronic health record. The 3-question PAVS assessment asks:

  • On average, how many days of the week do you perform physical activity or exercise?
  • On average, how many total minutes of physical activity or exercise do you perform on those days?
  • How would you describe the intensity of your physical activity or exercise: Light (ie, a casual walk)? Moderate (a brisk walk)? Or vigorous (jogging)?

PAVS includes a fourth data point: The physician–user documents whether the patient was counseled to start, increase, maintain, or modify physical activity or exercise.

EVS and the PAVS have demonstrated validity.9-11

Continue to: Cardiorespiratory fitness as a vital sign

 

 

Cardiorespiratory fitness as a vital sign. In 2016, the American Heart Association (AHA) asserted the importance of assessing CRF as a clinical vital sign.12 CRF is commonly expressed as maximal oxygen consumption (VO2max = O2 mL/kg/min) and measured through cardiopulmonary exercise testing (CPET), considered the gold standard by combining conventional graded exercise testing with ventilatory expired gas analysis. CPET is more objective and precise than equations estimating CRF that are derived from peak work rate. AHA recommended that efforts to improve CRF should become standard in clinical encounters, explaining that even a small increase in CRF (eg, 1 or 2 metabolic equivalentsa [METs]) is associated with a considerably (10% to 30%) lower rate of adverse cardiovascular events.12

The SBIRT framework, predominantly used to change patient behavior related to alcohol and substance use, is now being utilized by some clinicians to promote physical activity

De Souza de Silva and colleagues revealed an association between each 1-MET increase in CRF and per-person annual health care cost savings (adjusted for age and presence of cardiovascular disease) of $3272 (normal-weight patients), $4252 (overweight), and $6103 (obese).13 In its 2016 scientific statement on CRF as a vital sign, AHA listed several methods of estimating CRF and concluded that, although CPET involves a higher level of training, proficiency, equipment, and, therefore, cost, the independent and additive information obtained justifies its use in many patients.12

CASE 

Mary Q, 68 years of age, presents for an annual well-woman examination. Body mass index is 32; resting heart rate (HR), 73 bpm; and blood pressure, 126/74 mm Hg. She reports being inactive, except for light walking every day with her dog around the neighborhood, which takes them approximately 15 minutes. She denies any history or signs and symptoms of cardiovascular, metabolic, or renal disease.

You consider 3 questions before taking next steps regarding increasing Ms. Q’s activity level:

  • What is her PAVS?
  • Does she need medical clearance before starting an exercise program?
  • What would an evidence-based cardiovascular exercise prescription for Ms. Q look like?

SBIRT: Brief intervention

When a patient does not meet the recommended level of physical activity, you have an opportunity to deliver a brief intervention. To do this effectively, you must have adequate understanding of the patient’s receptivity for change. The transtheoretical, or Stages of Change, model proposes that a person typically goes through 5 stages of growth—­pre-contemplation, contemplation, preparation, action, and maintenance—in the process of lifestyle modification. This model highlights the different approaches to exercise adoption and maintenance that need to be taken, based on a given patient’s stage at the moment.

Continue to: Using this framework...

 

 

Using this framework, you can help patients realize intrinsic motivation that can facilitate progression through each stage, utilizing techniques such as motivational interviewing—so-called change talk—to increase self-efficacy.14TABLE 115 provides examples of motivational interviewing techniques that can be used during a patient encounter to improve health behaviors, such as physical activity.

table of motivational interviewing
Table: Motivational interviewing: How to engage in change talk

Writing the exercise prescription

A patient who wants to increase their level of physical activity should be offered a formal exercise prescription, which has been shown to increase the level of physical activity, particularly in older patients. In fact, a study conducted in Spain in the practices of family physicians found that older patients who received a physical activity prescription increased their activity by 131 minutes per week; and compared to control patients, they doubled the minutes per week devoted to moderate or vigorous physical activity.16

FITT-VP. The basics of a cardiovascular exercise prescription can be found in the FITT-VP (Frequency, Intensity, Time, Type, Volume, and [monitoring of] Progression) framework (TABLE 217-19). For most patients, this model includes 3 to 5 days per week of moderate-to-vigorous physical activity for 30 to 60 minutes per session. For patients with established chronic disease, physical activity provides health benefits but might require modification. Disease-specific patient handouts for exercise can be downloaded, at no cost, through the American College of Sports Medicine (ACSM) “Exercise Is Medicine” program, which can be found at: www.exerciseismedicine.org/support_page.php/rx-for-health-series.

Table of writing the cardiovascular exercise Rx
Table 2: Writing the cardiovascular exercise Rx

Determining intensity level. Although CPET is the gold standard for determining a patient’s target intensity level, such a test might be impracticable for a given patient. Surrogate markers of target intensity level can be obtained by measuring maximum HR (HRmax), using a well-known equation20:

HRmax = 220 – age

which is then multiplied by intensity range:

  • light: 30%-39%
  • moderate: 40%-59%
  • vigorous: 60%-89%

or, more preferably, by calculating the HR training zone while accounting for HR at rest (HRrest). This is accomplished by calculating the HR reserve (HRR) (ie, HRR = HRmax – HRrest) and then calculating the target heart rate (THR)21:

THR = [HRR × %intensity] + HRrest

Continue to: The THR calculation...

 

 

The THR calculation is performed twice, once with a lower %intensity and again with a higher %intensity to develop a training zone based on HRR.

The HRR equation is more accurate than calculating HRmax from 220 – age, because HRR accounts for resting HR, which is often lower in people who are better conditioned.

Another method of calculating intensity for patients who are beginning a physical activity program is the rating of perceived exertion (RPE), which is graded on a scale of 6 to 20: Moderate exercise correlates with an RPE of 12 to 13 (“somewhat hard”); vigorous exercise correlates with an RPE of 14 to 16 (“hard”). By adding a zero to the rating on the RPE scale, the corresponding HR in a healthy adult can be estimated when they are performing an activity at that perceived intensity.22 Moderate exercise therefore correlates with a HR of 120 and 130 bpm.

The so-called talk test can also guide exercise intensity: Light-intensity activity correlates with an ability to sing; moderate-intensity physical activity likely allows the patient to still hold a conversation; and vigorous-intensity activity correlates with an inability to carry on a conversation while exercising.

An exercise prescription should be accompanied by a patient-derived goal, which can be reassessed during a follow-up visit. So-called SMART goals (Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant, and Time-bound) are tools to help patients set personalized and realistic expectations for physical activity. Meeting the goal of approximately 150 to 300 minutes of moderate or 75 to 150 minutes of vigorous physical activity (or an equivalent combination) per week is ideal, but a patient needs to start where they are, at the moment, and gradually increase activity by setting what for them are realistic and sustainable goals.

Continue to: CASE

 

 

CASE

With a PAVS of 105 minutes (ie, 15 minutes per day × 7 days) of weekly light-to-moderate exercise walking her dog, Ms. Q does not satisfy current physical activity guidelines. She needs an exercise prescription to incorporate into her lifestyle (see “Cardiovascular exercise prescription,” at left).

First, based on ACSM pre-participation guidelines, Ms. Q does not need medical clearance before initiating light-to-moderate exercise and gradually progressing to ­vigorous-intensity exercise.

Second, in addition to walking the dog for 105 minutes a week, you:

  • advise her to start walking for 10 minutes, 3 times per week, at a pace that keeps her HR at 97-104 bpm.
  • encourage her to gradually increase the frequency or duration of her walks by no more than 10% per week.

 figure of cardiovascular exercise prescription
cardiovascular exercise prescription  figure

SBIRT: Referral for treatment

When referring a patient to a fitness program or professional, it is essential to consider their preferences, resources, and environment.23 Community fitness partners are often an excellent referral option for a patient seeking guidance or structure for their exercise program. Using the ACSM ProFinder service, (www.acsm.org/get-stay-certified/find-a-pro) you can search for exercise professionals who have achieved the College’s Gold Standard credential.

Gym memberships or fitness programs might be part of the extra coverage offered by Medicare Advantage Plans, other Medicare health plans, or Medicare Supplement Insurance (Medigap) plans.24

Continue to: CASE

 

 

CASE

After providing Ms. Q with her exercise prescription, you refer her to a local gym that participates in the Silver Sneakers fitness and wellness program (for adults ≥ 65 years of age in eligible Medicare plans) to determine whether she qualifies to begin resistance and flexibility training, for which you will write a second exercise prescription (TABLE 317-19).

Table of writing the resistance exercise Rx
Table 3: Writing the resistance exercise Rx

Pre-participation screening

Updated 2015 ACSM exercise pre-participation health screening recommendations attempt to decrease possible barriers to people who are becoming more physically active, by minimizing unnecessary referral to health care providers before they change their level of physical activity. ACSM recommendations on exercise clearance include this guidance25:

  • For a patient who is asymptomatic and already physically active—regardless of whether they have known cardiovascular, metabolic, or renal disease—medical clearance is unnecessary for moderate-intensity exercise.
  • Any patient who has been physically active and asymptomatic but who becomes symptomatic during exercise should immediately discontinue such activity and undergo medical evaluation.
  • For a patient who is inactive, ­asymptomatic, and who does not have known cardiovascular, metabolic, or renal disease, medical clearance for light- or moderate-intensity exercise is unnecessary.
  • For inactive, asymptomatic patients who have known cardiovascular, metabolic, or renal disease, medical clearance is recommended.

Digital health

Smartwatches and health apps (eg, CardioCoach, Fitbit, Garmin Connect, Nike Training Club, Strava, and Training Peaks) can provide workouts and offer patients the ability to collect information and even connect with other users through social media platforms. This information can be synced to Apple Health platforms for iPhones (www.apple.com/ios/health/) or through Google Fit (www.google.com/fit/) on Android devices. Primary care physicians who become familiar with health apps might find them useful for select patients who want to use technology to improve their physical activity level.

However, data on the value of using digital apps for increasing physical activity, in relation to their cost, are limited. Additional research is needed to assess their validity.

Billing and coding

For most patients, the physical activity assessment, prescription, and referral are performed in the context of treating another condition (eg, hypertension, type 2 diabetes, obesity, depression) or during a preventive health examination, and are typically covered without additional charge to the patient. An evaluation and management visit for an established patient could be used to bill if > 50% of the office visit was spent face-to-face with a physician, with patient counseling and coordination of care.

Continue to: Physicians and physical therapists...

 

 

Physicians and physical therapists can use the therapeutic exercise code (Current Procedural Terminology code 97110) when teaching patients exercises to develop muscle strength and endurance, joint range of motion, and flexibility26 (TABLE 426).

Table of coding and billing pointers
Table 4: Coding and billing pointers

Conclusion

Physical activity and CRF are strong predictors of premature mortality, even compared to other risk factors, such as cigarette smoking, hypertension, hypercholesterolemia, and type 2 diabetes.27 Brief physical activity assessment and counseling is an efficient, effective, and cost-effective means to increase physical activity, and presents a unique opportunity for you to encourage lifestyle-based strategies for reducing cardiovascular risk.28

The AHA has asserted the importance of assessing cardiorespiratory fitness as a “vital sign.”

However, it is essential to meet patients where they are before trying to have them progress; it is therefore imperative to assess the individual patient’s level of activity using PAVS. With that information in hand, you can personalize physical activity advice; determine readiness for change and potential barriers for change; assist the patient in setting SMART goals; and arrange follow-up to assess adherence to the exercise prescription. Encourage the patient to call their health insurance plan to determine whether a gym membership or fitness program is covered.

Research is needed to evaluate the value of using digital apps, in light of their cost, to increase physical activity and improve CRF in a clinical setting. Prospective trials should be initiated to determine how routine implementation of CRF assessment in primary care alters the trajectory of clinical care. It is hoped that future research will answer the question: Would such an approach improve clinical outcomes and reduce health care expenditures?12

a Defined as O2 consumed while sitting at rest; equivalent to 3.5 mL of O2 × kg of body weight × min.

CORRESPONDENCE
Matthew Kampert, DO, MS, Sports Medicine, 5555 Transportation Boulevard, Cleveland, OH 44125; [email protected]

It is well-known that per capita health care spending in the United States is more than twice the average in other developed countries1; nevertheless, the overall health care ranking of the US is near the bottom compared to other countries in this group.2 Much of the reason for this poor relative showing lies in the fact that the US has employed a somewhat traditional fee-for-service health care model that does not incentivize efforts to promote health and wellness or prevent chronic disease. The paradigm of promoting physical activity for its disease-preventing and treatment benefits has not been well-integrated in the US health care system.

In this article, we endeavor to provide better understanding of the barriers that keep family physicians from routinely promoting physical activity in clinical practice; define tools and resources that can be used in the clinical setting to promote physical activity; and delineate areas for future work.

Glaring hole in US physical activity education

Many primary care physicians feel underprepared to prescribe or motivate patients to exercise. The reason for that lack of preparedness likely relates to a medical education system that does not spend time preparing physicians to perform this critical task. A study showed that, on average, medical schools require only 8 hours of physical activity education in their curriculum during the 4 years of schooling.3 Likewise, the average primary care residency program offers only 3 hours of didactic training on physical activity, nutrition, and obesity.4 The problem extends to sports medicine fellowship training, in which a 2019 survey showed that 63% of fellows were never taught how to write an exercise prescription in their training program.5

Medical professionals must be educated on the social determinants of health, including conditions in which people live, work, and play, which can contribute to health inequities.

Without education on physical activity, medical students, residents, and fellows are woefully underprepared to realize the therapeutic value of physical activity in patient care, comprehend current physical activity guidelines, appropriately motivate patients to engage in exercise, and competently discuss exercise prescriptions in different disease states. Throughout their training, it is imperative for medical professionals to be educated on the social determinants of health, which include the conditions in which people live, work, and play. These environmental variables can contribute to health inequities that create additional barriers to improvement in physical fitness.6

National guidelines on physical activity

The 2018 National Physical Activity Guidelines detail recommendations for children, adolescents, adults, and special populations.7 The guidelines define physical activity as bodily movement produced by skeletal muscles that result in energy expenditure above resting baseline levels, and includes all types, intensities, and domains of activity. Exercise is a subset of physical activity characterized as planned, structured, repetitive, and designed to improve or maintain physical fitness, physical performance, or health.

Highlights from the 2018 guidelines include7:

  • Preschool-aged children (3 to 5 years of age) should be physically active throughout the day, with as much as 3 hours per day of physical activity of all intensities—light, moderate, and vigorous.
  • Older children and adolescents (6 to 17 years) should accumulate 60 minutes per day of moderate-to-vigorous physical activity, including aerobic, muscle-strengthening, and bone-strengthening activities.
  • Adults of all ages should achieve approximately 150 to 300 minutes of moderate or 75 to 150 minutes of vigorous physical activity (or an equivalent combination) per week, along with at least 2 days per week of ­muscle-strengthening activities. Other types of physical activity include flexibility, balance, bone-strengthening, and mind–body exercises.

3-step framework for enhancing physical activity counseling

Merely knowing that physical activity is healthy is not enough, during a patient encounter, to increase the level of physical activity. Therefore, it is imperative to learn and adopt a framework that has proved to yield successful outcomes. The Screening, Brief Intervention, and Referral to Treatment (SBIRT) framework, which has predominantly been used to change patient behavior related to alcohol and substance use, is now being utilized by some providers to promote physical activity.8 We apply the SBIRT approach in this article, although research is lacking on its clinical utility and outcome measures.

Continue to: SBIRT

 

 

SBIRT: Screening

An office visit provides an opportunity to understand a patient’s level of physical activity. Often, understanding a patient’s baseline level of activity is only asked during a thorough social history, which might not be performed during patient encounters. As physical activity is the primary determinant of cardiorespiratory fitness (CRF), some health care systems have begun delineating physical activity levels as a vital sign to ensure that the assessment of physical activity is a standard part of every clinical encounter. At a minimum, this serves as a prompt and provides an opportunity to start a conversation around improving physical activity levels when guidelines are not being met.

The exercise vital sign. Assessment and documentation of physical activity in the electronic health record are not yet standardized; however, Kaiser Permanente health plans have implemented the exercise vital sign, or EVS, in its HealthConnect (Epic Systems) electronic health record. The EVS incorporates information about a patient’s:

  • days per week of moderate-to-­strenuous exercise (eg, a brisk walk)
  • minutes per day, on average, of exercise at this level.

The physical activity vital sign. Intermountain Healthcare implemented the physical activity vital sign, or PAVS, in its iCentra (Cerner Corp.) electronic health record. The 3-question PAVS assessment asks:

  • On average, how many days of the week do you perform physical activity or exercise?
  • On average, how many total minutes of physical activity or exercise do you perform on those days?
  • How would you describe the intensity of your physical activity or exercise: Light (ie, a casual walk)? Moderate (a brisk walk)? Or vigorous (jogging)?

PAVS includes a fourth data point: The physician–user documents whether the patient was counseled to start, increase, maintain, or modify physical activity or exercise.

EVS and the PAVS have demonstrated validity.9-11

Continue to: Cardiorespiratory fitness as a vital sign

 

 

Cardiorespiratory fitness as a vital sign. In 2016, the American Heart Association (AHA) asserted the importance of assessing CRF as a clinical vital sign.12 CRF is commonly expressed as maximal oxygen consumption (VO2max = O2 mL/kg/min) and measured through cardiopulmonary exercise testing (CPET), considered the gold standard by combining conventional graded exercise testing with ventilatory expired gas analysis. CPET is more objective and precise than equations estimating CRF that are derived from peak work rate. AHA recommended that efforts to improve CRF should become standard in clinical encounters, explaining that even a small increase in CRF (eg, 1 or 2 metabolic equivalentsa [METs]) is associated with a considerably (10% to 30%) lower rate of adverse cardiovascular events.12

The SBIRT framework, predominantly used to change patient behavior related to alcohol and substance use, is now being utilized by some clinicians to promote physical activity

De Souza de Silva and colleagues revealed an association between each 1-MET increase in CRF and per-person annual health care cost savings (adjusted for age and presence of cardiovascular disease) of $3272 (normal-weight patients), $4252 (overweight), and $6103 (obese).13 In its 2016 scientific statement on CRF as a vital sign, AHA listed several methods of estimating CRF and concluded that, although CPET involves a higher level of training, proficiency, equipment, and, therefore, cost, the independent and additive information obtained justifies its use in many patients.12

CASE 

Mary Q, 68 years of age, presents for an annual well-woman examination. Body mass index is 32; resting heart rate (HR), 73 bpm; and blood pressure, 126/74 mm Hg. She reports being inactive, except for light walking every day with her dog around the neighborhood, which takes them approximately 15 minutes. She denies any history or signs and symptoms of cardiovascular, metabolic, or renal disease.

You consider 3 questions before taking next steps regarding increasing Ms. Q’s activity level:

  • What is her PAVS?
  • Does she need medical clearance before starting an exercise program?
  • What would an evidence-based cardiovascular exercise prescription for Ms. Q look like?

SBIRT: Brief intervention

When a patient does not meet the recommended level of physical activity, you have an opportunity to deliver a brief intervention. To do this effectively, you must have adequate understanding of the patient’s receptivity for change. The transtheoretical, or Stages of Change, model proposes that a person typically goes through 5 stages of growth—­pre-contemplation, contemplation, preparation, action, and maintenance—in the process of lifestyle modification. This model highlights the different approaches to exercise adoption and maintenance that need to be taken, based on a given patient’s stage at the moment.

Continue to: Using this framework...

 

 

Using this framework, you can help patients realize intrinsic motivation that can facilitate progression through each stage, utilizing techniques such as motivational interviewing—so-called change talk—to increase self-efficacy.14TABLE 115 provides examples of motivational interviewing techniques that can be used during a patient encounter to improve health behaviors, such as physical activity.

table of motivational interviewing
Table: Motivational interviewing: How to engage in change talk

Writing the exercise prescription

A patient who wants to increase their level of physical activity should be offered a formal exercise prescription, which has been shown to increase the level of physical activity, particularly in older patients. In fact, a study conducted in Spain in the practices of family physicians found that older patients who received a physical activity prescription increased their activity by 131 minutes per week; and compared to control patients, they doubled the minutes per week devoted to moderate or vigorous physical activity.16

FITT-VP. The basics of a cardiovascular exercise prescription can be found in the FITT-VP (Frequency, Intensity, Time, Type, Volume, and [monitoring of] Progression) framework (TABLE 217-19). For most patients, this model includes 3 to 5 days per week of moderate-to-vigorous physical activity for 30 to 60 minutes per session. For patients with established chronic disease, physical activity provides health benefits but might require modification. Disease-specific patient handouts for exercise can be downloaded, at no cost, through the American College of Sports Medicine (ACSM) “Exercise Is Medicine” program, which can be found at: www.exerciseismedicine.org/support_page.php/rx-for-health-series.

Table of writing the cardiovascular exercise Rx
Table 2: Writing the cardiovascular exercise Rx

Determining intensity level. Although CPET is the gold standard for determining a patient’s target intensity level, such a test might be impracticable for a given patient. Surrogate markers of target intensity level can be obtained by measuring maximum HR (HRmax), using a well-known equation20:

HRmax = 220 – age

which is then multiplied by intensity range:

  • light: 30%-39%
  • moderate: 40%-59%
  • vigorous: 60%-89%

or, more preferably, by calculating the HR training zone while accounting for HR at rest (HRrest). This is accomplished by calculating the HR reserve (HRR) (ie, HRR = HRmax – HRrest) and then calculating the target heart rate (THR)21:

THR = [HRR × %intensity] + HRrest

Continue to: The THR calculation...

 

 

The THR calculation is performed twice, once with a lower %intensity and again with a higher %intensity to develop a training zone based on HRR.

The HRR equation is more accurate than calculating HRmax from 220 – age, because HRR accounts for resting HR, which is often lower in people who are better conditioned.

Another method of calculating intensity for patients who are beginning a physical activity program is the rating of perceived exertion (RPE), which is graded on a scale of 6 to 20: Moderate exercise correlates with an RPE of 12 to 13 (“somewhat hard”); vigorous exercise correlates with an RPE of 14 to 16 (“hard”). By adding a zero to the rating on the RPE scale, the corresponding HR in a healthy adult can be estimated when they are performing an activity at that perceived intensity.22 Moderate exercise therefore correlates with a HR of 120 and 130 bpm.

The so-called talk test can also guide exercise intensity: Light-intensity activity correlates with an ability to sing; moderate-intensity physical activity likely allows the patient to still hold a conversation; and vigorous-intensity activity correlates with an inability to carry on a conversation while exercising.

An exercise prescription should be accompanied by a patient-derived goal, which can be reassessed during a follow-up visit. So-called SMART goals (Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant, and Time-bound) are tools to help patients set personalized and realistic expectations for physical activity. Meeting the goal of approximately 150 to 300 minutes of moderate or 75 to 150 minutes of vigorous physical activity (or an equivalent combination) per week is ideal, but a patient needs to start where they are, at the moment, and gradually increase activity by setting what for them are realistic and sustainable goals.

Continue to: CASE

 

 

CASE

With a PAVS of 105 minutes (ie, 15 minutes per day × 7 days) of weekly light-to-moderate exercise walking her dog, Ms. Q does not satisfy current physical activity guidelines. She needs an exercise prescription to incorporate into her lifestyle (see “Cardiovascular exercise prescription,” at left).

First, based on ACSM pre-participation guidelines, Ms. Q does not need medical clearance before initiating light-to-moderate exercise and gradually progressing to ­vigorous-intensity exercise.

Second, in addition to walking the dog for 105 minutes a week, you:

  • advise her to start walking for 10 minutes, 3 times per week, at a pace that keeps her HR at 97-104 bpm.
  • encourage her to gradually increase the frequency or duration of her walks by no more than 10% per week.

 figure of cardiovascular exercise prescription
cardiovascular exercise prescription  figure

SBIRT: Referral for treatment

When referring a patient to a fitness program or professional, it is essential to consider their preferences, resources, and environment.23 Community fitness partners are often an excellent referral option for a patient seeking guidance or structure for their exercise program. Using the ACSM ProFinder service, (www.acsm.org/get-stay-certified/find-a-pro) you can search for exercise professionals who have achieved the College’s Gold Standard credential.

Gym memberships or fitness programs might be part of the extra coverage offered by Medicare Advantage Plans, other Medicare health plans, or Medicare Supplement Insurance (Medigap) plans.24

Continue to: CASE

 

 

CASE

After providing Ms. Q with her exercise prescription, you refer her to a local gym that participates in the Silver Sneakers fitness and wellness program (for adults ≥ 65 years of age in eligible Medicare plans) to determine whether she qualifies to begin resistance and flexibility training, for which you will write a second exercise prescription (TABLE 317-19).

Table of writing the resistance exercise Rx
Table 3: Writing the resistance exercise Rx

Pre-participation screening

Updated 2015 ACSM exercise pre-participation health screening recommendations attempt to decrease possible barriers to people who are becoming more physically active, by minimizing unnecessary referral to health care providers before they change their level of physical activity. ACSM recommendations on exercise clearance include this guidance25:

  • For a patient who is asymptomatic and already physically active—regardless of whether they have known cardiovascular, metabolic, or renal disease—medical clearance is unnecessary for moderate-intensity exercise.
  • Any patient who has been physically active and asymptomatic but who becomes symptomatic during exercise should immediately discontinue such activity and undergo medical evaluation.
  • For a patient who is inactive, ­asymptomatic, and who does not have known cardiovascular, metabolic, or renal disease, medical clearance for light- or moderate-intensity exercise is unnecessary.
  • For inactive, asymptomatic patients who have known cardiovascular, metabolic, or renal disease, medical clearance is recommended.

Digital health

Smartwatches and health apps (eg, CardioCoach, Fitbit, Garmin Connect, Nike Training Club, Strava, and Training Peaks) can provide workouts and offer patients the ability to collect information and even connect with other users through social media platforms. This information can be synced to Apple Health platforms for iPhones (www.apple.com/ios/health/) or through Google Fit (www.google.com/fit/) on Android devices. Primary care physicians who become familiar with health apps might find them useful for select patients who want to use technology to improve their physical activity level.

However, data on the value of using digital apps for increasing physical activity, in relation to their cost, are limited. Additional research is needed to assess their validity.

Billing and coding

For most patients, the physical activity assessment, prescription, and referral are performed in the context of treating another condition (eg, hypertension, type 2 diabetes, obesity, depression) or during a preventive health examination, and are typically covered without additional charge to the patient. An evaluation and management visit for an established patient could be used to bill if > 50% of the office visit was spent face-to-face with a physician, with patient counseling and coordination of care.

Continue to: Physicians and physical therapists...

 

 

Physicians and physical therapists can use the therapeutic exercise code (Current Procedural Terminology code 97110) when teaching patients exercises to develop muscle strength and endurance, joint range of motion, and flexibility26 (TABLE 426).

Table of coding and billing pointers
Table 4: Coding and billing pointers

Conclusion

Physical activity and CRF are strong predictors of premature mortality, even compared to other risk factors, such as cigarette smoking, hypertension, hypercholesterolemia, and type 2 diabetes.27 Brief physical activity assessment and counseling is an efficient, effective, and cost-effective means to increase physical activity, and presents a unique opportunity for you to encourage lifestyle-based strategies for reducing cardiovascular risk.28

The AHA has asserted the importance of assessing cardiorespiratory fitness as a “vital sign.”

However, it is essential to meet patients where they are before trying to have them progress; it is therefore imperative to assess the individual patient’s level of activity using PAVS. With that information in hand, you can personalize physical activity advice; determine readiness for change and potential barriers for change; assist the patient in setting SMART goals; and arrange follow-up to assess adherence to the exercise prescription. Encourage the patient to call their health insurance plan to determine whether a gym membership or fitness program is covered.

Research is needed to evaluate the value of using digital apps, in light of their cost, to increase physical activity and improve CRF in a clinical setting. Prospective trials should be initiated to determine how routine implementation of CRF assessment in primary care alters the trajectory of clinical care. It is hoped that future research will answer the question: Would such an approach improve clinical outcomes and reduce health care expenditures?12

a Defined as O2 consumed while sitting at rest; equivalent to 3.5 mL of O2 × kg of body weight × min.

CORRESPONDENCE
Matthew Kampert, DO, MS, Sports Medicine, 5555 Transportation Boulevard, Cleveland, OH 44125; [email protected]

References

1. Papanicolas I, Woskie LR, Jha AK. Health care spending in the United States and other high-income countries. JAMA. 2018;319:1024-1039. doi: 10.1001/jama.2018.1150

2. Tikkanen R, Abrams MK. U.S. health care from a global perspective, 2019: higher spending, worse outcomes? The Commonwealth Fund Website. January 30, 2020. Accessed November 16, 2021. www.commonwealthfund.org/publications/issue-briefs/2020/jan/us-health-care-global-perspective-2019

3. Stoutenberg M, Stasi S, Stamatakis E, et al. Physical activity training in US medical schools: preparing future physicians to engage in primary prevention. Phys Sportsmed. 2015;43:388-394. doi: 10.1080/00913847.2015.1084868

4. Antognoli EL, Seeholzer EL, Gullett H, et al. Primary care resident training for obesity, nutrition, and physical activity counseling: a mixed-methods study. Health Promot Pract. 2017;18:672-680. doi: 10.1177/1524839916658025

5. Asif IM, Drezner JA. Sports and exercise medicine education in the USA: call to action. Br J Sports Med. 2020;54:195-196. doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2019-101104

6. Douglas JA, Briones MD, Bauer EZ, et al. Social and environmental determinants of physical activity in urban parks: testing a neighborhood disorder model. Prev Med. 2018;109:119-124. doi: 10.1016/j.ypmed.2018.01.013

7. 2018 Physical Activity Guidelines Advisory Committee. 2018 Physical Activity Guidelines Advisory Committee Scientific Report. Washington, DC: US Department of Health & Human Services; 2018. Accessed November 15, 2021. https://health.gov/sites/default/files/2019-09/PAG_Advisory_Committee_Report.pdf

8. Avis JL, Cave AL, Donaldson S, et al. Working with parents to prevent childhood obesity: protocol for a primary care-based ehealth study. JMIR Res Protoc. 2015;4:e35. doi:10.2196/resprot.4147

9. Ball TJ, Joy EA, Gren LH, et al. Concurrent validity of a self-reported physical activity ‘vital sign’ questionnaire with adult primary care patients. Prev Chronic Dis. 2016;13:e16. doi: 10.5888/pcd13.150228

10. Ball TJ, Joy EA, Gren LH, et al. Predictive validity of an adult physical activity “vital sign” recorded in electronic health records. J Phys Act Health. 2016;13:403-408. doi: 10.1123/jpah.2015-0210

11. Coleman KJ, Ngor E, Reynolds K, et al. Initial validation of an exercise “vital sign” in electronic medical records. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2012;44:2071-2076. doi: 10.1249/MSS.0b013e3182630ec1

12. Ross R, Blair SN, Arena R, et al; American Heart Association Physical Activity Committee of the Council on Lifestyle and Cardiometabolic HealthCouncil on Clinical CardiologyCouncil on Epidemiology and PreventionCouncil on Cardiovascular and Stroke NursingCouncil on Functional Genomics and Translational BiologyStroke Council. Importance of assessing cardiorespiratory fitness in clinical practice: a case for fitness as a clinical vital sign: a scientific statement from the American Heart Association. Circulation. 2016;134:e653-e699. doi: 10.1161/CIR.0000000000000461

13. de Souza de Silva CG, Kokkinos PP, Doom R, et al. Association between cardiorespiratory fitness, obesity, and health care costs: The Veterans Exercise Testing Study. Int J Obes (Lond). 2019;43:2225-2232. doi: 10.1038/s41366-018-0257-0

14. Prochaska JO, Velicer WF. The transtheoretical model of health behavior change. Am J Health Promot. 1997;12:38-48. doi: 10.4278/0890-1171-12.1.38

15. Riebe D, Ehrman JK, Liguori G, et al. Methods for evoking change talk. In: ACSM’s Guidelines for Exercise Testing and Prescription. 10th ed. Wolters Kluwer; 2018.

16. Grandes G, Sanchez A, Sanchez-Pinilla RO, et al. Effectiveness of physical activity advice and prescription by physicians in routine primary care: a cluster randomized trial. Arch Intern Med. 2009;169:694-701. doi: 10.1001/archinternmed.2009.23

17. McNeill LH, Kreuter MW, Subramanian SV. Social environment and physical activity: a review of concepts and evidence. Soc Sci Med. 2006;63:1011-1022. doi: 10.1016/j.socscimed.2006.03.012

18. Garber CE, Blissmer BE, Deschenes MR, et al; American College of Sports Medicine. Quantity and quality of exercise for developing and maintaining cardiorespiratory, musculoskeletal, and neuromotor fitness in apparently healthy adults: Guidance for prescribing exercise. Position stand. Med Sci Sport Exerc. 2011;43:1334-1359. doi: 10.1249/MSS.0b013e318213fefb

19. Donnelly JE, Blair SN, Jakicic JM, et al; American College of Sports Medicine. Appropriate physical activity intervention strategies for weight loss and prevention of weight regain for adults. Position stand. Med Sci Sport Exerc. 2009;41:459-471. doi: 10.1249/MSS.0b013e3181949333

20. Fox SM 3rd, Naughton JP, Haskell WL. Physical activity and the prevention of coronary heart disease. Ann Clin Res. 1971;3:404-432.

21. Karvonen MJ, Kentala E, Mustala O. The effects of training on heart rate; a longitudinal study. Ann Med Exp Biol Fenn. 1957;35:307-315.

22. The Borg RPE scale. In: Borg G. Borg’s Perceived Exertion and Pain Scales. Human Kinetics; 1998:29-38.

23. Ratamess NA, Alvar BA, Evetoch TK, et al; American College of Sports Medicine. Progression models in resistance training for healthy adults. Position stand. Med Sci Sport Exerc. 2009;41:687-708. doi: 10.1249/MSS.0b013e3181915670

24. Gym memberships & fitness programs. Medicare.gov. Baltimore, MD: US Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. Accessed November 16, 2021. www.medicare.gov/coverage/gym-memberships-fitness-programs

25. Riebe D, Franklin BA, Thompson PD, et al. Updating ACSM’s recommendations for exercise preparticipation health screening. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2015;47:2473-2479. doi: 10.1249/MSS.0000000000000664

26. Physical Activity Related Current Procedural Terminology (CPT®) Codes. Physical Activity Alliance website. Accessed November 16, 2021. https://paamovewithus.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/PAA-Physical-Activity-CPT-Codes-Nov-2020-AMA-Approved-Final-1.pdf

27. Blair SN. Physical inactivity: the biggest public health problem of the 21st century Br J Sports Med. 2009;43:1-2.

28. Vuori IM, Lavie CJ, Blair SN. Physical activity promotion in the health care system. Mayo Clin Proc. 2013;88:1446-1461. doi: 10.1016/j.mayocp.2013.08.020

References

1. Papanicolas I, Woskie LR, Jha AK. Health care spending in the United States and other high-income countries. JAMA. 2018;319:1024-1039. doi: 10.1001/jama.2018.1150

2. Tikkanen R, Abrams MK. U.S. health care from a global perspective, 2019: higher spending, worse outcomes? The Commonwealth Fund Website. January 30, 2020. Accessed November 16, 2021. www.commonwealthfund.org/publications/issue-briefs/2020/jan/us-health-care-global-perspective-2019

3. Stoutenberg M, Stasi S, Stamatakis E, et al. Physical activity training in US medical schools: preparing future physicians to engage in primary prevention. Phys Sportsmed. 2015;43:388-394. doi: 10.1080/00913847.2015.1084868

4. Antognoli EL, Seeholzer EL, Gullett H, et al. Primary care resident training for obesity, nutrition, and physical activity counseling: a mixed-methods study. Health Promot Pract. 2017;18:672-680. doi: 10.1177/1524839916658025

5. Asif IM, Drezner JA. Sports and exercise medicine education in the USA: call to action. Br J Sports Med. 2020;54:195-196. doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2019-101104

6. Douglas JA, Briones MD, Bauer EZ, et al. Social and environmental determinants of physical activity in urban parks: testing a neighborhood disorder model. Prev Med. 2018;109:119-124. doi: 10.1016/j.ypmed.2018.01.013

7. 2018 Physical Activity Guidelines Advisory Committee. 2018 Physical Activity Guidelines Advisory Committee Scientific Report. Washington, DC: US Department of Health & Human Services; 2018. Accessed November 15, 2021. https://health.gov/sites/default/files/2019-09/PAG_Advisory_Committee_Report.pdf

8. Avis JL, Cave AL, Donaldson S, et al. Working with parents to prevent childhood obesity: protocol for a primary care-based ehealth study. JMIR Res Protoc. 2015;4:e35. doi:10.2196/resprot.4147

9. Ball TJ, Joy EA, Gren LH, et al. Concurrent validity of a self-reported physical activity ‘vital sign’ questionnaire with adult primary care patients. Prev Chronic Dis. 2016;13:e16. doi: 10.5888/pcd13.150228

10. Ball TJ, Joy EA, Gren LH, et al. Predictive validity of an adult physical activity “vital sign” recorded in electronic health records. J Phys Act Health. 2016;13:403-408. doi: 10.1123/jpah.2015-0210

11. Coleman KJ, Ngor E, Reynolds K, et al. Initial validation of an exercise “vital sign” in electronic medical records. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2012;44:2071-2076. doi: 10.1249/MSS.0b013e3182630ec1

12. Ross R, Blair SN, Arena R, et al; American Heart Association Physical Activity Committee of the Council on Lifestyle and Cardiometabolic HealthCouncil on Clinical CardiologyCouncil on Epidemiology and PreventionCouncil on Cardiovascular and Stroke NursingCouncil on Functional Genomics and Translational BiologyStroke Council. Importance of assessing cardiorespiratory fitness in clinical practice: a case for fitness as a clinical vital sign: a scientific statement from the American Heart Association. Circulation. 2016;134:e653-e699. doi: 10.1161/CIR.0000000000000461

13. de Souza de Silva CG, Kokkinos PP, Doom R, et al. Association between cardiorespiratory fitness, obesity, and health care costs: The Veterans Exercise Testing Study. Int J Obes (Lond). 2019;43:2225-2232. doi: 10.1038/s41366-018-0257-0

14. Prochaska JO, Velicer WF. The transtheoretical model of health behavior change. Am J Health Promot. 1997;12:38-48. doi: 10.4278/0890-1171-12.1.38

15. Riebe D, Ehrman JK, Liguori G, et al. Methods for evoking change talk. In: ACSM’s Guidelines for Exercise Testing and Prescription. 10th ed. Wolters Kluwer; 2018.

16. Grandes G, Sanchez A, Sanchez-Pinilla RO, et al. Effectiveness of physical activity advice and prescription by physicians in routine primary care: a cluster randomized trial. Arch Intern Med. 2009;169:694-701. doi: 10.1001/archinternmed.2009.23

17. McNeill LH, Kreuter MW, Subramanian SV. Social environment and physical activity: a review of concepts and evidence. Soc Sci Med. 2006;63:1011-1022. doi: 10.1016/j.socscimed.2006.03.012

18. Garber CE, Blissmer BE, Deschenes MR, et al; American College of Sports Medicine. Quantity and quality of exercise for developing and maintaining cardiorespiratory, musculoskeletal, and neuromotor fitness in apparently healthy adults: Guidance for prescribing exercise. Position stand. Med Sci Sport Exerc. 2011;43:1334-1359. doi: 10.1249/MSS.0b013e318213fefb

19. Donnelly JE, Blair SN, Jakicic JM, et al; American College of Sports Medicine. Appropriate physical activity intervention strategies for weight loss and prevention of weight regain for adults. Position stand. Med Sci Sport Exerc. 2009;41:459-471. doi: 10.1249/MSS.0b013e3181949333

20. Fox SM 3rd, Naughton JP, Haskell WL. Physical activity and the prevention of coronary heart disease. Ann Clin Res. 1971;3:404-432.

21. Karvonen MJ, Kentala E, Mustala O. The effects of training on heart rate; a longitudinal study. Ann Med Exp Biol Fenn. 1957;35:307-315.

22. The Borg RPE scale. In: Borg G. Borg’s Perceived Exertion and Pain Scales. Human Kinetics; 1998:29-38.

23. Ratamess NA, Alvar BA, Evetoch TK, et al; American College of Sports Medicine. Progression models in resistance training for healthy adults. Position stand. Med Sci Sport Exerc. 2009;41:687-708. doi: 10.1249/MSS.0b013e3181915670

24. Gym memberships & fitness programs. Medicare.gov. Baltimore, MD: US Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. Accessed November 16, 2021. www.medicare.gov/coverage/gym-memberships-fitness-programs

25. Riebe D, Franklin BA, Thompson PD, et al. Updating ACSM’s recommendations for exercise preparticipation health screening. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2015;47:2473-2479. doi: 10.1249/MSS.0000000000000664

26. Physical Activity Related Current Procedural Terminology (CPT®) Codes. Physical Activity Alliance website. Accessed November 16, 2021. https://paamovewithus.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/PAA-Physical-Activity-CPT-Codes-Nov-2020-AMA-Approved-Final-1.pdf

27. Blair SN. Physical inactivity: the biggest public health problem of the 21st century Br J Sports Med. 2009;43:1-2.

28. Vuori IM, Lavie CJ, Blair SN. Physical activity promotion in the health care system. Mayo Clin Proc. 2013;88:1446-1461. doi: 10.1016/j.mayocp.2013.08.020

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 70(10)
Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 70(10)
Page Number
489-498
Page Number
489-498
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Write an exercise Rx to improve patients' cardiorespiratory fitness
Display Headline
Write an exercise Rx to improve patients' cardiorespiratory fitness
Sections
Inside the Article

PRACTICE RECOMMENDATIONS

› Encourage children and adolescents (6 to 17 years of age) to engage in 60 min of moderate-to-vigorous physical activity, including aerobic, muscle-strengthening, and bone-strengthening endeavors on most, if not all, days of the week. A

› Encourage adults to perform approximately 150 to 300 min of moderate or 75 to 150 min of vigorous physical activity (or an equivalent combination) per week, along with moderate-intensity muscle-strengthening activities on ≥ 2 days per week. A

› Counsel patients that even a small (eg, 1-2 metabolic equivalents) increase in cardiorespiratory fitness is associated with a 10% to 30% lower rate of adverse events. A

Strength of recommendation (SOR)

A Good-quality patient-oriented evidence
B Inconsistent or limited-quality patient-oriented evidence
C Consensus, usual practice, opinion, disease-oriented evidence, case series

Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article
Article PDF Media

Functional medicine: Focusing on imbalances in core metabolic processes

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 12/10/2021 - 15:38
Display Headline
Functional medicine: Focusing on imbalances in core metabolic processes

Could screening patients for cytokine markers help direct interventions to prevent quality-of-life deterioration? What evidence is there that a patient’s ­methylenetetrahydrofolate reductase (MTHFR) genotype and baseline folate level can determine whether folate therapy will be needed to prevent stroke?

Favorable findings in these areas and others—eg, that specific probiotics benefit those with various gastrointestinal, respiratory, and lipid disorders—are strengthening support for the clinical approach of functional medicine (FM), which focuses on core functional processes: assimilation, defense and repair, energy, biotransformation and elimination, transport, communication, and structural integrity.

In this article, we describe the paradigm of FM, review its origins, and present the evidence base of selected topics: diagnostic testing, nutrition and supplements, probiotics, and chelation. As FM’s popularity increases, a better understanding of it will help us educate our patients on this approach and implement some of its evidence-backed practices. In preparing this review we used keyword searches of PubMed, Embase, Web of Science, Cochrane Library, University of Florida Health Science Center Library eJournals, the Institute for Functional Medicine website,1 and Lifestyle Medicine textbook.2

The core of functional medicine

Complementary and alternative medicine (CAM) refers to medical practices diverging from standards of care and not generally taught at US medical schools or available at US hospitals.3 Integrative Medicine encompasses evidence-informed CAM, conventional Western medicine, and whole systems like FM.4

FM aims to identify root causes of disease, emphasizing function as a dynamic process that can move back and forth on a continuum between health and disorder.5,6 There are 7 defining characteristics of FM: (1) patient centered vs disease centered; (2) systems biology approach acknowledging web-like interconnections of physiologic factors; (3) dynamic balance of gene–­environment interactions; (4) personalized care based on biochemical individuality; (5) promotion of organ reserve and sustained health span; (6) health as a positive vitality—not merely the absence of disease; and (7) function vs pathology focused.5

The concept of FM is not new. Its origins can be traced to the 19th century. Jeffrey Bland, PhD, credits the term’s first use to Sir Willoughby F. Wade, MD, in an 1871 Lancet editorial, “Clinical lecture on functional medicine.” Bland formulated the FM paradigm and in 1991 founded the Institute for Functional Medicine (the Institute), its main educational and certifying organization.7 The Institute certifies masters- or doctorate-prepared health professionals from both conventional and complementary health fields who complete 7 courses (Applying FM in Clinical Practice, Gastrointestinal, Environmental Health, Immune, Hormone, Cardiometabolic, and Bioenergetics), present 1 case report, and pass a written exam. In a retrospective cohort study, researchers found that the FM model was associated with greater improvements in patient-reported, health-related quality of life (QOL) compared with usual care.8

Clinical model

FM uses a comprehensive yet practical matrix for obtaining patient histories and for guiding diagnostic testing.9 Tools that support ­history-taking include a timeline; weeklong dietary survey; daily activity log; exercise, sleep and self-care questionnaires; and an environmental risk assessment. Instead of a review of symptoms arranged by organ system as is typical with conventional Western medicine, FM assesses the balance of core functional processes: assimilation, defense and repair, energy, biotransformation and elimination, transport, communication, and structural integrity.

Continue to: Within the matrix...

 

 

Within the matrix, FM also recognizes 5 modifiable personal lifestyle factors: sleep and relaxation, exercise and movement, nutrition, stress, and relationships. When these lifestyle elements are influenced by specific predisposing factors (antecedents), discrete events precipitating illness (triggers), and ongoing physiologic processes (mediators), fundamental imbalances eventually result in the signs and symptoms characterizing diagnosable diseases.

The essence of the functional medicine therapeutic plan is a discussion of lifestyle changes, personal strengths, and potential adherence challenges.

The essence of the FM therapeutic plan is a discussion of lifestyle changes, personal strengths, and potential adherence challenges so the clinician can better offer assistive resources, which may include multidisciplinary referrals to personalized counselors such as a nutritionist, health coach, mind-body therapist, personal trainer, exercise physiologist, or physical therapist. While these professionals are not unique to FM, they are more frequently used by FM practitioners as part of the health care team.

Diagnostic testing through a different lens

A proposed solution to complex diseases recalcitrant to conventional modern treatments is a systems biology approach to health care.10 Current laboratory testing such as liver enzymes, C-reactive protein (CRP), and leukocyte count provide some information on organ system homeostasis and molecular pathology, but even high-sensitivity CRP, which measures inflammation across the human system, is not adequate in cardiovascular disease (CVD) risk assessment.11 Genome-wide association studies suggest an association between biological pathways, genes, molecular markers, and QOL domains, and screening patients for cytokine markers may help provide prophylactic interventions to prevent QOL deterioration.12

With the purpose of being more systems-biology centric rather than disease centric,13 FM practitioners use tests to guide dietary recommendations and supplement selection, the evidence for which is found mostly in symptom-specific case series.14-16 Commonly used tests include MTHFR genotyping, comprehensive stool profiles, hormone and heavy metal panels, allergy panels, lactulose breath testing, micronutrient and advanced lipid panels, omega 3:6 ratios, and oxidative stress tests.

Some of these tests are performed by standard labs and are covered by insurance. Certain assays are primarily performed by specialized functional laboratories, such as comprehensive stool profiles, provoked heavy metal tests, non-IgE allergy panels, and oxidative stress tests. These laboratories also frequently offer direct-to-consumer orders. The latter situation raises a potential conflict of interest from supplement sales linked to laboratory testing and makes it imperative for health care professionals to understand the reliability and clinical utility of these tests in order to counsel patients accordingly.

Continue to: The remainder of this article...

 

 

The remainder of this article focuses on the evidence behind a subset of FM treatments, which typically include various dietary interventions (elimination, cardiometabolic, detox) and multidomain lifestyle modifications. The practitioner’s selection of dietary interventions, nutraceuticals (vitamins, minerals, essential fatty acids, botanicals), and probiotics is informed by results of different diagnostic tests.

Nutrition and supplements

Nearly one-third of older Americans are affected by at least 1 vitamin deficiency or anemia, and even those consuming an adequate diet have a substantial risk of any deficiency (16%), although less so than those with an inadequate diet (57%).17 The Western diet is known to be nutrient deficient, particularly in vitamin D, thiamine, riboflavin, calcium, magnesium, and selenium.18 Dietary supplement nonusers have the highest risk of any deficiency (40%) compared with users of “full-spectrum multivitamin-multimineral supplements” (14%) and other dietary supplement users (28%).17

Common FM tests are MTHFR genotyping, comprehensive stool profiles, hormone and heavy metal panels, allergy panels, lactulose breath testing, and micronutrient and advanced lipid panels.

Nevertheless, the US Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF) concluded in 2014 that there are not enough data to make a recommendation for or against taking vitamins A, C, or E; multivitamins with folic acid; or combinations of these vitamins for the primary prevention of CVD or cancer.19 USPSTF also does not recommend daily vitamin D and calcium supplementation in community-dwelling, postmenopausal women for primary prevention of fracture.20 Notwithstanding the lack of supplement recommendations for primary prevention, their benefits in patients with chronic disease is still being investigated. For example, a polyphenol-rich antioxidant may reduce cardiovascular complications in those with diabetes.21

Rethinking how nutrition studies are designed. Drawing on studies to determine the benefits of nutrition in chronic disease has been challenging. Factors that must be taken into account include the types of vitamin and mineral supplements patients use, nutrient absorption and utilization, and differing dietary assessment methods and reference values used.18 For example, vitamin and mineral absorption work best with whole food or fortified diets wherein specific nutrients are consumed together (eg, vitamin D and vitamin E with fat; non-heme iron with vitamin C).22-24 Foods with competing nutrients or “inhibitors” may even require absorption enhancers at minimum molar ratios.24

Adding to the complexity of vitamin and mineral absorption, botanical dietary supplements have their own modifying effects on micronutrient absorption.25 These are just some of the reasons randomized controlled trials (RCTs) are fundamentally limited when investigating the health outcomes of diet and supplementation, and alternative study methods should be considered for future nutrition clinical trials to better inform clinicians who are prescribing supplements.26 In the meantime, nutrition plans can be individualized to patients’ biological and cultural needs, ideally in conjunction with a multidisplinary team that includes dietitians, behaviorists, and exercise specialists.27

Continue to: Nutrition is one of the most...

 

 

Nutrition is one of the most important environmental factors modulating genes and phenotypes (nutrigenomics),28,29 and recent studies on single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) have reinforced the importance of considering the effect of genetic variation on dietary response (nutrigenetics).29,30 While nutrigenomics and nutrigenetics have the potential to improve the health of large populations by personalizing dietary advice based on genotype and phenotype, genetic variation occurring within a specific biochemical pathway makes generalizing genotype-based dietary advice to other populations complex.

For instance, Greenlandic Inuit, the indigenous people inhabiting the Arctic regions of Greenland, have a low incidence of CVD, largely due to “non-European” genetic variants that lower their LDL, protecting them from the oxidative stress of their diet high in polyunsaturated fats.31,32 In a study of European adults, phenotypic and phenotypic-­plus-genotypic information did not enhance the effectiveness of the personalized nutrition advice, demonstrating that more research is needed in larger populations.33

Another specific, complex example of gene-nutrient interaction is the pathophysiologic outcome of polymorphisms in the MTHFR gene.30 MTHFR is a rate-limiting enzyme involved in folate and homocysteine metabolism, DNA and RNA biosynthesis, and DNA and protein methylation. MTHFR polymorphisms are common in otherwise healthy people, but some have been reported to increase chronic disease susceptibility via MTHFR deficiency. The most common MTHFR variant is the SNP rs1801133 that reduces enzyme activity to ~30% in homozygotes (677TT), which can lead to reduced folate bioavailability and mild-to-moderate hyperhomocysteinemia depending on one’s dietary folate intake and food fortification.

One FM focus at variance with current recommendations. FM’s approach to homocysteine and MTHFR genotyping for nutritional assessment, dietary counseling, and supplement advice contrasts with recommendations from meta-analyses34-36 and guidelines from the American Heart Association and USPSTF.37,38 While USPSTF does recommend all women planning or capable of pregnancy take 0.4 to 0.8 mg of folic acid daily to prevent neural tube defects,39MTHFR polymorphism screening to guide supplementation is not recommended during pregnancy given conflicting studies and uncertain clinical significance.40 Moreover, while it is generally agreed that the MTHFR C677T polymorphism, and in particular the homozygous MTHFR 677TT genotype, is an independent risk factor for hyperhomocysteinemia, neither variant genotype was an independent coronary artery disease risk factor in several large studies.41-43

Future research is needed to help optimize probiotic dose, duration, route of administration, and whether microbial communities outperform single-species probiotics.

However, study populations with generally high folate consumption or fortified foods may be a main confounding variable.44 For example, in a recent meta-analysis of an elderly population, the T-allele of the MTHFR C677T variant increased pooled stroke risk. While this increased stroke risk is highest in homozygotes, the association was statistically significant only in the Chinese cohort—a group that generally has poor dietary intake of folate and B12.45 Therefore, both MTHFR genotype and baseline folate level are important determinants of folate therapy efficacy in stroke prevention, and this may explain why US studies have not clearly identified a patient subset most likely to benefit.46 Future high-quality studies should measure baseline folate, target populations with ­moderate-to-severe hyperhomocysteinemia with specific MTHFR polymorphisms, and compare high- and low-dose B vitamins or use 5-­methylfolate (the active form of folate).

Continue to: Probiotics

 

 

Probiotics

Probiotics are used extensively in FM, and there are very few fields in conventional Western medicine where probiotics have not been researched. Interestingly, gut microbiota (microflora) change rapidly and individually to therapeutic dietary changes, both in composition (community) and function (metabolic plasticity), implicating gut microbiota as a mediator of dietary impact on host metabolism.47 This highlights the potential for tailored probiotics to transform dietary nonresponders (eg, those who do not routinely consume a high-fiber diet) into responders whose metabolism becomes enabled to counter such conditions as obesity and type 2 diabetes.48

Caveats with probiotic administration. While the strength of recommendation for probiotic therapy is increased by their safe use in pregnancy, infants, and immunocompromised populations,49-51 various harms (ranging from mild to severe) may be underreported.52-54 In clinical practice, the effective probiotic strain(s), formulation, and dosage will vary not only by disease, but also from patient to patient, and may be dependent on nutritional factors such as vitamin D,55 diet, and even epigenetics.56

As we come to more fully recognize commensal microbiota as a major player in overall health with crosstalk in signaling pathways between intestinal bacterial and epithelial immune cells, future research is needed to help optimize probiotic dose, duration, route of administration, and whether microbial communities outperform single-species probiotics.50 Furthermore, much of a bacterial community’s effect on the host is through its metabolites, and since certain species can be used interchangeably given similar metabolic activity and function, studies to understand how prebiotics and probiotics affect the host must analyze the metabolome, in addition to the bacterial community composition.51

Alternative research methods could be informative. Similar to their limited evaluation of health outcomes in nutrition and supplement research, many RCTs examining the health benefits of probiotics often yield ambiguous results or fall short of valid conclusions because the underlying presuppositions are not met.26 For example, assuming the RCT uses a well-defined probiotic formulation, efficacy and generalizability can still be confounded by patient microbiota, diet, mucosa, immune system, and emotional status, which all affect probiotic activity/­potency.50 Under these circumstances, other research methods may be more suitable or supplemental—eg, Phase II trials, epidemiologic studies, single-case experiments (n-of-1 trials) and their meta-analyses, using historical controls, preclinical studies for conceptual and theoretical development, and clinical experience.26,57-59Mechanistic microbiota studies are facilitating early clinical research in numerous diseases,60 such as proof-of-concept RCTs in atherosclerosis prevention61 and brain function.62

Mechanistic microbiota studies are facilitating early clinical research in numerous diseases, such as proof-ofconcept RCTs in atherosclerosis prevention.

It is currently unknown how nonvaginal microbiota affect the health of menopausal women;63,64 and while a multicenter RCT is underway to examine a novel probiotic’s effect on menopausal symptoms and bone health, the supplemental study methods listed above could be employed as well.

Continue to: Evidence of probiotic effectiveness

 

 

Evidence of probiotic effectiveness. Positive evidence in RCTs and meta-analyses suggests that strain-specific probiotics are beneficial for infectious gastroenteritis, persistent antibiotic-associated diarrhea, infant colic,50 irritable bowel syndrome (IBS),50,65Clostridioides difficile prevention,66 inflammatory bowel disease (IBD),67 ­radiation-induced diarrhea,68,69 and nongastrointestinal conditions such as multiple sclerosis,70 upper respiratory infections,50 atopic dermatitis,50,71,72 surgical site infections,73,74 hyperlipidemia,50,75,76 and nonalcoholic steatohepatitis.77

However, because of knowledge gaps and low-quality evidence, the American Gastroenterological Association’s (AGA) 2020 Clinical Practice Guidelines recommend “conditional” use of strain-specific probiotics only for necrotizing enterocolitis prevention (in pre-term, low-birth-weight infants), antibiotic-induced C difficile prevention, and pouchitis.53,54 Additionally, the AGA’s guidelines state that probiotics should only be used for C difficile infection, IBD, or IBS in a clinical trial and not used at all for infectious gastroenteritis.53,54

Chelation

Chelation therapy is thought to inhibit ­metal-catalyzed oxidation reactions and inflammatory processes in tissues that lead to, and result from, accumulation of oxidative damage. While many FM practitioners recommend some form of chelation therapy, there is much controversy surrounding its use. Well-designed, large-scale clinical trials continue to emerge for what appears to be an old intervention with still uncertain clinical applications.

The first chelation agent, disodium ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), was synthesized in the early 1930s, but it was not until World War II that chelation therapy began with use of dimercaprol, a potent antidote for the arsenical chemical weapon lewisite. Disodium EDTA infusions were first used to treat angina pectoris in the mid-20th century,78 and use accelerated in the early 21st century without a clear indication to treat CVD besides decades of anecdotes and case reports.79 Strong epidemiologic data support a causal association between heavy metals (arsenic, lead, cadmium, mercury, and copper) and CVD,80,81 but a distinct mechanism of action is not yet known.

Disodium EDTA was FDA approved in the 1950s for use in patients with hypercalcemia or ventricular arrhythmias from digitalis toxicity, but it was eventually withdrawn from the market in 2008, in part due to safety concerns following 3 deaths from severe hypocalcemia.82 These deaths were caused by inappropriate use related to rapid infusions, pediatric use, and in one case inadvertently administering disodium EDTA to a child instead of calcium EDTA (which can safely be bolused to treat pediatric lead toxicity).82-85

Continue to: The Trial to Assess Chelation Therapy...

 

 

The Trial to Assess Chelation Therapy (TACT) was the first large, double-­blinded, placebo-controlled RCT to test post-­myocardial infarction (MI) disodium EDTA infusions (weekly 3-hour infusions for 30 weeks followed by 10 infusions 2 to 8 weeks apart).86 Despite the chelation group having a modest reduction in the primary composite endpoint (hazard ratio [HR] = 0.82; 95% CI, 0.69-0.99; P = .035),86 especially in those with diabetes (HR = 0.59; 95% CI, 0.44-0.79; P < .001; number needed to treat [NNT] = 6.5),87 the authors concluded these results were insufficient to support routine disodium EDTA chelation post MI. Moreover, the 2014 Guidelines for Chronic Ischemic Heart Disease only upgraded chelation therapy from “not recommended” to “uncertain.”88

Nevertheless, to put into perspective the magnitude of chelation’s treatment effect post MI in patients with diabetes, it can be compared to standard-of-care statin RCTs for secondary prevention, reported as follows. The absolute risk reduction (ARR) of coronary events with statin therapy in a high genetic risk group (the group with the greatest ARR) was 6.03% in the CARE trial and 6.87% in the PROVE IT-TIMI 22 trial, corresponding to a calculated NNT (1/ARR) of 16.6 and 14.6 respectively.89

In order to understand the hesitancy to accept chelation therapy as a reasonable CVD treatment,59 one must balance the modest effect demonstrated by TACT with its limitations, the greatest of which was the unusually large proportion of patients who withdrew their consent or were lost to follow-up (~18%).86 However, it is important to note that some patients withdrew after experiencing a primary endpoint and that at least 50% more were from the placebo group than the chelation group,86 rather than the reverse that was erroneously reported by Fihn et al.88 Unblinding was possible, but there were no significant differences in serious adverse events between groups.

Furthermore, since withdrawn subjects had similar CVD risk profiles, more withdrawals in the placebo arm increases the likelihood of more unrecorded primary outcome events in the placebo arm than treatment arm. One possibility is that these could have accentuated the benefit of chelation therapy, and that missing data reduced the reported efficacy. Because of TACT’s profound findings for those with diabetes post MI, the TACT2 Phase 3 clinical trial underway through 2022 will further clarify chelation’s utility for treating stable ischemic heart disease specifically in this group.

Chronic, lowdose chelation therapy may have a role in preventing and treating diabetic CVD and nephropathy.

Interestingly, angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors, angiotensin receptor blockers, and aldose reductase inhibitors themselves inhibit advanced glycation end products (AGE) formation in diabetes, most likely via chelation. Increased protein glycation and accumulation of AGEs on tissue proteins during hyperglycemia (the Maillard reaction) are hypothesized to be fundamental in the pathogenesis of diabetic vascular complications. Consequently, chronic, low-dose chelation therapy may have a role in preventing and treating diabetic CVD and nephropathy.90

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The authors thank Ariel Pomputius, MLIS, for contributing to the literature searches during manuscript preparation.

CORRESPONDENCE
Frank A. Orlando, MD, UF Health Family Medicine – Springhill, 4197 NW 86th Terrace; [email protected]

References

1. The Institute for Functional Medicine. 2020. Accessed November 19, 2021. www.ifm.org/

2. Rippe JM, ed. Lifestyle Medicine. 3rd ed. CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group; 2019.

3. Eisenberg DM, Kessler RC, Foster C, et al. Unconventional medicine in the United States. Prevalence, costs, and patterns of use. N Engl J Med. 1993;328:246-252.

4. Ali A, Katz DL. Disease prevention and health promotion: how integrative medicine fits. Am J Prev Med. 2015;49(5 suppl 3):S230-S240.

5. Bland J. Defining function in the functional medicine model. Integr Med (Encinitas). 2017;16:22-25.

6. ABPS. Integrative medicine examination description. 2020. Accessed November 19, 2021. www.abpsus.org/integrative-medicine-description/

7. Bland JS. The natural roots of functional medicine. Integr Med (Encinitas). 2018;17:12-17.

8. Beidelschies M, Alejandro-Rodriguez M, Ji X, et al. Association of the functional medicine model of care with patient-reported health-related quality-of-life outcomes. JAMA Netw Open. 2019;2:e1914017.

9. The Institute for Functional Medicine. Functional medicine matrix: organizing clinical imbalances. 2020. Accessed November 19, 2021. www.ifm.org/news-insights/toolkit-functional-medicine-matrix/

10. Schadt EE, Björkegren JL. NEW: Network-enabled wisdom in biology, medicine, and health care. Sci Transl Med. 2012;4:115rv1.

11. Curry SJ, Krist AH, Owens DK, et al. Risk assessment for cardiovascular disease with nontraditional risk factors: US Preventive Services Task Force recommendation statement. JAMA. 2018;320:272-280.

12. Sprangers MA, Thong MS, Bartels M, et al. Biological pathways, candidate genes, and molecular markers associated with quality-of-life domains: an update. Qual Life Res. 2014;23:1997-2013.

13. Bland J. Functional medicine: an operating system for integrative medicine. Integr Med (Encinitas). 2015;14:18-20.

14. Cutshall SM, Bergstrom LR, Kalish DJ. Evaluation of a functional medicine approach to treating fatigue, stress, and digestive issues in women. Complement Ther Clin Pract. 2016;23:75-81.

15. Jaffe R. First line comprehensive care. Part II: Anthropogenic xenobiotics in functional medicine. Managing persisting bioaccumulating pollutants: toxic minerals, biocides, hormone mimics, solvents, and chemical disruptors. Semin Integr Med. 2005;3:79-92.

16. Muran PJ, Muran SY, Beseler CL, et al. Breast health and reducing breast cancer risk: a functional medicine approach. J Altern Complement Med. 2015;21:321-326.

17. Bird JK, Murphy RA, Ciappio ED, et al. Risk of deficiency in multiple concurrent micronutrients in children and adults in the United States. Nutrients. 2017;9:655.

18. ter Borg S, Verlaan S, Hemsworth J, et al. Micronutrient intakes and potential inadequacies of community-dwelling older adults: a systematic review. Br J Nutr. 2015;113:1195-1206.

19. Moyer VA, on behalf of the USPSTF. Vitamin, mineral, and multivitamin supplements for the primary prevention of cardiovascular disease and cancer: U.S. Preventive Services Task Force recommendation statement. Ann Intern Med. 2014;160:558-564.

20. Grossman DC, Curry SJ, Owens DK, et al. Vitamin D, calcium, or combined supplementation for the primary prevention of fractures in community-dwelling adults: U.S. Preventive Services Task Force recommendation statement. JAMA. 2018;319:1592-1599.

21. Fenercioglu AK, Saler T, Genc E, et al. The effects of polyphenol-containing antioxidants on oxidative stress and lipid peroxidation in Type 2 diabetes mellitus without complications. J Endocrinol Invest. 2010;33:118-124.

22. Silva MC, Furlanetto TW. Intestinal absorption of vitamin D: A systematic review. Nutr Rev. 2018;76:60-76.

23. Schmölz L, Birringer M, Lorkowski S, et al. Complexity of vitamin E metabolism. World J Biol Chem. 2016;7:14-43.

24. Teucher B, Olivares M, Cori H. Enhancers of iron absorption: ascorbic acid and other organic acids. Int J Vitam Nutr Res. 2004;74:403-419.

25. Gurley BJ, Tonsing-Carter A, Thomas SL, et al. Clinically relevant herb-micronutrient interactions: when botanicals, minerals, and vitamins collide. Adv Nutr. 2018;9:524s-532s.

26. Zeilstra D, Younes JA, Brummer RJ, et al. Perspective: fundamental limitations of the randomized controlled trial method in nutritional research: the example of probiotics. Adv Nutr. 2018;9:561-571.

27. Kimokoti RW, Millen BE. Nutrition for the prevention of chronic diseases. Med Clin North Am. 2016;100:1185-1198.

28. Tucker KL, Smith CE, Lai CQ, et al. Quantifying diet for nutrigenomic studies. Annu Rev Nutr. 2013;33:349-371.

29. Fenech M, El-Sohemy A, Cahill L, et al. Nutrigenetics and nutrigenomics: viewpoints on the current status and applications in nutrition research and practice. J Nutrigenet Nutrigenomics. 2011;4:69-89.

30. van Ommen B, van den Broek T, de Hoogh I, et al. Systems biology of personalized nutrition. Nutr Rev. 2017;75:579-599.

31. Fumagalli M, Moltke I, Grarup N, et al. Greenlandic Inuit show genetic signatures of diet and climate adaptation. Science. 2015;349:1343-1347.

32. Mathieson I, Lazaridis I, Rohland N, et al. Genome-wide patterns of selection in 230 ancient Eurasians. Nature. 2015;528:499-503.

33. Celis-Morales C, Livingstone KM, Marsaux CF, et al. Effect of personalized nutrition on health-related behaviour change: evidence from the Food4Me European randomized controlled trial. Int J Epidemiol. 2017;46:578-588.

34. Maron BA, Loscalzo J. The treatment of hyperhomocysteinemia. Annu Rev Med. 2009;60:39-54.

35. Li Y, Huang T, Zheng Y, et al. Folic acid supplementation and the risk of cardiovascular diseases: a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. J Am Heart Assoc. 2016;5:e003768.

36. Martí-Carvajal AJ, Solà I, Lathyris D, et al. Homocysteine-lowering interventions for preventing cardiovascular events. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2017;8:CD006612.

37. Goff DC, Jr., Lloyd-Jones DM, Bennett G, et al. 2013 ACC/AHA guideline on the assessment of cardiovascular risk: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines. Circulation. 2014;129(25 suppl 2):S49-S73.

38. USPSTF. Using nontraditional risk factors in coronary heart disease risk assessment: U.S. Preventive Services Task Force recommendation statement. Ann Intern Med. 2009;151:474-482.

39. Bibbins-Domingo K, Grossman DC, Curry SJ, et al. Folic acid supplementation for the prevention of neural tube defects: U.S. Preventive Services Task Force recommendation statement. JAMA. 2017;317:183-189.

40. Levin BL, Varga E. MTHFR: addressing genetic counseling dilemmas using evidence-based literature. J Genet Couns. 2016;25:901-911.

41. Luo Z, Lu Z, Muhammad I, et al. Associations of the MTHFR rs1801133 polymorphism with coronary artery disease and lipid levels: a systematic review and updated meta-analysis. Lipids Health Dis. 2018;17:191.

42. Clarke R, Bennett DA, Parish S, et al. Homocysteine and coronary heart disease: meta-analysis of MTHFR case-control studies, avoiding publication bias. PLoS Med. 2012;9:e1001177.

43. Kölling K, Ndrepepa G, Koch W, et al. Methylenetetrahydrofolate reductase gene C677T and A1298C polymorphisms, plasma homocysteine, folate, and vitamin B12 levels and the extent of coronary artery disease. Am J Cardiol. 2004;93:1201-1206.

44. Holmes MV, Newcombe P, Hubacek JA, et al. Effect modification by population dietary folate on the association between MTHFR genotype, homocysteine, and stroke risk: a meta-analysis of genetic studies and randomised trials. Lancet. 2011;378:584-594.

45. Chang G, Kuai Z, Wang J, et al. The association of MTHFR C677T variant with increased risk of ischemic stroke in the elderly population: a meta-analysis of observational studies. BMC Geriatr. 2019;19:331.

46. Huo Y, Li J, Qin X, et al. Efficacy of folic acid therapy in primary prevention of stroke among adults with hypertension in China: the CSPPT randomized clinical trial. JAMA. 2015;313:1325-1335.

47. Reid G. Probiotics: definition, scope and mechanisms of action. Best Pract Res Clin Gastroenterol. 2016;30:17-25.

48. Sonnenburg JL, Bäckhed F. Diet-microbiota interactions as moderators of human metabolism. Nature. 2016;535:56-64.

49. Van den Nieuwboer M, Brummer RJ, Guarner F, et al. The administration of probiotics and synbiotics in immune compromised adults: Is it safe? Benef Microbes. 2015;6:3-17.

50. Liu Y, Tran DQ, Rhoads JM. Probiotics in disease prevention and treatment. J Clin Pharmacol. 2018;58(suppl 10):S164-S179.

51. O’Connell TM. The application of metabolomics to probiotic and prebiotic interventions in human clinical studies. Metabolites. 2020;10:120.

52. Lerner A, Shoenfeld Y, Matthias T. Probiotics: if it does not help it does not do any harm. Really? Microorganisms. 2019;7:104.

53. Su G, Ko C, Bercik P, et al. AGA clinical practice guidelines on the role of probiotics in the management of gastrointestinal disorders. Gastroenterol. 2020;159:697-705.

54. Preidis GA, Weizman AV, Kashyap PC, et al. AGA technical review on the role of probiotics in the management of gastrointestinal disorders. Gastroenterology. 2020;159:708-738.e4.

55. Charoenngam N, Shirvani A, Kalajian TA, et al. The effect of various doses of oral vitamin D3 supplementation on gut microbiota in healthy adults: A randomized, double-blinded, dose-response study. Anticancer Res. 2020;40:551-556.

56. Cuevas-Sierra A, Ramos-Lopez O, Riezu-Boj JI, et al. Diet, gut microbiota, and obesity: links with host genetics and epigenetics and potential applications. Adv Nutr. 2019;10(suppl1):S17-S30.

57. APA. Clay RA. More than one way to measure. Monitor Psychol. 2010;4:52. Accessed November 19, 2021. www.apa.org/monitor/2010/09/trials

58. Deaton A, Cartwright N. Understanding and misunderstanding randomized controlled trials. Soc Sci Med. 2018;210:2-21.

59. Bauchner H, Fontanarosa PB, Golub RM. Evaluation of the trial to assess chelation therapy (TACT): the scientific process, peer review, and editorial scrutiny. JAMA. 2013;309:1291-1292.

60. Durack J, Lynch SV. The gut microbiome: relationships with disease and opportunities for therapy. J Exp Med. 2019;216:20-40.

61. Matsumoto M, Kitada Y, Naito Y. Endothelial function is improved by inducing microbial polyamine production in the gut: a randomized placebo-controlled trial. Nutrients. 2019;11:1188.

62. Bagga D, Reichert JL, Koschutnig K, et al. Probiotics drive gut microbiome triggering emotional brain signatures. Gut Microbes. 2018;9:486-496.

63. Vieira AT, Castelo PM, Ribeiro DA, et al. Influence of oral and gut microbiota in the health of menopausal women. Front Microbiol. 2017;8:1884.

64. Ribeiro AE, Monteiro NES, Moraes AVG, et al. Can the use of probiotics in association with isoflavone improve the symptoms of genitourinary syndrome of menopause? Results from a randomized controlled trial. Menopause. 2018;26:643-652.

65. Hong YS, Hong KS, Park MH, et al. Metabonomic understanding of probiotic effects in humans with irritable bowel syndrome. J Clin Gastroenterol. 2011;45:415-425.

66. Shen NT, Maw A, Tmanova LL, et al. Timely use of probiotics in hospitalized adults prevents clostridium difficile infection: a systematic review with meta-regression analysis. Gastroenterol. 2017;152:1889-1900.e9.

67. Ganji-Arjenaki M, Rafieian-Kopaei M. Probiotics are a good choice in remission of inflammatory bowel diseases: a meta analysis and systematic review. J Cell Physiol. 2018;233:2091-2103.

68. Linn YH, Thu KK, Win NHH. Effect of probiotics for the prevention of acute radiation-induced diarrhoea among cervical cancer patients: a randomized double-blind placebo-controlled study. Probiotics Antimicrob Proteins. 2019;11:638-647.

69. Liu M-M, Li S-T, Shu Y, et al. Probiotics for prevention of ­radiation-induced diarrhea: a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. PLoS One. 2017;12:e0178870.

70. Kouchaki E, Tamtaji OR, Salami M, et al. Clinical and metabolic response to probiotic supplementation in patients with multiple sclerosis: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Clin Nutr. 2017;36:1245-1249.

71. Navarro-López V, Ramírez-Boscá A, Ramón-Vidal D, et al. Effect of oral administration of a mixture of probiotic strains on SCORAD index and use of topical steroids in young patients with moderate atopic dermatitis: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA Dermatol. 2018;154:37-43.

72. Wang HT, Anvari S, Anagnostou K. The role of probiotics in preventing allergic disease. Children (Basel). 2019;6:24.

73. Kasatpibal N, Whitney JD, Saokaew S, et al. Effectiveness of probiotic, prebiotic, and synbiotic therapies in reducing postoperative complications: a systematic review and network meta-analysis. Clin Infect Dis. 2017;64(suppl2):S153-S160.

74. Liu PC, Yan YK, Ma YJ, et al. Probiotics reduce postoperative infections in patients undergoing colorectal surgery: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Gastroenterol Res Pract. 2017;2017:6029075.

75. Hendijani F, Akbari V. Probiotic supplementation for management of cardiovascular risk factors in adults with type II diabetes: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Clin Nutr. 2018;37:532-541.

76. Wu Y, Zhang Q, Ren Y, et al. Effect of probiotic Lactobacillus on lipid profile: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized, controlled trials. PLoS One. 2017;12:e0178868.

77. Ferolla SM, Couto CA, Costa-Silva L, et al. Beneficial effect of synbiotic supplementation on hepatic steatosis and anthropometric parameters, but not on gut permeability in a population with nonalcoholic steatohepatitis. Nutrients. 2016;8:397.

78. Clarke CN, Clarke NE, Mosher RE. Treatment of angina pectoris with disodium ethylene diamine tetraacetic acid. Am J Med Sci. 1956;232:654-666.

79. Barnes PM, Bloom B, Nahin RL. Complementary and alternative medicine use among adults and children: United States, 2007. Natl Health Stat Report. 2008:1-23.

80. Chowdhury R, Ramond A, O’Keeffe LM, et al. Environmental toxic metal contaminants and risk of cardiovascular disease: systematic review and meta-analysis. BMJ. 2018;362:k3310.

81. Zhuang X, Ni A, Liao L, et al. Environment-wide association study to identify novel factors associated with peripheral arterial disease: evidence from the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (1999–2004). Atherosclerosis. 2018;269:172-177.

82. Wax PM. Current use of chelation in American health care. J Med Toxicol. 2013:9;303-307.

83. CDC. Deaths associated with hypocalcemia from chelation therapy—Texas, Pennsylvania, and Oregon, 2003-2005. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2006;55:204-207.

84. Atwood KC, Woeckner E. In pediatric fatality, edetate disodium was no accident. Clin Toxicol (Phila). 2009;47:256.

85. Baxter AJ, Krenzelok EP. Pediatric fatality secondary to EDTA chelation. Clin Toxicol (Phila). 2008;46:1083-1084.

86. Lamas GA, Goertz C, Boineau R, et al. Effect of disodium EDTA chelation regimen on cardiovascular events in patients with previous myocardial infarction: the TACT randomized trial. JAMA. 2013;309:1241-1250.

87. Escolar E, Lamas GA, Mark DB, et al. The effect of an EDTA-based chelation regimen on patients with diabetes mellitus and prior myocardial infarction in the Trial to Assess Chelation Therapy (TACT). Circ Cardiovasc Qual Outcomes. 2014;7:15-24.

88. Fihn SD, Blankenship JC, Alexander KP, et al. 2014 ACC/AHA/AATS/PCNA/SCAI/STS focused update of the guideline for the diagnosis and management of patients with stable ischemic heart disease: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines, and the American Association for Thoracic Surgery, Preventive Cardiovascular Nurses Association, Society for Cardiovascular Angiography and Interventions, and Society of Thoracic Surgeons. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2014;64:1929-1949.

89. Mega JL, Stitziel NO, Smith JG, et al. Genetic risk, coronary heart disease events, and the clinical benefit of statin therapy: an analysis of primary and secondary prevention trials. Lancet. 2015;385:2264-2271.

90. Nagai R, Murray DB, Metz TO, et al. Chelation: a fundamental mechanism of action of AGE inhibitors, AGE breakers, and other inhibitors of diabetes complications. Diabetes. 2012;61:549-559.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Department of Community Health and Family Medicine (Drs. Orlando and Chang) and Department of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation (Dr. Estores), University of Florida College of Medicine, Gainesville
[email protected]

The authors reported no potential conflict of interest relevant to this article.

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 70(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
482-488,498
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Department of Community Health and Family Medicine (Drs. Orlando and Chang) and Department of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation (Dr. Estores), University of Florida College of Medicine, Gainesville
[email protected]

The authors reported no potential conflict of interest relevant to this article.

Author and Disclosure Information

Department of Community Health and Family Medicine (Drs. Orlando and Chang) and Department of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation (Dr. Estores), University of Florida College of Medicine, Gainesville
[email protected]

The authors reported no potential conflict of interest relevant to this article.

Article PDF
Article PDF

Could screening patients for cytokine markers help direct interventions to prevent quality-of-life deterioration? What evidence is there that a patient’s ­methylenetetrahydrofolate reductase (MTHFR) genotype and baseline folate level can determine whether folate therapy will be needed to prevent stroke?

Favorable findings in these areas and others—eg, that specific probiotics benefit those with various gastrointestinal, respiratory, and lipid disorders—are strengthening support for the clinical approach of functional medicine (FM), which focuses on core functional processes: assimilation, defense and repair, energy, biotransformation and elimination, transport, communication, and structural integrity.

In this article, we describe the paradigm of FM, review its origins, and present the evidence base of selected topics: diagnostic testing, nutrition and supplements, probiotics, and chelation. As FM’s popularity increases, a better understanding of it will help us educate our patients on this approach and implement some of its evidence-backed practices. In preparing this review we used keyword searches of PubMed, Embase, Web of Science, Cochrane Library, University of Florida Health Science Center Library eJournals, the Institute for Functional Medicine website,1 and Lifestyle Medicine textbook.2

The core of functional medicine

Complementary and alternative medicine (CAM) refers to medical practices diverging from standards of care and not generally taught at US medical schools or available at US hospitals.3 Integrative Medicine encompasses evidence-informed CAM, conventional Western medicine, and whole systems like FM.4

FM aims to identify root causes of disease, emphasizing function as a dynamic process that can move back and forth on a continuum between health and disorder.5,6 There are 7 defining characteristics of FM: (1) patient centered vs disease centered; (2) systems biology approach acknowledging web-like interconnections of physiologic factors; (3) dynamic balance of gene–­environment interactions; (4) personalized care based on biochemical individuality; (5) promotion of organ reserve and sustained health span; (6) health as a positive vitality—not merely the absence of disease; and (7) function vs pathology focused.5

The concept of FM is not new. Its origins can be traced to the 19th century. Jeffrey Bland, PhD, credits the term’s first use to Sir Willoughby F. Wade, MD, in an 1871 Lancet editorial, “Clinical lecture on functional medicine.” Bland formulated the FM paradigm and in 1991 founded the Institute for Functional Medicine (the Institute), its main educational and certifying organization.7 The Institute certifies masters- or doctorate-prepared health professionals from both conventional and complementary health fields who complete 7 courses (Applying FM in Clinical Practice, Gastrointestinal, Environmental Health, Immune, Hormone, Cardiometabolic, and Bioenergetics), present 1 case report, and pass a written exam. In a retrospective cohort study, researchers found that the FM model was associated with greater improvements in patient-reported, health-related quality of life (QOL) compared with usual care.8

Clinical model

FM uses a comprehensive yet practical matrix for obtaining patient histories and for guiding diagnostic testing.9 Tools that support ­history-taking include a timeline; weeklong dietary survey; daily activity log; exercise, sleep and self-care questionnaires; and an environmental risk assessment. Instead of a review of symptoms arranged by organ system as is typical with conventional Western medicine, FM assesses the balance of core functional processes: assimilation, defense and repair, energy, biotransformation and elimination, transport, communication, and structural integrity.

Continue to: Within the matrix...

 

 

Within the matrix, FM also recognizes 5 modifiable personal lifestyle factors: sleep and relaxation, exercise and movement, nutrition, stress, and relationships. When these lifestyle elements are influenced by specific predisposing factors (antecedents), discrete events precipitating illness (triggers), and ongoing physiologic processes (mediators), fundamental imbalances eventually result in the signs and symptoms characterizing diagnosable diseases.

The essence of the functional medicine therapeutic plan is a discussion of lifestyle changes, personal strengths, and potential adherence challenges.

The essence of the FM therapeutic plan is a discussion of lifestyle changes, personal strengths, and potential adherence challenges so the clinician can better offer assistive resources, which may include multidisciplinary referrals to personalized counselors such as a nutritionist, health coach, mind-body therapist, personal trainer, exercise physiologist, or physical therapist. While these professionals are not unique to FM, they are more frequently used by FM practitioners as part of the health care team.

Diagnostic testing through a different lens

A proposed solution to complex diseases recalcitrant to conventional modern treatments is a systems biology approach to health care.10 Current laboratory testing such as liver enzymes, C-reactive protein (CRP), and leukocyte count provide some information on organ system homeostasis and molecular pathology, but even high-sensitivity CRP, which measures inflammation across the human system, is not adequate in cardiovascular disease (CVD) risk assessment.11 Genome-wide association studies suggest an association between biological pathways, genes, molecular markers, and QOL domains, and screening patients for cytokine markers may help provide prophylactic interventions to prevent QOL deterioration.12

With the purpose of being more systems-biology centric rather than disease centric,13 FM practitioners use tests to guide dietary recommendations and supplement selection, the evidence for which is found mostly in symptom-specific case series.14-16 Commonly used tests include MTHFR genotyping, comprehensive stool profiles, hormone and heavy metal panels, allergy panels, lactulose breath testing, micronutrient and advanced lipid panels, omega 3:6 ratios, and oxidative stress tests.

Some of these tests are performed by standard labs and are covered by insurance. Certain assays are primarily performed by specialized functional laboratories, such as comprehensive stool profiles, provoked heavy metal tests, non-IgE allergy panels, and oxidative stress tests. These laboratories also frequently offer direct-to-consumer orders. The latter situation raises a potential conflict of interest from supplement sales linked to laboratory testing and makes it imperative for health care professionals to understand the reliability and clinical utility of these tests in order to counsel patients accordingly.

Continue to: The remainder of this article...

 

 

The remainder of this article focuses on the evidence behind a subset of FM treatments, which typically include various dietary interventions (elimination, cardiometabolic, detox) and multidomain lifestyle modifications. The practitioner’s selection of dietary interventions, nutraceuticals (vitamins, minerals, essential fatty acids, botanicals), and probiotics is informed by results of different diagnostic tests.

Nutrition and supplements

Nearly one-third of older Americans are affected by at least 1 vitamin deficiency or anemia, and even those consuming an adequate diet have a substantial risk of any deficiency (16%), although less so than those with an inadequate diet (57%).17 The Western diet is known to be nutrient deficient, particularly in vitamin D, thiamine, riboflavin, calcium, magnesium, and selenium.18 Dietary supplement nonusers have the highest risk of any deficiency (40%) compared with users of “full-spectrum multivitamin-multimineral supplements” (14%) and other dietary supplement users (28%).17

Common FM tests are MTHFR genotyping, comprehensive stool profiles, hormone and heavy metal panels, allergy panels, lactulose breath testing, and micronutrient and advanced lipid panels.

Nevertheless, the US Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF) concluded in 2014 that there are not enough data to make a recommendation for or against taking vitamins A, C, or E; multivitamins with folic acid; or combinations of these vitamins for the primary prevention of CVD or cancer.19 USPSTF also does not recommend daily vitamin D and calcium supplementation in community-dwelling, postmenopausal women for primary prevention of fracture.20 Notwithstanding the lack of supplement recommendations for primary prevention, their benefits in patients with chronic disease is still being investigated. For example, a polyphenol-rich antioxidant may reduce cardiovascular complications in those with diabetes.21

Rethinking how nutrition studies are designed. Drawing on studies to determine the benefits of nutrition in chronic disease has been challenging. Factors that must be taken into account include the types of vitamin and mineral supplements patients use, nutrient absorption and utilization, and differing dietary assessment methods and reference values used.18 For example, vitamin and mineral absorption work best with whole food or fortified diets wherein specific nutrients are consumed together (eg, vitamin D and vitamin E with fat; non-heme iron with vitamin C).22-24 Foods with competing nutrients or “inhibitors” may even require absorption enhancers at minimum molar ratios.24

Adding to the complexity of vitamin and mineral absorption, botanical dietary supplements have their own modifying effects on micronutrient absorption.25 These are just some of the reasons randomized controlled trials (RCTs) are fundamentally limited when investigating the health outcomes of diet and supplementation, and alternative study methods should be considered for future nutrition clinical trials to better inform clinicians who are prescribing supplements.26 In the meantime, nutrition plans can be individualized to patients’ biological and cultural needs, ideally in conjunction with a multidisplinary team that includes dietitians, behaviorists, and exercise specialists.27

Continue to: Nutrition is one of the most...

 

 

Nutrition is one of the most important environmental factors modulating genes and phenotypes (nutrigenomics),28,29 and recent studies on single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) have reinforced the importance of considering the effect of genetic variation on dietary response (nutrigenetics).29,30 While nutrigenomics and nutrigenetics have the potential to improve the health of large populations by personalizing dietary advice based on genotype and phenotype, genetic variation occurring within a specific biochemical pathway makes generalizing genotype-based dietary advice to other populations complex.

For instance, Greenlandic Inuit, the indigenous people inhabiting the Arctic regions of Greenland, have a low incidence of CVD, largely due to “non-European” genetic variants that lower their LDL, protecting them from the oxidative stress of their diet high in polyunsaturated fats.31,32 In a study of European adults, phenotypic and phenotypic-­plus-genotypic information did not enhance the effectiveness of the personalized nutrition advice, demonstrating that more research is needed in larger populations.33

Another specific, complex example of gene-nutrient interaction is the pathophysiologic outcome of polymorphisms in the MTHFR gene.30 MTHFR is a rate-limiting enzyme involved in folate and homocysteine metabolism, DNA and RNA biosynthesis, and DNA and protein methylation. MTHFR polymorphisms are common in otherwise healthy people, but some have been reported to increase chronic disease susceptibility via MTHFR deficiency. The most common MTHFR variant is the SNP rs1801133 that reduces enzyme activity to ~30% in homozygotes (677TT), which can lead to reduced folate bioavailability and mild-to-moderate hyperhomocysteinemia depending on one’s dietary folate intake and food fortification.

One FM focus at variance with current recommendations. FM’s approach to homocysteine and MTHFR genotyping for nutritional assessment, dietary counseling, and supplement advice contrasts with recommendations from meta-analyses34-36 and guidelines from the American Heart Association and USPSTF.37,38 While USPSTF does recommend all women planning or capable of pregnancy take 0.4 to 0.8 mg of folic acid daily to prevent neural tube defects,39MTHFR polymorphism screening to guide supplementation is not recommended during pregnancy given conflicting studies and uncertain clinical significance.40 Moreover, while it is generally agreed that the MTHFR C677T polymorphism, and in particular the homozygous MTHFR 677TT genotype, is an independent risk factor for hyperhomocysteinemia, neither variant genotype was an independent coronary artery disease risk factor in several large studies.41-43

Future research is needed to help optimize probiotic dose, duration, route of administration, and whether microbial communities outperform single-species probiotics.

However, study populations with generally high folate consumption or fortified foods may be a main confounding variable.44 For example, in a recent meta-analysis of an elderly population, the T-allele of the MTHFR C677T variant increased pooled stroke risk. While this increased stroke risk is highest in homozygotes, the association was statistically significant only in the Chinese cohort—a group that generally has poor dietary intake of folate and B12.45 Therefore, both MTHFR genotype and baseline folate level are important determinants of folate therapy efficacy in stroke prevention, and this may explain why US studies have not clearly identified a patient subset most likely to benefit.46 Future high-quality studies should measure baseline folate, target populations with ­moderate-to-severe hyperhomocysteinemia with specific MTHFR polymorphisms, and compare high- and low-dose B vitamins or use 5-­methylfolate (the active form of folate).

Continue to: Probiotics

 

 

Probiotics

Probiotics are used extensively in FM, and there are very few fields in conventional Western medicine where probiotics have not been researched. Interestingly, gut microbiota (microflora) change rapidly and individually to therapeutic dietary changes, both in composition (community) and function (metabolic plasticity), implicating gut microbiota as a mediator of dietary impact on host metabolism.47 This highlights the potential for tailored probiotics to transform dietary nonresponders (eg, those who do not routinely consume a high-fiber diet) into responders whose metabolism becomes enabled to counter such conditions as obesity and type 2 diabetes.48

Caveats with probiotic administration. While the strength of recommendation for probiotic therapy is increased by their safe use in pregnancy, infants, and immunocompromised populations,49-51 various harms (ranging from mild to severe) may be underreported.52-54 In clinical practice, the effective probiotic strain(s), formulation, and dosage will vary not only by disease, but also from patient to patient, and may be dependent on nutritional factors such as vitamin D,55 diet, and even epigenetics.56

As we come to more fully recognize commensal microbiota as a major player in overall health with crosstalk in signaling pathways between intestinal bacterial and epithelial immune cells, future research is needed to help optimize probiotic dose, duration, route of administration, and whether microbial communities outperform single-species probiotics.50 Furthermore, much of a bacterial community’s effect on the host is through its metabolites, and since certain species can be used interchangeably given similar metabolic activity and function, studies to understand how prebiotics and probiotics affect the host must analyze the metabolome, in addition to the bacterial community composition.51

Alternative research methods could be informative. Similar to their limited evaluation of health outcomes in nutrition and supplement research, many RCTs examining the health benefits of probiotics often yield ambiguous results or fall short of valid conclusions because the underlying presuppositions are not met.26 For example, assuming the RCT uses a well-defined probiotic formulation, efficacy and generalizability can still be confounded by patient microbiota, diet, mucosa, immune system, and emotional status, which all affect probiotic activity/­potency.50 Under these circumstances, other research methods may be more suitable or supplemental—eg, Phase II trials, epidemiologic studies, single-case experiments (n-of-1 trials) and their meta-analyses, using historical controls, preclinical studies for conceptual and theoretical development, and clinical experience.26,57-59Mechanistic microbiota studies are facilitating early clinical research in numerous diseases,60 such as proof-of-concept RCTs in atherosclerosis prevention61 and brain function.62

Mechanistic microbiota studies are facilitating early clinical research in numerous diseases, such as proof-ofconcept RCTs in atherosclerosis prevention.

It is currently unknown how nonvaginal microbiota affect the health of menopausal women;63,64 and while a multicenter RCT is underway to examine a novel probiotic’s effect on menopausal symptoms and bone health, the supplemental study methods listed above could be employed as well.

Continue to: Evidence of probiotic effectiveness

 

 

Evidence of probiotic effectiveness. Positive evidence in RCTs and meta-analyses suggests that strain-specific probiotics are beneficial for infectious gastroenteritis, persistent antibiotic-associated diarrhea, infant colic,50 irritable bowel syndrome (IBS),50,65Clostridioides difficile prevention,66 inflammatory bowel disease (IBD),67 ­radiation-induced diarrhea,68,69 and nongastrointestinal conditions such as multiple sclerosis,70 upper respiratory infections,50 atopic dermatitis,50,71,72 surgical site infections,73,74 hyperlipidemia,50,75,76 and nonalcoholic steatohepatitis.77

However, because of knowledge gaps and low-quality evidence, the American Gastroenterological Association’s (AGA) 2020 Clinical Practice Guidelines recommend “conditional” use of strain-specific probiotics only for necrotizing enterocolitis prevention (in pre-term, low-birth-weight infants), antibiotic-induced C difficile prevention, and pouchitis.53,54 Additionally, the AGA’s guidelines state that probiotics should only be used for C difficile infection, IBD, or IBS in a clinical trial and not used at all for infectious gastroenteritis.53,54

Chelation

Chelation therapy is thought to inhibit ­metal-catalyzed oxidation reactions and inflammatory processes in tissues that lead to, and result from, accumulation of oxidative damage. While many FM practitioners recommend some form of chelation therapy, there is much controversy surrounding its use. Well-designed, large-scale clinical trials continue to emerge for what appears to be an old intervention with still uncertain clinical applications.

The first chelation agent, disodium ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), was synthesized in the early 1930s, but it was not until World War II that chelation therapy began with use of dimercaprol, a potent antidote for the arsenical chemical weapon lewisite. Disodium EDTA infusions were first used to treat angina pectoris in the mid-20th century,78 and use accelerated in the early 21st century without a clear indication to treat CVD besides decades of anecdotes and case reports.79 Strong epidemiologic data support a causal association between heavy metals (arsenic, lead, cadmium, mercury, and copper) and CVD,80,81 but a distinct mechanism of action is not yet known.

Disodium EDTA was FDA approved in the 1950s for use in patients with hypercalcemia or ventricular arrhythmias from digitalis toxicity, but it was eventually withdrawn from the market in 2008, in part due to safety concerns following 3 deaths from severe hypocalcemia.82 These deaths were caused by inappropriate use related to rapid infusions, pediatric use, and in one case inadvertently administering disodium EDTA to a child instead of calcium EDTA (which can safely be bolused to treat pediatric lead toxicity).82-85

Continue to: The Trial to Assess Chelation Therapy...

 

 

The Trial to Assess Chelation Therapy (TACT) was the first large, double-­blinded, placebo-controlled RCT to test post-­myocardial infarction (MI) disodium EDTA infusions (weekly 3-hour infusions for 30 weeks followed by 10 infusions 2 to 8 weeks apart).86 Despite the chelation group having a modest reduction in the primary composite endpoint (hazard ratio [HR] = 0.82; 95% CI, 0.69-0.99; P = .035),86 especially in those with diabetes (HR = 0.59; 95% CI, 0.44-0.79; P < .001; number needed to treat [NNT] = 6.5),87 the authors concluded these results were insufficient to support routine disodium EDTA chelation post MI. Moreover, the 2014 Guidelines for Chronic Ischemic Heart Disease only upgraded chelation therapy from “not recommended” to “uncertain.”88

Nevertheless, to put into perspective the magnitude of chelation’s treatment effect post MI in patients with diabetes, it can be compared to standard-of-care statin RCTs for secondary prevention, reported as follows. The absolute risk reduction (ARR) of coronary events with statin therapy in a high genetic risk group (the group with the greatest ARR) was 6.03% in the CARE trial and 6.87% in the PROVE IT-TIMI 22 trial, corresponding to a calculated NNT (1/ARR) of 16.6 and 14.6 respectively.89

In order to understand the hesitancy to accept chelation therapy as a reasonable CVD treatment,59 one must balance the modest effect demonstrated by TACT with its limitations, the greatest of which was the unusually large proportion of patients who withdrew their consent or were lost to follow-up (~18%).86 However, it is important to note that some patients withdrew after experiencing a primary endpoint and that at least 50% more were from the placebo group than the chelation group,86 rather than the reverse that was erroneously reported by Fihn et al.88 Unblinding was possible, but there were no significant differences in serious adverse events between groups.

Furthermore, since withdrawn subjects had similar CVD risk profiles, more withdrawals in the placebo arm increases the likelihood of more unrecorded primary outcome events in the placebo arm than treatment arm. One possibility is that these could have accentuated the benefit of chelation therapy, and that missing data reduced the reported efficacy. Because of TACT’s profound findings for those with diabetes post MI, the TACT2 Phase 3 clinical trial underway through 2022 will further clarify chelation’s utility for treating stable ischemic heart disease specifically in this group.

Chronic, lowdose chelation therapy may have a role in preventing and treating diabetic CVD and nephropathy.

Interestingly, angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors, angiotensin receptor blockers, and aldose reductase inhibitors themselves inhibit advanced glycation end products (AGE) formation in diabetes, most likely via chelation. Increased protein glycation and accumulation of AGEs on tissue proteins during hyperglycemia (the Maillard reaction) are hypothesized to be fundamental in the pathogenesis of diabetic vascular complications. Consequently, chronic, low-dose chelation therapy may have a role in preventing and treating diabetic CVD and nephropathy.90

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The authors thank Ariel Pomputius, MLIS, for contributing to the literature searches during manuscript preparation.

CORRESPONDENCE
Frank A. Orlando, MD, UF Health Family Medicine – Springhill, 4197 NW 86th Terrace; [email protected]

Could screening patients for cytokine markers help direct interventions to prevent quality-of-life deterioration? What evidence is there that a patient’s ­methylenetetrahydrofolate reductase (MTHFR) genotype and baseline folate level can determine whether folate therapy will be needed to prevent stroke?

Favorable findings in these areas and others—eg, that specific probiotics benefit those with various gastrointestinal, respiratory, and lipid disorders—are strengthening support for the clinical approach of functional medicine (FM), which focuses on core functional processes: assimilation, defense and repair, energy, biotransformation and elimination, transport, communication, and structural integrity.

In this article, we describe the paradigm of FM, review its origins, and present the evidence base of selected topics: diagnostic testing, nutrition and supplements, probiotics, and chelation. As FM’s popularity increases, a better understanding of it will help us educate our patients on this approach and implement some of its evidence-backed practices. In preparing this review we used keyword searches of PubMed, Embase, Web of Science, Cochrane Library, University of Florida Health Science Center Library eJournals, the Institute for Functional Medicine website,1 and Lifestyle Medicine textbook.2

The core of functional medicine

Complementary and alternative medicine (CAM) refers to medical practices diverging from standards of care and not generally taught at US medical schools or available at US hospitals.3 Integrative Medicine encompasses evidence-informed CAM, conventional Western medicine, and whole systems like FM.4

FM aims to identify root causes of disease, emphasizing function as a dynamic process that can move back and forth on a continuum between health and disorder.5,6 There are 7 defining characteristics of FM: (1) patient centered vs disease centered; (2) systems biology approach acknowledging web-like interconnections of physiologic factors; (3) dynamic balance of gene–­environment interactions; (4) personalized care based on biochemical individuality; (5) promotion of organ reserve and sustained health span; (6) health as a positive vitality—not merely the absence of disease; and (7) function vs pathology focused.5

The concept of FM is not new. Its origins can be traced to the 19th century. Jeffrey Bland, PhD, credits the term’s first use to Sir Willoughby F. Wade, MD, in an 1871 Lancet editorial, “Clinical lecture on functional medicine.” Bland formulated the FM paradigm and in 1991 founded the Institute for Functional Medicine (the Institute), its main educational and certifying organization.7 The Institute certifies masters- or doctorate-prepared health professionals from both conventional and complementary health fields who complete 7 courses (Applying FM in Clinical Practice, Gastrointestinal, Environmental Health, Immune, Hormone, Cardiometabolic, and Bioenergetics), present 1 case report, and pass a written exam. In a retrospective cohort study, researchers found that the FM model was associated with greater improvements in patient-reported, health-related quality of life (QOL) compared with usual care.8

Clinical model

FM uses a comprehensive yet practical matrix for obtaining patient histories and for guiding diagnostic testing.9 Tools that support ­history-taking include a timeline; weeklong dietary survey; daily activity log; exercise, sleep and self-care questionnaires; and an environmental risk assessment. Instead of a review of symptoms arranged by organ system as is typical with conventional Western medicine, FM assesses the balance of core functional processes: assimilation, defense and repair, energy, biotransformation and elimination, transport, communication, and structural integrity.

Continue to: Within the matrix...

 

 

Within the matrix, FM also recognizes 5 modifiable personal lifestyle factors: sleep and relaxation, exercise and movement, nutrition, stress, and relationships. When these lifestyle elements are influenced by specific predisposing factors (antecedents), discrete events precipitating illness (triggers), and ongoing physiologic processes (mediators), fundamental imbalances eventually result in the signs and symptoms characterizing diagnosable diseases.

The essence of the functional medicine therapeutic plan is a discussion of lifestyle changes, personal strengths, and potential adherence challenges.

The essence of the FM therapeutic plan is a discussion of lifestyle changes, personal strengths, and potential adherence challenges so the clinician can better offer assistive resources, which may include multidisciplinary referrals to personalized counselors such as a nutritionist, health coach, mind-body therapist, personal trainer, exercise physiologist, or physical therapist. While these professionals are not unique to FM, they are more frequently used by FM practitioners as part of the health care team.

Diagnostic testing through a different lens

A proposed solution to complex diseases recalcitrant to conventional modern treatments is a systems biology approach to health care.10 Current laboratory testing such as liver enzymes, C-reactive protein (CRP), and leukocyte count provide some information on organ system homeostasis and molecular pathology, but even high-sensitivity CRP, which measures inflammation across the human system, is not adequate in cardiovascular disease (CVD) risk assessment.11 Genome-wide association studies suggest an association between biological pathways, genes, molecular markers, and QOL domains, and screening patients for cytokine markers may help provide prophylactic interventions to prevent QOL deterioration.12

With the purpose of being more systems-biology centric rather than disease centric,13 FM practitioners use tests to guide dietary recommendations and supplement selection, the evidence for which is found mostly in symptom-specific case series.14-16 Commonly used tests include MTHFR genotyping, comprehensive stool profiles, hormone and heavy metal panels, allergy panels, lactulose breath testing, micronutrient and advanced lipid panels, omega 3:6 ratios, and oxidative stress tests.

Some of these tests are performed by standard labs and are covered by insurance. Certain assays are primarily performed by specialized functional laboratories, such as comprehensive stool profiles, provoked heavy metal tests, non-IgE allergy panels, and oxidative stress tests. These laboratories also frequently offer direct-to-consumer orders. The latter situation raises a potential conflict of interest from supplement sales linked to laboratory testing and makes it imperative for health care professionals to understand the reliability and clinical utility of these tests in order to counsel patients accordingly.

Continue to: The remainder of this article...

 

 

The remainder of this article focuses on the evidence behind a subset of FM treatments, which typically include various dietary interventions (elimination, cardiometabolic, detox) and multidomain lifestyle modifications. The practitioner’s selection of dietary interventions, nutraceuticals (vitamins, minerals, essential fatty acids, botanicals), and probiotics is informed by results of different diagnostic tests.

Nutrition and supplements

Nearly one-third of older Americans are affected by at least 1 vitamin deficiency or anemia, and even those consuming an adequate diet have a substantial risk of any deficiency (16%), although less so than those with an inadequate diet (57%).17 The Western diet is known to be nutrient deficient, particularly in vitamin D, thiamine, riboflavin, calcium, magnesium, and selenium.18 Dietary supplement nonusers have the highest risk of any deficiency (40%) compared with users of “full-spectrum multivitamin-multimineral supplements” (14%) and other dietary supplement users (28%).17

Common FM tests are MTHFR genotyping, comprehensive stool profiles, hormone and heavy metal panels, allergy panels, lactulose breath testing, and micronutrient and advanced lipid panels.

Nevertheless, the US Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF) concluded in 2014 that there are not enough data to make a recommendation for or against taking vitamins A, C, or E; multivitamins with folic acid; or combinations of these vitamins for the primary prevention of CVD or cancer.19 USPSTF also does not recommend daily vitamin D and calcium supplementation in community-dwelling, postmenopausal women for primary prevention of fracture.20 Notwithstanding the lack of supplement recommendations for primary prevention, their benefits in patients with chronic disease is still being investigated. For example, a polyphenol-rich antioxidant may reduce cardiovascular complications in those with diabetes.21

Rethinking how nutrition studies are designed. Drawing on studies to determine the benefits of nutrition in chronic disease has been challenging. Factors that must be taken into account include the types of vitamin and mineral supplements patients use, nutrient absorption and utilization, and differing dietary assessment methods and reference values used.18 For example, vitamin and mineral absorption work best with whole food or fortified diets wherein specific nutrients are consumed together (eg, vitamin D and vitamin E with fat; non-heme iron with vitamin C).22-24 Foods with competing nutrients or “inhibitors” may even require absorption enhancers at minimum molar ratios.24

Adding to the complexity of vitamin and mineral absorption, botanical dietary supplements have their own modifying effects on micronutrient absorption.25 These are just some of the reasons randomized controlled trials (RCTs) are fundamentally limited when investigating the health outcomes of diet and supplementation, and alternative study methods should be considered for future nutrition clinical trials to better inform clinicians who are prescribing supplements.26 In the meantime, nutrition plans can be individualized to patients’ biological and cultural needs, ideally in conjunction with a multidisplinary team that includes dietitians, behaviorists, and exercise specialists.27

Continue to: Nutrition is one of the most...

 

 

Nutrition is one of the most important environmental factors modulating genes and phenotypes (nutrigenomics),28,29 and recent studies on single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) have reinforced the importance of considering the effect of genetic variation on dietary response (nutrigenetics).29,30 While nutrigenomics and nutrigenetics have the potential to improve the health of large populations by personalizing dietary advice based on genotype and phenotype, genetic variation occurring within a specific biochemical pathway makes generalizing genotype-based dietary advice to other populations complex.

For instance, Greenlandic Inuit, the indigenous people inhabiting the Arctic regions of Greenland, have a low incidence of CVD, largely due to “non-European” genetic variants that lower their LDL, protecting them from the oxidative stress of their diet high in polyunsaturated fats.31,32 In a study of European adults, phenotypic and phenotypic-­plus-genotypic information did not enhance the effectiveness of the personalized nutrition advice, demonstrating that more research is needed in larger populations.33

Another specific, complex example of gene-nutrient interaction is the pathophysiologic outcome of polymorphisms in the MTHFR gene.30 MTHFR is a rate-limiting enzyme involved in folate and homocysteine metabolism, DNA and RNA biosynthesis, and DNA and protein methylation. MTHFR polymorphisms are common in otherwise healthy people, but some have been reported to increase chronic disease susceptibility via MTHFR deficiency. The most common MTHFR variant is the SNP rs1801133 that reduces enzyme activity to ~30% in homozygotes (677TT), which can lead to reduced folate bioavailability and mild-to-moderate hyperhomocysteinemia depending on one’s dietary folate intake and food fortification.

One FM focus at variance with current recommendations. FM’s approach to homocysteine and MTHFR genotyping for nutritional assessment, dietary counseling, and supplement advice contrasts with recommendations from meta-analyses34-36 and guidelines from the American Heart Association and USPSTF.37,38 While USPSTF does recommend all women planning or capable of pregnancy take 0.4 to 0.8 mg of folic acid daily to prevent neural tube defects,39MTHFR polymorphism screening to guide supplementation is not recommended during pregnancy given conflicting studies and uncertain clinical significance.40 Moreover, while it is generally agreed that the MTHFR C677T polymorphism, and in particular the homozygous MTHFR 677TT genotype, is an independent risk factor for hyperhomocysteinemia, neither variant genotype was an independent coronary artery disease risk factor in several large studies.41-43

Future research is needed to help optimize probiotic dose, duration, route of administration, and whether microbial communities outperform single-species probiotics.

However, study populations with generally high folate consumption or fortified foods may be a main confounding variable.44 For example, in a recent meta-analysis of an elderly population, the T-allele of the MTHFR C677T variant increased pooled stroke risk. While this increased stroke risk is highest in homozygotes, the association was statistically significant only in the Chinese cohort—a group that generally has poor dietary intake of folate and B12.45 Therefore, both MTHFR genotype and baseline folate level are important determinants of folate therapy efficacy in stroke prevention, and this may explain why US studies have not clearly identified a patient subset most likely to benefit.46 Future high-quality studies should measure baseline folate, target populations with ­moderate-to-severe hyperhomocysteinemia with specific MTHFR polymorphisms, and compare high- and low-dose B vitamins or use 5-­methylfolate (the active form of folate).

Continue to: Probiotics

 

 

Probiotics

Probiotics are used extensively in FM, and there are very few fields in conventional Western medicine where probiotics have not been researched. Interestingly, gut microbiota (microflora) change rapidly and individually to therapeutic dietary changes, both in composition (community) and function (metabolic plasticity), implicating gut microbiota as a mediator of dietary impact on host metabolism.47 This highlights the potential for tailored probiotics to transform dietary nonresponders (eg, those who do not routinely consume a high-fiber diet) into responders whose metabolism becomes enabled to counter such conditions as obesity and type 2 diabetes.48

Caveats with probiotic administration. While the strength of recommendation for probiotic therapy is increased by their safe use in pregnancy, infants, and immunocompromised populations,49-51 various harms (ranging from mild to severe) may be underreported.52-54 In clinical practice, the effective probiotic strain(s), formulation, and dosage will vary not only by disease, but also from patient to patient, and may be dependent on nutritional factors such as vitamin D,55 diet, and even epigenetics.56

As we come to more fully recognize commensal microbiota as a major player in overall health with crosstalk in signaling pathways between intestinal bacterial and epithelial immune cells, future research is needed to help optimize probiotic dose, duration, route of administration, and whether microbial communities outperform single-species probiotics.50 Furthermore, much of a bacterial community’s effect on the host is through its metabolites, and since certain species can be used interchangeably given similar metabolic activity and function, studies to understand how prebiotics and probiotics affect the host must analyze the metabolome, in addition to the bacterial community composition.51

Alternative research methods could be informative. Similar to their limited evaluation of health outcomes in nutrition and supplement research, many RCTs examining the health benefits of probiotics often yield ambiguous results or fall short of valid conclusions because the underlying presuppositions are not met.26 For example, assuming the RCT uses a well-defined probiotic formulation, efficacy and generalizability can still be confounded by patient microbiota, diet, mucosa, immune system, and emotional status, which all affect probiotic activity/­potency.50 Under these circumstances, other research methods may be more suitable or supplemental—eg, Phase II trials, epidemiologic studies, single-case experiments (n-of-1 trials) and their meta-analyses, using historical controls, preclinical studies for conceptual and theoretical development, and clinical experience.26,57-59Mechanistic microbiota studies are facilitating early clinical research in numerous diseases,60 such as proof-of-concept RCTs in atherosclerosis prevention61 and brain function.62

Mechanistic microbiota studies are facilitating early clinical research in numerous diseases, such as proof-ofconcept RCTs in atherosclerosis prevention.

It is currently unknown how nonvaginal microbiota affect the health of menopausal women;63,64 and while a multicenter RCT is underway to examine a novel probiotic’s effect on menopausal symptoms and bone health, the supplemental study methods listed above could be employed as well.

Continue to: Evidence of probiotic effectiveness

 

 

Evidence of probiotic effectiveness. Positive evidence in RCTs and meta-analyses suggests that strain-specific probiotics are beneficial for infectious gastroenteritis, persistent antibiotic-associated diarrhea, infant colic,50 irritable bowel syndrome (IBS),50,65Clostridioides difficile prevention,66 inflammatory bowel disease (IBD),67 ­radiation-induced diarrhea,68,69 and nongastrointestinal conditions such as multiple sclerosis,70 upper respiratory infections,50 atopic dermatitis,50,71,72 surgical site infections,73,74 hyperlipidemia,50,75,76 and nonalcoholic steatohepatitis.77

However, because of knowledge gaps and low-quality evidence, the American Gastroenterological Association’s (AGA) 2020 Clinical Practice Guidelines recommend “conditional” use of strain-specific probiotics only for necrotizing enterocolitis prevention (in pre-term, low-birth-weight infants), antibiotic-induced C difficile prevention, and pouchitis.53,54 Additionally, the AGA’s guidelines state that probiotics should only be used for C difficile infection, IBD, or IBS in a clinical trial and not used at all for infectious gastroenteritis.53,54

Chelation

Chelation therapy is thought to inhibit ­metal-catalyzed oxidation reactions and inflammatory processes in tissues that lead to, and result from, accumulation of oxidative damage. While many FM practitioners recommend some form of chelation therapy, there is much controversy surrounding its use. Well-designed, large-scale clinical trials continue to emerge for what appears to be an old intervention with still uncertain clinical applications.

The first chelation agent, disodium ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), was synthesized in the early 1930s, but it was not until World War II that chelation therapy began with use of dimercaprol, a potent antidote for the arsenical chemical weapon lewisite. Disodium EDTA infusions were first used to treat angina pectoris in the mid-20th century,78 and use accelerated in the early 21st century without a clear indication to treat CVD besides decades of anecdotes and case reports.79 Strong epidemiologic data support a causal association between heavy metals (arsenic, lead, cadmium, mercury, and copper) and CVD,80,81 but a distinct mechanism of action is not yet known.

Disodium EDTA was FDA approved in the 1950s for use in patients with hypercalcemia or ventricular arrhythmias from digitalis toxicity, but it was eventually withdrawn from the market in 2008, in part due to safety concerns following 3 deaths from severe hypocalcemia.82 These deaths were caused by inappropriate use related to rapid infusions, pediatric use, and in one case inadvertently administering disodium EDTA to a child instead of calcium EDTA (which can safely be bolused to treat pediatric lead toxicity).82-85

Continue to: The Trial to Assess Chelation Therapy...

 

 

The Trial to Assess Chelation Therapy (TACT) was the first large, double-­blinded, placebo-controlled RCT to test post-­myocardial infarction (MI) disodium EDTA infusions (weekly 3-hour infusions for 30 weeks followed by 10 infusions 2 to 8 weeks apart).86 Despite the chelation group having a modest reduction in the primary composite endpoint (hazard ratio [HR] = 0.82; 95% CI, 0.69-0.99; P = .035),86 especially in those with diabetes (HR = 0.59; 95% CI, 0.44-0.79; P < .001; number needed to treat [NNT] = 6.5),87 the authors concluded these results were insufficient to support routine disodium EDTA chelation post MI. Moreover, the 2014 Guidelines for Chronic Ischemic Heart Disease only upgraded chelation therapy from “not recommended” to “uncertain.”88

Nevertheless, to put into perspective the magnitude of chelation’s treatment effect post MI in patients with diabetes, it can be compared to standard-of-care statin RCTs for secondary prevention, reported as follows. The absolute risk reduction (ARR) of coronary events with statin therapy in a high genetic risk group (the group with the greatest ARR) was 6.03% in the CARE trial and 6.87% in the PROVE IT-TIMI 22 trial, corresponding to a calculated NNT (1/ARR) of 16.6 and 14.6 respectively.89

In order to understand the hesitancy to accept chelation therapy as a reasonable CVD treatment,59 one must balance the modest effect demonstrated by TACT with its limitations, the greatest of which was the unusually large proportion of patients who withdrew their consent or were lost to follow-up (~18%).86 However, it is important to note that some patients withdrew after experiencing a primary endpoint and that at least 50% more were from the placebo group than the chelation group,86 rather than the reverse that was erroneously reported by Fihn et al.88 Unblinding was possible, but there were no significant differences in serious adverse events between groups.

Furthermore, since withdrawn subjects had similar CVD risk profiles, more withdrawals in the placebo arm increases the likelihood of more unrecorded primary outcome events in the placebo arm than treatment arm. One possibility is that these could have accentuated the benefit of chelation therapy, and that missing data reduced the reported efficacy. Because of TACT’s profound findings for those with diabetes post MI, the TACT2 Phase 3 clinical trial underway through 2022 will further clarify chelation’s utility for treating stable ischemic heart disease specifically in this group.

Chronic, lowdose chelation therapy may have a role in preventing and treating diabetic CVD and nephropathy.

Interestingly, angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors, angiotensin receptor blockers, and aldose reductase inhibitors themselves inhibit advanced glycation end products (AGE) formation in diabetes, most likely via chelation. Increased protein glycation and accumulation of AGEs on tissue proteins during hyperglycemia (the Maillard reaction) are hypothesized to be fundamental in the pathogenesis of diabetic vascular complications. Consequently, chronic, low-dose chelation therapy may have a role in preventing and treating diabetic CVD and nephropathy.90

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The authors thank Ariel Pomputius, MLIS, for contributing to the literature searches during manuscript preparation.

CORRESPONDENCE
Frank A. Orlando, MD, UF Health Family Medicine – Springhill, 4197 NW 86th Terrace; [email protected]

References

1. The Institute for Functional Medicine. 2020. Accessed November 19, 2021. www.ifm.org/

2. Rippe JM, ed. Lifestyle Medicine. 3rd ed. CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group; 2019.

3. Eisenberg DM, Kessler RC, Foster C, et al. Unconventional medicine in the United States. Prevalence, costs, and patterns of use. N Engl J Med. 1993;328:246-252.

4. Ali A, Katz DL. Disease prevention and health promotion: how integrative medicine fits. Am J Prev Med. 2015;49(5 suppl 3):S230-S240.

5. Bland J. Defining function in the functional medicine model. Integr Med (Encinitas). 2017;16:22-25.

6. ABPS. Integrative medicine examination description. 2020. Accessed November 19, 2021. www.abpsus.org/integrative-medicine-description/

7. Bland JS. The natural roots of functional medicine. Integr Med (Encinitas). 2018;17:12-17.

8. Beidelschies M, Alejandro-Rodriguez M, Ji X, et al. Association of the functional medicine model of care with patient-reported health-related quality-of-life outcomes. JAMA Netw Open. 2019;2:e1914017.

9. The Institute for Functional Medicine. Functional medicine matrix: organizing clinical imbalances. 2020. Accessed November 19, 2021. www.ifm.org/news-insights/toolkit-functional-medicine-matrix/

10. Schadt EE, Björkegren JL. NEW: Network-enabled wisdom in biology, medicine, and health care. Sci Transl Med. 2012;4:115rv1.

11. Curry SJ, Krist AH, Owens DK, et al. Risk assessment for cardiovascular disease with nontraditional risk factors: US Preventive Services Task Force recommendation statement. JAMA. 2018;320:272-280.

12. Sprangers MA, Thong MS, Bartels M, et al. Biological pathways, candidate genes, and molecular markers associated with quality-of-life domains: an update. Qual Life Res. 2014;23:1997-2013.

13. Bland J. Functional medicine: an operating system for integrative medicine. Integr Med (Encinitas). 2015;14:18-20.

14. Cutshall SM, Bergstrom LR, Kalish DJ. Evaluation of a functional medicine approach to treating fatigue, stress, and digestive issues in women. Complement Ther Clin Pract. 2016;23:75-81.

15. Jaffe R. First line comprehensive care. Part II: Anthropogenic xenobiotics in functional medicine. Managing persisting bioaccumulating pollutants: toxic minerals, biocides, hormone mimics, solvents, and chemical disruptors. Semin Integr Med. 2005;3:79-92.

16. Muran PJ, Muran SY, Beseler CL, et al. Breast health and reducing breast cancer risk: a functional medicine approach. J Altern Complement Med. 2015;21:321-326.

17. Bird JK, Murphy RA, Ciappio ED, et al. Risk of deficiency in multiple concurrent micronutrients in children and adults in the United States. Nutrients. 2017;9:655.

18. ter Borg S, Verlaan S, Hemsworth J, et al. Micronutrient intakes and potential inadequacies of community-dwelling older adults: a systematic review. Br J Nutr. 2015;113:1195-1206.

19. Moyer VA, on behalf of the USPSTF. Vitamin, mineral, and multivitamin supplements for the primary prevention of cardiovascular disease and cancer: U.S. Preventive Services Task Force recommendation statement. Ann Intern Med. 2014;160:558-564.

20. Grossman DC, Curry SJ, Owens DK, et al. Vitamin D, calcium, or combined supplementation for the primary prevention of fractures in community-dwelling adults: U.S. Preventive Services Task Force recommendation statement. JAMA. 2018;319:1592-1599.

21. Fenercioglu AK, Saler T, Genc E, et al. The effects of polyphenol-containing antioxidants on oxidative stress and lipid peroxidation in Type 2 diabetes mellitus without complications. J Endocrinol Invest. 2010;33:118-124.

22. Silva MC, Furlanetto TW. Intestinal absorption of vitamin D: A systematic review. Nutr Rev. 2018;76:60-76.

23. Schmölz L, Birringer M, Lorkowski S, et al. Complexity of vitamin E metabolism. World J Biol Chem. 2016;7:14-43.

24. Teucher B, Olivares M, Cori H. Enhancers of iron absorption: ascorbic acid and other organic acids. Int J Vitam Nutr Res. 2004;74:403-419.

25. Gurley BJ, Tonsing-Carter A, Thomas SL, et al. Clinically relevant herb-micronutrient interactions: when botanicals, minerals, and vitamins collide. Adv Nutr. 2018;9:524s-532s.

26. Zeilstra D, Younes JA, Brummer RJ, et al. Perspective: fundamental limitations of the randomized controlled trial method in nutritional research: the example of probiotics. Adv Nutr. 2018;9:561-571.

27. Kimokoti RW, Millen BE. Nutrition for the prevention of chronic diseases. Med Clin North Am. 2016;100:1185-1198.

28. Tucker KL, Smith CE, Lai CQ, et al. Quantifying diet for nutrigenomic studies. Annu Rev Nutr. 2013;33:349-371.

29. Fenech M, El-Sohemy A, Cahill L, et al. Nutrigenetics and nutrigenomics: viewpoints on the current status and applications in nutrition research and practice. J Nutrigenet Nutrigenomics. 2011;4:69-89.

30. van Ommen B, van den Broek T, de Hoogh I, et al. Systems biology of personalized nutrition. Nutr Rev. 2017;75:579-599.

31. Fumagalli M, Moltke I, Grarup N, et al. Greenlandic Inuit show genetic signatures of diet and climate adaptation. Science. 2015;349:1343-1347.

32. Mathieson I, Lazaridis I, Rohland N, et al. Genome-wide patterns of selection in 230 ancient Eurasians. Nature. 2015;528:499-503.

33. Celis-Morales C, Livingstone KM, Marsaux CF, et al. Effect of personalized nutrition on health-related behaviour change: evidence from the Food4Me European randomized controlled trial. Int J Epidemiol. 2017;46:578-588.

34. Maron BA, Loscalzo J. The treatment of hyperhomocysteinemia. Annu Rev Med. 2009;60:39-54.

35. Li Y, Huang T, Zheng Y, et al. Folic acid supplementation and the risk of cardiovascular diseases: a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. J Am Heart Assoc. 2016;5:e003768.

36. Martí-Carvajal AJ, Solà I, Lathyris D, et al. Homocysteine-lowering interventions for preventing cardiovascular events. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2017;8:CD006612.

37. Goff DC, Jr., Lloyd-Jones DM, Bennett G, et al. 2013 ACC/AHA guideline on the assessment of cardiovascular risk: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines. Circulation. 2014;129(25 suppl 2):S49-S73.

38. USPSTF. Using nontraditional risk factors in coronary heart disease risk assessment: U.S. Preventive Services Task Force recommendation statement. Ann Intern Med. 2009;151:474-482.

39. Bibbins-Domingo K, Grossman DC, Curry SJ, et al. Folic acid supplementation for the prevention of neural tube defects: U.S. Preventive Services Task Force recommendation statement. JAMA. 2017;317:183-189.

40. Levin BL, Varga E. MTHFR: addressing genetic counseling dilemmas using evidence-based literature. J Genet Couns. 2016;25:901-911.

41. Luo Z, Lu Z, Muhammad I, et al. Associations of the MTHFR rs1801133 polymorphism with coronary artery disease and lipid levels: a systematic review and updated meta-analysis. Lipids Health Dis. 2018;17:191.

42. Clarke R, Bennett DA, Parish S, et al. Homocysteine and coronary heart disease: meta-analysis of MTHFR case-control studies, avoiding publication bias. PLoS Med. 2012;9:e1001177.

43. Kölling K, Ndrepepa G, Koch W, et al. Methylenetetrahydrofolate reductase gene C677T and A1298C polymorphisms, plasma homocysteine, folate, and vitamin B12 levels and the extent of coronary artery disease. Am J Cardiol. 2004;93:1201-1206.

44. Holmes MV, Newcombe P, Hubacek JA, et al. Effect modification by population dietary folate on the association between MTHFR genotype, homocysteine, and stroke risk: a meta-analysis of genetic studies and randomised trials. Lancet. 2011;378:584-594.

45. Chang G, Kuai Z, Wang J, et al. The association of MTHFR C677T variant with increased risk of ischemic stroke in the elderly population: a meta-analysis of observational studies. BMC Geriatr. 2019;19:331.

46. Huo Y, Li J, Qin X, et al. Efficacy of folic acid therapy in primary prevention of stroke among adults with hypertension in China: the CSPPT randomized clinical trial. JAMA. 2015;313:1325-1335.

47. Reid G. Probiotics: definition, scope and mechanisms of action. Best Pract Res Clin Gastroenterol. 2016;30:17-25.

48. Sonnenburg JL, Bäckhed F. Diet-microbiota interactions as moderators of human metabolism. Nature. 2016;535:56-64.

49. Van den Nieuwboer M, Brummer RJ, Guarner F, et al. The administration of probiotics and synbiotics in immune compromised adults: Is it safe? Benef Microbes. 2015;6:3-17.

50. Liu Y, Tran DQ, Rhoads JM. Probiotics in disease prevention and treatment. J Clin Pharmacol. 2018;58(suppl 10):S164-S179.

51. O’Connell TM. The application of metabolomics to probiotic and prebiotic interventions in human clinical studies. Metabolites. 2020;10:120.

52. Lerner A, Shoenfeld Y, Matthias T. Probiotics: if it does not help it does not do any harm. Really? Microorganisms. 2019;7:104.

53. Su G, Ko C, Bercik P, et al. AGA clinical practice guidelines on the role of probiotics in the management of gastrointestinal disorders. Gastroenterol. 2020;159:697-705.

54. Preidis GA, Weizman AV, Kashyap PC, et al. AGA technical review on the role of probiotics in the management of gastrointestinal disorders. Gastroenterology. 2020;159:708-738.e4.

55. Charoenngam N, Shirvani A, Kalajian TA, et al. The effect of various doses of oral vitamin D3 supplementation on gut microbiota in healthy adults: A randomized, double-blinded, dose-response study. Anticancer Res. 2020;40:551-556.

56. Cuevas-Sierra A, Ramos-Lopez O, Riezu-Boj JI, et al. Diet, gut microbiota, and obesity: links with host genetics and epigenetics and potential applications. Adv Nutr. 2019;10(suppl1):S17-S30.

57. APA. Clay RA. More than one way to measure. Monitor Psychol. 2010;4:52. Accessed November 19, 2021. www.apa.org/monitor/2010/09/trials

58. Deaton A, Cartwright N. Understanding and misunderstanding randomized controlled trials. Soc Sci Med. 2018;210:2-21.

59. Bauchner H, Fontanarosa PB, Golub RM. Evaluation of the trial to assess chelation therapy (TACT): the scientific process, peer review, and editorial scrutiny. JAMA. 2013;309:1291-1292.

60. Durack J, Lynch SV. The gut microbiome: relationships with disease and opportunities for therapy. J Exp Med. 2019;216:20-40.

61. Matsumoto M, Kitada Y, Naito Y. Endothelial function is improved by inducing microbial polyamine production in the gut: a randomized placebo-controlled trial. Nutrients. 2019;11:1188.

62. Bagga D, Reichert JL, Koschutnig K, et al. Probiotics drive gut microbiome triggering emotional brain signatures. Gut Microbes. 2018;9:486-496.

63. Vieira AT, Castelo PM, Ribeiro DA, et al. Influence of oral and gut microbiota in the health of menopausal women. Front Microbiol. 2017;8:1884.

64. Ribeiro AE, Monteiro NES, Moraes AVG, et al. Can the use of probiotics in association with isoflavone improve the symptoms of genitourinary syndrome of menopause? Results from a randomized controlled trial. Menopause. 2018;26:643-652.

65. Hong YS, Hong KS, Park MH, et al. Metabonomic understanding of probiotic effects in humans with irritable bowel syndrome. J Clin Gastroenterol. 2011;45:415-425.

66. Shen NT, Maw A, Tmanova LL, et al. Timely use of probiotics in hospitalized adults prevents clostridium difficile infection: a systematic review with meta-regression analysis. Gastroenterol. 2017;152:1889-1900.e9.

67. Ganji-Arjenaki M, Rafieian-Kopaei M. Probiotics are a good choice in remission of inflammatory bowel diseases: a meta analysis and systematic review. J Cell Physiol. 2018;233:2091-2103.

68. Linn YH, Thu KK, Win NHH. Effect of probiotics for the prevention of acute radiation-induced diarrhoea among cervical cancer patients: a randomized double-blind placebo-controlled study. Probiotics Antimicrob Proteins. 2019;11:638-647.

69. Liu M-M, Li S-T, Shu Y, et al. Probiotics for prevention of ­radiation-induced diarrhea: a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. PLoS One. 2017;12:e0178870.

70. Kouchaki E, Tamtaji OR, Salami M, et al. Clinical and metabolic response to probiotic supplementation in patients with multiple sclerosis: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Clin Nutr. 2017;36:1245-1249.

71. Navarro-López V, Ramírez-Boscá A, Ramón-Vidal D, et al. Effect of oral administration of a mixture of probiotic strains on SCORAD index and use of topical steroids in young patients with moderate atopic dermatitis: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA Dermatol. 2018;154:37-43.

72. Wang HT, Anvari S, Anagnostou K. The role of probiotics in preventing allergic disease. Children (Basel). 2019;6:24.

73. Kasatpibal N, Whitney JD, Saokaew S, et al. Effectiveness of probiotic, prebiotic, and synbiotic therapies in reducing postoperative complications: a systematic review and network meta-analysis. Clin Infect Dis. 2017;64(suppl2):S153-S160.

74. Liu PC, Yan YK, Ma YJ, et al. Probiotics reduce postoperative infections in patients undergoing colorectal surgery: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Gastroenterol Res Pract. 2017;2017:6029075.

75. Hendijani F, Akbari V. Probiotic supplementation for management of cardiovascular risk factors in adults with type II diabetes: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Clin Nutr. 2018;37:532-541.

76. Wu Y, Zhang Q, Ren Y, et al. Effect of probiotic Lactobacillus on lipid profile: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized, controlled trials. PLoS One. 2017;12:e0178868.

77. Ferolla SM, Couto CA, Costa-Silva L, et al. Beneficial effect of synbiotic supplementation on hepatic steatosis and anthropometric parameters, but not on gut permeability in a population with nonalcoholic steatohepatitis. Nutrients. 2016;8:397.

78. Clarke CN, Clarke NE, Mosher RE. Treatment of angina pectoris with disodium ethylene diamine tetraacetic acid. Am J Med Sci. 1956;232:654-666.

79. Barnes PM, Bloom B, Nahin RL. Complementary and alternative medicine use among adults and children: United States, 2007. Natl Health Stat Report. 2008:1-23.

80. Chowdhury R, Ramond A, O’Keeffe LM, et al. Environmental toxic metal contaminants and risk of cardiovascular disease: systematic review and meta-analysis. BMJ. 2018;362:k3310.

81. Zhuang X, Ni A, Liao L, et al. Environment-wide association study to identify novel factors associated with peripheral arterial disease: evidence from the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (1999–2004). Atherosclerosis. 2018;269:172-177.

82. Wax PM. Current use of chelation in American health care. J Med Toxicol. 2013:9;303-307.

83. CDC. Deaths associated with hypocalcemia from chelation therapy—Texas, Pennsylvania, and Oregon, 2003-2005. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2006;55:204-207.

84. Atwood KC, Woeckner E. In pediatric fatality, edetate disodium was no accident. Clin Toxicol (Phila). 2009;47:256.

85. Baxter AJ, Krenzelok EP. Pediatric fatality secondary to EDTA chelation. Clin Toxicol (Phila). 2008;46:1083-1084.

86. Lamas GA, Goertz C, Boineau R, et al. Effect of disodium EDTA chelation regimen on cardiovascular events in patients with previous myocardial infarction: the TACT randomized trial. JAMA. 2013;309:1241-1250.

87. Escolar E, Lamas GA, Mark DB, et al. The effect of an EDTA-based chelation regimen on patients with diabetes mellitus and prior myocardial infarction in the Trial to Assess Chelation Therapy (TACT). Circ Cardiovasc Qual Outcomes. 2014;7:15-24.

88. Fihn SD, Blankenship JC, Alexander KP, et al. 2014 ACC/AHA/AATS/PCNA/SCAI/STS focused update of the guideline for the diagnosis and management of patients with stable ischemic heart disease: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines, and the American Association for Thoracic Surgery, Preventive Cardiovascular Nurses Association, Society for Cardiovascular Angiography and Interventions, and Society of Thoracic Surgeons. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2014;64:1929-1949.

89. Mega JL, Stitziel NO, Smith JG, et al. Genetic risk, coronary heart disease events, and the clinical benefit of statin therapy: an analysis of primary and secondary prevention trials. Lancet. 2015;385:2264-2271.

90. Nagai R, Murray DB, Metz TO, et al. Chelation: a fundamental mechanism of action of AGE inhibitors, AGE breakers, and other inhibitors of diabetes complications. Diabetes. 2012;61:549-559.

References

1. The Institute for Functional Medicine. 2020. Accessed November 19, 2021. www.ifm.org/

2. Rippe JM, ed. Lifestyle Medicine. 3rd ed. CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group; 2019.

3. Eisenberg DM, Kessler RC, Foster C, et al. Unconventional medicine in the United States. Prevalence, costs, and patterns of use. N Engl J Med. 1993;328:246-252.

4. Ali A, Katz DL. Disease prevention and health promotion: how integrative medicine fits. Am J Prev Med. 2015;49(5 suppl 3):S230-S240.

5. Bland J. Defining function in the functional medicine model. Integr Med (Encinitas). 2017;16:22-25.

6. ABPS. Integrative medicine examination description. 2020. Accessed November 19, 2021. www.abpsus.org/integrative-medicine-description/

7. Bland JS. The natural roots of functional medicine. Integr Med (Encinitas). 2018;17:12-17.

8. Beidelschies M, Alejandro-Rodriguez M, Ji X, et al. Association of the functional medicine model of care with patient-reported health-related quality-of-life outcomes. JAMA Netw Open. 2019;2:e1914017.

9. The Institute for Functional Medicine. Functional medicine matrix: organizing clinical imbalances. 2020. Accessed November 19, 2021. www.ifm.org/news-insights/toolkit-functional-medicine-matrix/

10. Schadt EE, Björkegren JL. NEW: Network-enabled wisdom in biology, medicine, and health care. Sci Transl Med. 2012;4:115rv1.

11. Curry SJ, Krist AH, Owens DK, et al. Risk assessment for cardiovascular disease with nontraditional risk factors: US Preventive Services Task Force recommendation statement. JAMA. 2018;320:272-280.

12. Sprangers MA, Thong MS, Bartels M, et al. Biological pathways, candidate genes, and molecular markers associated with quality-of-life domains: an update. Qual Life Res. 2014;23:1997-2013.

13. Bland J. Functional medicine: an operating system for integrative medicine. Integr Med (Encinitas). 2015;14:18-20.

14. Cutshall SM, Bergstrom LR, Kalish DJ. Evaluation of a functional medicine approach to treating fatigue, stress, and digestive issues in women. Complement Ther Clin Pract. 2016;23:75-81.

15. Jaffe R. First line comprehensive care. Part II: Anthropogenic xenobiotics in functional medicine. Managing persisting bioaccumulating pollutants: toxic minerals, biocides, hormone mimics, solvents, and chemical disruptors. Semin Integr Med. 2005;3:79-92.

16. Muran PJ, Muran SY, Beseler CL, et al. Breast health and reducing breast cancer risk: a functional medicine approach. J Altern Complement Med. 2015;21:321-326.

17. Bird JK, Murphy RA, Ciappio ED, et al. Risk of deficiency in multiple concurrent micronutrients in children and adults in the United States. Nutrients. 2017;9:655.

18. ter Borg S, Verlaan S, Hemsworth J, et al. Micronutrient intakes and potential inadequacies of community-dwelling older adults: a systematic review. Br J Nutr. 2015;113:1195-1206.

19. Moyer VA, on behalf of the USPSTF. Vitamin, mineral, and multivitamin supplements for the primary prevention of cardiovascular disease and cancer: U.S. Preventive Services Task Force recommendation statement. Ann Intern Med. 2014;160:558-564.

20. Grossman DC, Curry SJ, Owens DK, et al. Vitamin D, calcium, or combined supplementation for the primary prevention of fractures in community-dwelling adults: U.S. Preventive Services Task Force recommendation statement. JAMA. 2018;319:1592-1599.

21. Fenercioglu AK, Saler T, Genc E, et al. The effects of polyphenol-containing antioxidants on oxidative stress and lipid peroxidation in Type 2 diabetes mellitus without complications. J Endocrinol Invest. 2010;33:118-124.

22. Silva MC, Furlanetto TW. Intestinal absorption of vitamin D: A systematic review. Nutr Rev. 2018;76:60-76.

23. Schmölz L, Birringer M, Lorkowski S, et al. Complexity of vitamin E metabolism. World J Biol Chem. 2016;7:14-43.

24. Teucher B, Olivares M, Cori H. Enhancers of iron absorption: ascorbic acid and other organic acids. Int J Vitam Nutr Res. 2004;74:403-419.

25. Gurley BJ, Tonsing-Carter A, Thomas SL, et al. Clinically relevant herb-micronutrient interactions: when botanicals, minerals, and vitamins collide. Adv Nutr. 2018;9:524s-532s.

26. Zeilstra D, Younes JA, Brummer RJ, et al. Perspective: fundamental limitations of the randomized controlled trial method in nutritional research: the example of probiotics. Adv Nutr. 2018;9:561-571.

27. Kimokoti RW, Millen BE. Nutrition for the prevention of chronic diseases. Med Clin North Am. 2016;100:1185-1198.

28. Tucker KL, Smith CE, Lai CQ, et al. Quantifying diet for nutrigenomic studies. Annu Rev Nutr. 2013;33:349-371.

29. Fenech M, El-Sohemy A, Cahill L, et al. Nutrigenetics and nutrigenomics: viewpoints on the current status and applications in nutrition research and practice. J Nutrigenet Nutrigenomics. 2011;4:69-89.

30. van Ommen B, van den Broek T, de Hoogh I, et al. Systems biology of personalized nutrition. Nutr Rev. 2017;75:579-599.

31. Fumagalli M, Moltke I, Grarup N, et al. Greenlandic Inuit show genetic signatures of diet and climate adaptation. Science. 2015;349:1343-1347.

32. Mathieson I, Lazaridis I, Rohland N, et al. Genome-wide patterns of selection in 230 ancient Eurasians. Nature. 2015;528:499-503.

33. Celis-Morales C, Livingstone KM, Marsaux CF, et al. Effect of personalized nutrition on health-related behaviour change: evidence from the Food4Me European randomized controlled trial. Int J Epidemiol. 2017;46:578-588.

34. Maron BA, Loscalzo J. The treatment of hyperhomocysteinemia. Annu Rev Med. 2009;60:39-54.

35. Li Y, Huang T, Zheng Y, et al. Folic acid supplementation and the risk of cardiovascular diseases: a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. J Am Heart Assoc. 2016;5:e003768.

36. Martí-Carvajal AJ, Solà I, Lathyris D, et al. Homocysteine-lowering interventions for preventing cardiovascular events. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2017;8:CD006612.

37. Goff DC, Jr., Lloyd-Jones DM, Bennett G, et al. 2013 ACC/AHA guideline on the assessment of cardiovascular risk: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines. Circulation. 2014;129(25 suppl 2):S49-S73.

38. USPSTF. Using nontraditional risk factors in coronary heart disease risk assessment: U.S. Preventive Services Task Force recommendation statement. Ann Intern Med. 2009;151:474-482.

39. Bibbins-Domingo K, Grossman DC, Curry SJ, et al. Folic acid supplementation for the prevention of neural tube defects: U.S. Preventive Services Task Force recommendation statement. JAMA. 2017;317:183-189.

40. Levin BL, Varga E. MTHFR: addressing genetic counseling dilemmas using evidence-based literature. J Genet Couns. 2016;25:901-911.

41. Luo Z, Lu Z, Muhammad I, et al. Associations of the MTHFR rs1801133 polymorphism with coronary artery disease and lipid levels: a systematic review and updated meta-analysis. Lipids Health Dis. 2018;17:191.

42. Clarke R, Bennett DA, Parish S, et al. Homocysteine and coronary heart disease: meta-analysis of MTHFR case-control studies, avoiding publication bias. PLoS Med. 2012;9:e1001177.

43. Kölling K, Ndrepepa G, Koch W, et al. Methylenetetrahydrofolate reductase gene C677T and A1298C polymorphisms, plasma homocysteine, folate, and vitamin B12 levels and the extent of coronary artery disease. Am J Cardiol. 2004;93:1201-1206.

44. Holmes MV, Newcombe P, Hubacek JA, et al. Effect modification by population dietary folate on the association between MTHFR genotype, homocysteine, and stroke risk: a meta-analysis of genetic studies and randomised trials. Lancet. 2011;378:584-594.

45. Chang G, Kuai Z, Wang J, et al. The association of MTHFR C677T variant with increased risk of ischemic stroke in the elderly population: a meta-analysis of observational studies. BMC Geriatr. 2019;19:331.

46. Huo Y, Li J, Qin X, et al. Efficacy of folic acid therapy in primary prevention of stroke among adults with hypertension in China: the CSPPT randomized clinical trial. JAMA. 2015;313:1325-1335.

47. Reid G. Probiotics: definition, scope and mechanisms of action. Best Pract Res Clin Gastroenterol. 2016;30:17-25.

48. Sonnenburg JL, Bäckhed F. Diet-microbiota interactions as moderators of human metabolism. Nature. 2016;535:56-64.

49. Van den Nieuwboer M, Brummer RJ, Guarner F, et al. The administration of probiotics and synbiotics in immune compromised adults: Is it safe? Benef Microbes. 2015;6:3-17.

50. Liu Y, Tran DQ, Rhoads JM. Probiotics in disease prevention and treatment. J Clin Pharmacol. 2018;58(suppl 10):S164-S179.

51. O’Connell TM. The application of metabolomics to probiotic and prebiotic interventions in human clinical studies. Metabolites. 2020;10:120.

52. Lerner A, Shoenfeld Y, Matthias T. Probiotics: if it does not help it does not do any harm. Really? Microorganisms. 2019;7:104.

53. Su G, Ko C, Bercik P, et al. AGA clinical practice guidelines on the role of probiotics in the management of gastrointestinal disorders. Gastroenterol. 2020;159:697-705.

54. Preidis GA, Weizman AV, Kashyap PC, et al. AGA technical review on the role of probiotics in the management of gastrointestinal disorders. Gastroenterology. 2020;159:708-738.e4.

55. Charoenngam N, Shirvani A, Kalajian TA, et al. The effect of various doses of oral vitamin D3 supplementation on gut microbiota in healthy adults: A randomized, double-blinded, dose-response study. Anticancer Res. 2020;40:551-556.

56. Cuevas-Sierra A, Ramos-Lopez O, Riezu-Boj JI, et al. Diet, gut microbiota, and obesity: links with host genetics and epigenetics and potential applications. Adv Nutr. 2019;10(suppl1):S17-S30.

57. APA. Clay RA. More than one way to measure. Monitor Psychol. 2010;4:52. Accessed November 19, 2021. www.apa.org/monitor/2010/09/trials

58. Deaton A, Cartwright N. Understanding and misunderstanding randomized controlled trials. Soc Sci Med. 2018;210:2-21.

59. Bauchner H, Fontanarosa PB, Golub RM. Evaluation of the trial to assess chelation therapy (TACT): the scientific process, peer review, and editorial scrutiny. JAMA. 2013;309:1291-1292.

60. Durack J, Lynch SV. The gut microbiome: relationships with disease and opportunities for therapy. J Exp Med. 2019;216:20-40.

61. Matsumoto M, Kitada Y, Naito Y. Endothelial function is improved by inducing microbial polyamine production in the gut: a randomized placebo-controlled trial. Nutrients. 2019;11:1188.

62. Bagga D, Reichert JL, Koschutnig K, et al. Probiotics drive gut microbiome triggering emotional brain signatures. Gut Microbes. 2018;9:486-496.

63. Vieira AT, Castelo PM, Ribeiro DA, et al. Influence of oral and gut microbiota in the health of menopausal women. Front Microbiol. 2017;8:1884.

64. Ribeiro AE, Monteiro NES, Moraes AVG, et al. Can the use of probiotics in association with isoflavone improve the symptoms of genitourinary syndrome of menopause? Results from a randomized controlled trial. Menopause. 2018;26:643-652.

65. Hong YS, Hong KS, Park MH, et al. Metabonomic understanding of probiotic effects in humans with irritable bowel syndrome. J Clin Gastroenterol. 2011;45:415-425.

66. Shen NT, Maw A, Tmanova LL, et al. Timely use of probiotics in hospitalized adults prevents clostridium difficile infection: a systematic review with meta-regression analysis. Gastroenterol. 2017;152:1889-1900.e9.

67. Ganji-Arjenaki M, Rafieian-Kopaei M. Probiotics are a good choice in remission of inflammatory bowel diseases: a meta analysis and systematic review. J Cell Physiol. 2018;233:2091-2103.

68. Linn YH, Thu KK, Win NHH. Effect of probiotics for the prevention of acute radiation-induced diarrhoea among cervical cancer patients: a randomized double-blind placebo-controlled study. Probiotics Antimicrob Proteins. 2019;11:638-647.

69. Liu M-M, Li S-T, Shu Y, et al. Probiotics for prevention of ­radiation-induced diarrhea: a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. PLoS One. 2017;12:e0178870.

70. Kouchaki E, Tamtaji OR, Salami M, et al. Clinical and metabolic response to probiotic supplementation in patients with multiple sclerosis: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Clin Nutr. 2017;36:1245-1249.

71. Navarro-López V, Ramírez-Boscá A, Ramón-Vidal D, et al. Effect of oral administration of a mixture of probiotic strains on SCORAD index and use of topical steroids in young patients with moderate atopic dermatitis: a randomized clinical trial. JAMA Dermatol. 2018;154:37-43.

72. Wang HT, Anvari S, Anagnostou K. The role of probiotics in preventing allergic disease. Children (Basel). 2019;6:24.

73. Kasatpibal N, Whitney JD, Saokaew S, et al. Effectiveness of probiotic, prebiotic, and synbiotic therapies in reducing postoperative complications: a systematic review and network meta-analysis. Clin Infect Dis. 2017;64(suppl2):S153-S160.

74. Liu PC, Yan YK, Ma YJ, et al. Probiotics reduce postoperative infections in patients undergoing colorectal surgery: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Gastroenterol Res Pract. 2017;2017:6029075.

75. Hendijani F, Akbari V. Probiotic supplementation for management of cardiovascular risk factors in adults with type II diabetes: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Clin Nutr. 2018;37:532-541.

76. Wu Y, Zhang Q, Ren Y, et al. Effect of probiotic Lactobacillus on lipid profile: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized, controlled trials. PLoS One. 2017;12:e0178868.

77. Ferolla SM, Couto CA, Costa-Silva L, et al. Beneficial effect of synbiotic supplementation on hepatic steatosis and anthropometric parameters, but not on gut permeability in a population with nonalcoholic steatohepatitis. Nutrients. 2016;8:397.

78. Clarke CN, Clarke NE, Mosher RE. Treatment of angina pectoris with disodium ethylene diamine tetraacetic acid. Am J Med Sci. 1956;232:654-666.

79. Barnes PM, Bloom B, Nahin RL. Complementary and alternative medicine use among adults and children: United States, 2007. Natl Health Stat Report. 2008:1-23.

80. Chowdhury R, Ramond A, O’Keeffe LM, et al. Environmental toxic metal contaminants and risk of cardiovascular disease: systematic review and meta-analysis. BMJ. 2018;362:k3310.

81. Zhuang X, Ni A, Liao L, et al. Environment-wide association study to identify novel factors associated with peripheral arterial disease: evidence from the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (1999–2004). Atherosclerosis. 2018;269:172-177.

82. Wax PM. Current use of chelation in American health care. J Med Toxicol. 2013:9;303-307.

83. CDC. Deaths associated with hypocalcemia from chelation therapy—Texas, Pennsylvania, and Oregon, 2003-2005. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2006;55:204-207.

84. Atwood KC, Woeckner E. In pediatric fatality, edetate disodium was no accident. Clin Toxicol (Phila). 2009;47:256.

85. Baxter AJ, Krenzelok EP. Pediatric fatality secondary to EDTA chelation. Clin Toxicol (Phila). 2008;46:1083-1084.

86. Lamas GA, Goertz C, Boineau R, et al. Effect of disodium EDTA chelation regimen on cardiovascular events in patients with previous myocardial infarction: the TACT randomized trial. JAMA. 2013;309:1241-1250.

87. Escolar E, Lamas GA, Mark DB, et al. The effect of an EDTA-based chelation regimen on patients with diabetes mellitus and prior myocardial infarction in the Trial to Assess Chelation Therapy (TACT). Circ Cardiovasc Qual Outcomes. 2014;7:15-24.

88. Fihn SD, Blankenship JC, Alexander KP, et al. 2014 ACC/AHA/AATS/PCNA/SCAI/STS focused update of the guideline for the diagnosis and management of patients with stable ischemic heart disease: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines, and the American Association for Thoracic Surgery, Preventive Cardiovascular Nurses Association, Society for Cardiovascular Angiography and Interventions, and Society of Thoracic Surgeons. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2014;64:1929-1949.

89. Mega JL, Stitziel NO, Smith JG, et al. Genetic risk, coronary heart disease events, and the clinical benefit of statin therapy: an analysis of primary and secondary prevention trials. Lancet. 2015;385:2264-2271.

90. Nagai R, Murray DB, Metz TO, et al. Chelation: a fundamental mechanism of action of AGE inhibitors, AGE breakers, and other inhibitors of diabetes complications. Diabetes. 2012;61:549-559.

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 70(10)
Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 70(10)
Page Number
482-488,498
Page Number
482-488,498
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Functional medicine: Focusing on imbalances in core metabolic processes
Display Headline
Functional medicine: Focusing on imbalances in core metabolic processes
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article
Article PDF Media

25-year-old woman • abdominal pain • urticarial rash • recent influenza immunization • Dx?

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 01/25/2022 - 11:22
Display Headline
25-year-old woman • abdominal pain • urticarial rash • recent influenza immunization • Dx?

THE CASE

A 25-year-old woman presented to an infectious diseases (ID) physician with a 4-day history of symptoms following receipt of a quadrivalent influenza vaccine. Two hours after receiving the vaccine, the patient experienced abdominal pain. One hour later, she felt warm and developed diffuse urticaria and rigors. Because of her worsening condition, she presented to the emergency department, where she was given intravenous methylprednisolone 40 mg, ondansetron 8 mg, diphenhydramine 25 mg, and normal saline. Her urticarial rash resolved within 45 minutes, and she was discharged home.

Three days later, she sought additional medical care because of persistent chest tightness, new-onset bronchospasm, pleuritic chest pain, nausea, diarrhea, facial swelling, urticaria, and anorexia. The patient’s vital signs were within normal limits. The oropharynx lacked erythema or obstruction. The lungs were clear to auscultation bilaterally, and heart sounds were regular, with no ectopy or murmurs. Her abdomen was soft, nontender, and nondistended. The patient demonstrated dermatographism on her back.

Historically, the patient had received the influenza vaccine without difficulty. She tolerated latex but had concerns about egg allergy due to vomiting with egg-yolk exposure.

THE DIAGNOSIS

The ID physician, suspecting anaphylaxis and sustained allergic response to the influenza vaccine, arranged for immediate follow-up with an allergist. Multiple tests were done. A negative result on epicutaneous testing to egg was inconsistent with an immunoglobulin (Ig) E-mediated food allergy.

Intradermal testing with the flu vaccine (diluted 1:100) was subsequently performed with appropriate controls. A positive intradermal result is typically a wheal ≥ 5 mm larger than the control. The patient had a 5-mm/15-mm wheal-and-flare response to the flu vaccine, compared to a negative response to saline (FIGURE). (Since the vaccine did not contain gelatin, this was not tested.)

Image of the patient developed a wheal in response to flu vaccine but not to egg, saline, or histamine.

Based on the positive response to flu vaccine and negative response to egg, it was determined that the patient had experienced an anaphylactic reaction to the vaccine itself.

DISCUSSION

In adults, the most common adverse reactions to quadrivalent flu vaccine include pain, headache, and fatigue. IgE-mediated reactions to the influenza vaccine, especially anaphylactic reactions, are rare. A Vaccine Safety Datalink study found 10 cases of anaphylaxis after more than 7.4 million doses of inactivated flu vaccine were given, for a rate of 1.35 per 1 million doses.1

Continue to: Don't blame eggs

 

 

Don’t blame eggs. It was previously believed that reactions to the flu vaccine were due to egg allergies, because the vaccine may contain a tiny amount of ovalbumin, a protein found in egg. However, multiple studies have supported the safety of injectable influenza vaccine in patients with an egg allergy because the amount of ovalbumin contained in each dose is very low and thus not likely to evoke an allergic response.2,3

How and when to test for allergy. For patients who have a severe allergic reaction or anaphylaxis after immunization, immediate-type allergy skin testing should be performed by an allergist to establish whether the reaction was IgE mediated and to determine the causative agent.

Wait 4 to 6 weeks after an anaphylactic reaction before doing skin testing, as earlier testing can lead to false-negative results.

It’s best to wait 4 to 6 weeks after an anaphylactic reaction before doing skin testing, as earlier testing can lead to false-negative results.4 The vaccine should first be tested by using the prick method. If this test is negative, an intradermal test with the vaccine diluted 1:100 should be performed with appropriate controls.5

Should the patient receive future vaccinations?

If skin testing is positive, there are several ways to proceed. A vaccine to which the patient has previously had an allergic reaction and positive skin test can still be administered, with caution.5 With emergency supplies, medication, and equipment immediately available, medical personnel can administer the influenza vaccine in titrated doses. If the full vaccine dose is normally a volume of 0.5 mL, the patient is first given 0.05 mL of a 1:10 dilution and then, at 15-minute intervals, given full-strength vaccine at doses of 0.05, 0.1, 0.15, and finally 0.2 mL, for a cumulative dose of 0.5 mL.5

Alternatively, the patient can forego the vaccination, although this decision has its own risks. In a patient who has previously had an anaphylactic reaction but has negative skin tests—meaning it is unlikely that the patient has IgE antibody to the vaccine—the vaccine can be administered and followed with an observation period of at least 30 minutes.5z Our patient was counseled on both options and decided to forego the vaccine.

THE TAKEAWAY

Anaphylaxis is a life-threatening allergic reaction requiring immediate treatment. Anaphylaxis after vaccine receipt is exceedingly rare.6 Most IgE-mediated allergic reactions post vaccination are attributed to added or residual substances in the vaccine, rather than the immunizing agent itself.6 While common local reactions and fever post vaccination do not contraindicate future vaccination, rare anaphylactic reactions need to be further evaluated, with a referral to an allergist to determine if the patient is, in fact, allergic to additive ingredients within the vaccine vs allergic to the vaccine itself.

CORRESPONDENCE
Kathleen Dass, MD, 24601 Coolidge Highway, Oak Park, MI 48237; [email protected]

References

1. Fluarix [package insert]. GlaxoSmithKline Biologicals. Dresden, Germany. 2016. Accessed November 9, 2021. www.fda.gov/downloads/BiologicsBloodVaccines/Vaccines/ApprovedProducts/UCM220624.pdf

2. Webb L, Petersen M, Boden S, et al. Single-dose influenza vaccination of patients with egg allergy in a multicenter study. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 2011;128:218-219. doi: 10.1016/j.jaci.2011.02.013

3. Howe LE, Conlon ASC, Greenhawt MJ, et al. Safe administration of seasonal influenza vaccine to children with egg allergy of all severities. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol. 2011;106:446-447. doi: 10.1016/j.anai.2011.01.024

4. Soetens F, Rose M, Fisher M. Timing of skin testing after a suspected anaphylactic reaction during anaesthesia. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2012;56:1042-1046. doi: 10.1111/j.1399-6576.2011.02643.x

5. Kelso JM, Greenhawt MJ, Li JT, et al. Adverse reactions to vaccines practice parameter 2012 update. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 2012;130:25-43. doi: 10.1016/j.jaci.2012.04.003

6. McNeil MM, Weintraub ES, Duffy J, et al. Risk of anaphylaxis after vaccination in children and adults. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 2016;137:868-878. doi: 10.1016/j.jaci.2015.07.048

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

[email protected]

The authors reported no potential conflict of interest relevant to this article.

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 70(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
513-514
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

[email protected]

The authors reported no potential conflict of interest relevant to this article.

Author and Disclosure Information

[email protected]

The authors reported no potential conflict of interest relevant to this article.

Article PDF
Article PDF

THE CASE

A 25-year-old woman presented to an infectious diseases (ID) physician with a 4-day history of symptoms following receipt of a quadrivalent influenza vaccine. Two hours after receiving the vaccine, the patient experienced abdominal pain. One hour later, she felt warm and developed diffuse urticaria and rigors. Because of her worsening condition, she presented to the emergency department, where she was given intravenous methylprednisolone 40 mg, ondansetron 8 mg, diphenhydramine 25 mg, and normal saline. Her urticarial rash resolved within 45 minutes, and she was discharged home.

Three days later, she sought additional medical care because of persistent chest tightness, new-onset bronchospasm, pleuritic chest pain, nausea, diarrhea, facial swelling, urticaria, and anorexia. The patient’s vital signs were within normal limits. The oropharynx lacked erythema or obstruction. The lungs were clear to auscultation bilaterally, and heart sounds were regular, with no ectopy or murmurs. Her abdomen was soft, nontender, and nondistended. The patient demonstrated dermatographism on her back.

Historically, the patient had received the influenza vaccine without difficulty. She tolerated latex but had concerns about egg allergy due to vomiting with egg-yolk exposure.

THE DIAGNOSIS

The ID physician, suspecting anaphylaxis and sustained allergic response to the influenza vaccine, arranged for immediate follow-up with an allergist. Multiple tests were done. A negative result on epicutaneous testing to egg was inconsistent with an immunoglobulin (Ig) E-mediated food allergy.

Intradermal testing with the flu vaccine (diluted 1:100) was subsequently performed with appropriate controls. A positive intradermal result is typically a wheal ≥ 5 mm larger than the control. The patient had a 5-mm/15-mm wheal-and-flare response to the flu vaccine, compared to a negative response to saline (FIGURE). (Since the vaccine did not contain gelatin, this was not tested.)

Image of the patient developed a wheal in response to flu vaccine but not to egg, saline, or histamine.

Based on the positive response to flu vaccine and negative response to egg, it was determined that the patient had experienced an anaphylactic reaction to the vaccine itself.

DISCUSSION

In adults, the most common adverse reactions to quadrivalent flu vaccine include pain, headache, and fatigue. IgE-mediated reactions to the influenza vaccine, especially anaphylactic reactions, are rare. A Vaccine Safety Datalink study found 10 cases of anaphylaxis after more than 7.4 million doses of inactivated flu vaccine were given, for a rate of 1.35 per 1 million doses.1

Continue to: Don't blame eggs

 

 

Don’t blame eggs. It was previously believed that reactions to the flu vaccine were due to egg allergies, because the vaccine may contain a tiny amount of ovalbumin, a protein found in egg. However, multiple studies have supported the safety of injectable influenza vaccine in patients with an egg allergy because the amount of ovalbumin contained in each dose is very low and thus not likely to evoke an allergic response.2,3

How and when to test for allergy. For patients who have a severe allergic reaction or anaphylaxis after immunization, immediate-type allergy skin testing should be performed by an allergist to establish whether the reaction was IgE mediated and to determine the causative agent.

Wait 4 to 6 weeks after an anaphylactic reaction before doing skin testing, as earlier testing can lead to false-negative results.

It’s best to wait 4 to 6 weeks after an anaphylactic reaction before doing skin testing, as earlier testing can lead to false-negative results.4 The vaccine should first be tested by using the prick method. If this test is negative, an intradermal test with the vaccine diluted 1:100 should be performed with appropriate controls.5

Should the patient receive future vaccinations?

If skin testing is positive, there are several ways to proceed. A vaccine to which the patient has previously had an allergic reaction and positive skin test can still be administered, with caution.5 With emergency supplies, medication, and equipment immediately available, medical personnel can administer the influenza vaccine in titrated doses. If the full vaccine dose is normally a volume of 0.5 mL, the patient is first given 0.05 mL of a 1:10 dilution and then, at 15-minute intervals, given full-strength vaccine at doses of 0.05, 0.1, 0.15, and finally 0.2 mL, for a cumulative dose of 0.5 mL.5

Alternatively, the patient can forego the vaccination, although this decision has its own risks. In a patient who has previously had an anaphylactic reaction but has negative skin tests—meaning it is unlikely that the patient has IgE antibody to the vaccine—the vaccine can be administered and followed with an observation period of at least 30 minutes.5z Our patient was counseled on both options and decided to forego the vaccine.

THE TAKEAWAY

Anaphylaxis is a life-threatening allergic reaction requiring immediate treatment. Anaphylaxis after vaccine receipt is exceedingly rare.6 Most IgE-mediated allergic reactions post vaccination are attributed to added or residual substances in the vaccine, rather than the immunizing agent itself.6 While common local reactions and fever post vaccination do not contraindicate future vaccination, rare anaphylactic reactions need to be further evaluated, with a referral to an allergist to determine if the patient is, in fact, allergic to additive ingredients within the vaccine vs allergic to the vaccine itself.

CORRESPONDENCE
Kathleen Dass, MD, 24601 Coolidge Highway, Oak Park, MI 48237; [email protected]

THE CASE

A 25-year-old woman presented to an infectious diseases (ID) physician with a 4-day history of symptoms following receipt of a quadrivalent influenza vaccine. Two hours after receiving the vaccine, the patient experienced abdominal pain. One hour later, she felt warm and developed diffuse urticaria and rigors. Because of her worsening condition, she presented to the emergency department, where she was given intravenous methylprednisolone 40 mg, ondansetron 8 mg, diphenhydramine 25 mg, and normal saline. Her urticarial rash resolved within 45 minutes, and she was discharged home.

Three days later, she sought additional medical care because of persistent chest tightness, new-onset bronchospasm, pleuritic chest pain, nausea, diarrhea, facial swelling, urticaria, and anorexia. The patient’s vital signs were within normal limits. The oropharynx lacked erythema or obstruction. The lungs were clear to auscultation bilaterally, and heart sounds were regular, with no ectopy or murmurs. Her abdomen was soft, nontender, and nondistended. The patient demonstrated dermatographism on her back.

Historically, the patient had received the influenza vaccine without difficulty. She tolerated latex but had concerns about egg allergy due to vomiting with egg-yolk exposure.

THE DIAGNOSIS

The ID physician, suspecting anaphylaxis and sustained allergic response to the influenza vaccine, arranged for immediate follow-up with an allergist. Multiple tests were done. A negative result on epicutaneous testing to egg was inconsistent with an immunoglobulin (Ig) E-mediated food allergy.

Intradermal testing with the flu vaccine (diluted 1:100) was subsequently performed with appropriate controls. A positive intradermal result is typically a wheal ≥ 5 mm larger than the control. The patient had a 5-mm/15-mm wheal-and-flare response to the flu vaccine, compared to a negative response to saline (FIGURE). (Since the vaccine did not contain gelatin, this was not tested.)

Image of the patient developed a wheal in response to flu vaccine but not to egg, saline, or histamine.

Based on the positive response to flu vaccine and negative response to egg, it was determined that the patient had experienced an anaphylactic reaction to the vaccine itself.

DISCUSSION

In adults, the most common adverse reactions to quadrivalent flu vaccine include pain, headache, and fatigue. IgE-mediated reactions to the influenza vaccine, especially anaphylactic reactions, are rare. A Vaccine Safety Datalink study found 10 cases of anaphylaxis after more than 7.4 million doses of inactivated flu vaccine were given, for a rate of 1.35 per 1 million doses.1

Continue to: Don't blame eggs

 

 

Don’t blame eggs. It was previously believed that reactions to the flu vaccine were due to egg allergies, because the vaccine may contain a tiny amount of ovalbumin, a protein found in egg. However, multiple studies have supported the safety of injectable influenza vaccine in patients with an egg allergy because the amount of ovalbumin contained in each dose is very low and thus not likely to evoke an allergic response.2,3

How and when to test for allergy. For patients who have a severe allergic reaction or anaphylaxis after immunization, immediate-type allergy skin testing should be performed by an allergist to establish whether the reaction was IgE mediated and to determine the causative agent.

Wait 4 to 6 weeks after an anaphylactic reaction before doing skin testing, as earlier testing can lead to false-negative results.

It’s best to wait 4 to 6 weeks after an anaphylactic reaction before doing skin testing, as earlier testing can lead to false-negative results.4 The vaccine should first be tested by using the prick method. If this test is negative, an intradermal test with the vaccine diluted 1:100 should be performed with appropriate controls.5

Should the patient receive future vaccinations?

If skin testing is positive, there are several ways to proceed. A vaccine to which the patient has previously had an allergic reaction and positive skin test can still be administered, with caution.5 With emergency supplies, medication, and equipment immediately available, medical personnel can administer the influenza vaccine in titrated doses. If the full vaccine dose is normally a volume of 0.5 mL, the patient is first given 0.05 mL of a 1:10 dilution and then, at 15-minute intervals, given full-strength vaccine at doses of 0.05, 0.1, 0.15, and finally 0.2 mL, for a cumulative dose of 0.5 mL.5

Alternatively, the patient can forego the vaccination, although this decision has its own risks. In a patient who has previously had an anaphylactic reaction but has negative skin tests—meaning it is unlikely that the patient has IgE antibody to the vaccine—the vaccine can be administered and followed with an observation period of at least 30 minutes.5z Our patient was counseled on both options and decided to forego the vaccine.

THE TAKEAWAY

Anaphylaxis is a life-threatening allergic reaction requiring immediate treatment. Anaphylaxis after vaccine receipt is exceedingly rare.6 Most IgE-mediated allergic reactions post vaccination are attributed to added or residual substances in the vaccine, rather than the immunizing agent itself.6 While common local reactions and fever post vaccination do not contraindicate future vaccination, rare anaphylactic reactions need to be further evaluated, with a referral to an allergist to determine if the patient is, in fact, allergic to additive ingredients within the vaccine vs allergic to the vaccine itself.

CORRESPONDENCE
Kathleen Dass, MD, 24601 Coolidge Highway, Oak Park, MI 48237; [email protected]

References

1. Fluarix [package insert]. GlaxoSmithKline Biologicals. Dresden, Germany. 2016. Accessed November 9, 2021. www.fda.gov/downloads/BiologicsBloodVaccines/Vaccines/ApprovedProducts/UCM220624.pdf

2. Webb L, Petersen M, Boden S, et al. Single-dose influenza vaccination of patients with egg allergy in a multicenter study. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 2011;128:218-219. doi: 10.1016/j.jaci.2011.02.013

3. Howe LE, Conlon ASC, Greenhawt MJ, et al. Safe administration of seasonal influenza vaccine to children with egg allergy of all severities. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol. 2011;106:446-447. doi: 10.1016/j.anai.2011.01.024

4. Soetens F, Rose M, Fisher M. Timing of skin testing after a suspected anaphylactic reaction during anaesthesia. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2012;56:1042-1046. doi: 10.1111/j.1399-6576.2011.02643.x

5. Kelso JM, Greenhawt MJ, Li JT, et al. Adverse reactions to vaccines practice parameter 2012 update. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 2012;130:25-43. doi: 10.1016/j.jaci.2012.04.003

6. McNeil MM, Weintraub ES, Duffy J, et al. Risk of anaphylaxis after vaccination in children and adults. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 2016;137:868-878. doi: 10.1016/j.jaci.2015.07.048

References

1. Fluarix [package insert]. GlaxoSmithKline Biologicals. Dresden, Germany. 2016. Accessed November 9, 2021. www.fda.gov/downloads/BiologicsBloodVaccines/Vaccines/ApprovedProducts/UCM220624.pdf

2. Webb L, Petersen M, Boden S, et al. Single-dose influenza vaccination of patients with egg allergy in a multicenter study. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 2011;128:218-219. doi: 10.1016/j.jaci.2011.02.013

3. Howe LE, Conlon ASC, Greenhawt MJ, et al. Safe administration of seasonal influenza vaccine to children with egg allergy of all severities. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol. 2011;106:446-447. doi: 10.1016/j.anai.2011.01.024

4. Soetens F, Rose M, Fisher M. Timing of skin testing after a suspected anaphylactic reaction during anaesthesia. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2012;56:1042-1046. doi: 10.1111/j.1399-6576.2011.02643.x

5. Kelso JM, Greenhawt MJ, Li JT, et al. Adverse reactions to vaccines practice parameter 2012 update. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 2012;130:25-43. doi: 10.1016/j.jaci.2012.04.003

6. McNeil MM, Weintraub ES, Duffy J, et al. Risk of anaphylaxis after vaccination in children and adults. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 2016;137:868-878. doi: 10.1016/j.jaci.2015.07.048

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 70(10)
Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 70(10)
Page Number
513-514
Page Number
513-514
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
25-year-old woman • abdominal pain • urticarial rash • recent influenza immunization • Dx?
Display Headline
25-year-old woman • abdominal pain • urticarial rash • recent influenza immunization • Dx?
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article
Article PDF Media

Waxy fingers and skin tethering

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 05/03/2022 - 15:02
Display Headline
Waxy fingers and skin tethering

A 73-year-old man with longstanding, poorly controlled type 1 diabetes (T1D) and worsening paresthesia presented to the dermatology clinic following a painless thermal burn of his fingertips from holding a hot cup of coffee. The patient’s paresthesia in a stocking-and-glove distribution was attributable to diabetes-associated polyneuropathy. Two years prior, he had been diagnosed with mildly symptomatic, diabetes-associated scleredema of his upper back and treated with topical corticosteroids.

Physical examination revealed tense bullae on the pads of all 5 digits of his right hand (FIGURE 1). Localized, waxy tightening of the skin was noted on all digits of both hands, along with mild tethering of thickened skin on the right palm.

Image of tense burn bullae attributed to holding a hot coffee cup were noted on the fingertips.

WHAT IS YOUR DIAGNOSIS?
HOW WOULD YOU TREAT THIS PATIENT?

 

 

Diagnosis: Diabetic hand syndrome

Subtle, early signs of diabetic sclerodactyly and Dupuytren contracture (DC) were observed in the context of an existing diagnosis of T1D, leading to a diagnosis of diabetic hand syndrome.

Sclerodactyly, a thickening and tightening of the skin, is a characteristic component of limited and systemic sclerosis. Sclerodactyly is not commonly observed in association with type 1 and type 2 diabetes; however, when it does occur, it is typically found in patients who have had uncontrolled diabetes for some time.1-3 (In the context of diabetes, this skin manifestation is known as pseudoscleroderma and scleredema diabeticorum.) In 1 study of 238 patients with T1D, the prevalence of this diabetes manifestation was 39%, with a range of 10% to 50% also reported.3

Diabetic hand syndrome is an umbrella term for the constellation of debilitating fibroproliferative sequelae of the hand rendered by diabetes.3 In addition to diabetic sclerodactyly, diabetic hand syndrome includes limited joint mobility (LJM), or diabetic cheiroarthropathy, which typically manifests with either the “prayer sign” (the inability of the palms to obtain full approximation while the wrists are maximally flexed) or the “tabletop sign” (the inability of the palm to flatten completely against the surface of a table) (FIGURE 2).4,5 The prevalence of LJM has been reported to range from 8% to 50% of patients diagnosed with longstanding, uncontrolled diabetes.4

Image of the patient’s fingers were slightly flexed, and he was unable to fully contact the opposing surface

Other musculoskeletal abnormalities seen in this syndrome include: DC, often found clinically as a palpable palmar nodule that ultimately results in a flexion contracture of the affected finger; stenosing tenosynovitis, or trigger finger, in which a reproducible locking phenomenon occurs on flexion of a finger, typically in the first, third, and fourth digits; and carpal tunnel syndrome, a median nerve entrapment neuropathy that results in pain and/or paresthesia over the thumb, index, middle, and lateral half of the ring fingers.3-5

Secondary symptoms can signal long-term degenerative disease

Stocking-and-glove distribution polyneuropathy with deterioration of tactile sensation is a common sequela of diabetes, especially as disease severity progresses.2 Although the exact pathogenesis remains unclear, it has been proposed that both diabetic polyneuropathy and increased skin thickness occur secondary to long-term degenerative microvascular disease.

Continue to: Specifically, prolonged...

 

 

Specifically, prolonged hyperglycemia and secondary chronic inflammation set the stage for protein glycation, with formation of advanced glycation end products (AGEs). It is thought that these AGEs in cutaneous and connective tissues stiffen collagen, leading to scleroderma-like skin changes.2

These microvascular and fibroproliferative changes are also considered important contributors in the etiology of DC and trigger finger, ultimately leading to increased collagen deposition and fascial thickening.4,5 In addition, increased activation of the polyol pathway may occur secondary to hyperglycemia, resulting in increased intracellular water and cellular edema.5

The differential is comprisedof components of systemic disease

The differential diagnosis includes tropical diabetic hand, autoimmune-related scleroderma (also called systemic sclerosis), complex regional pain syndrome, and diabetic scleredema.

Tropical diabetic hand, a potentially dangerous infection, is generally found only in tropical regions and in the setting of injury.5,6

Autoimmune-related scleroderma may be diagnosed alongside other signs and symptoms of CREST: calcinosis, Raynaud phenomenon, esophageal dysmotility, sclerodactyly, and telangiectasia. In the absence of other signs and symptoms, and in the presence of uncontrolled diabetes, biopsy would be needed to definitively diagnose it. Clinically, diabetic hand can be distinguished with concurrent involvement of the upper back.

Continue to: Complex regional pain syndrome

 

 

Complex regional pain syndrome is characterized by chronic, disabling pain, swelling, and motor impairment that frequently affect the hand, often secondary to surgery or trauma.5,7 This diagnosis differs from the generally painless skin hardening of diabetic hand.

The co-existence of diabetic scleredema and diabetic sclerodactyly has been previously reported, although the onset of each condition is often temporally distinct.8 In contrast to diabetic sclerodactyly, the firm indurated skin characteristic of diabetic scleredema (which our patient had) initially involves the shoulders and neck and may progress over the trunk, including the upper back, typically sparing the distal extremities. Of note, the dermis in scleredema is thickened with marked deposition of mucopolysaccharide.9

Glycemic control is paramount

Studies of patients with diabetes who have thick, waxy skin and LJM have shown that tight glycemic control may reduce skin thickness and palmar fascia fibrosis.3,5,9 Thus, in this patient with poorly controlled T1D, diabetic sclerodactyly, early DC, and second-degree burns attributable to advanced polyneuropathy, tightened glycemic control is logical and warranted. Such control could potentially impact the trajectory and morbidity of skin and musculoskeletal manifestations in this broad-reaching disease.

The diabetic milieu necessitates clinicians’ close attention to patients’ hands.

Although there are limited treatments for mobility-related symptoms of diabetic hand syndrome, physiotherapy is recommended in more severe stages of disease to increase joint range of motion.4,5 More severe cases of DC and trigger finger have been successfully treated with topical steroids, corticosteroid injections, and surgery.4,5 Simply stated—and in line with compulsive foot care—the diabetic milieu necessitates clinicians’ close attention to the hands. Components of diabetic hand, LJM, DC, or trigger finger may indicate a need to screen not only for diabetes in a patient previously undiagnosed but also, importantly, for other sequelae of diabetes, including retinopathy.4,5

Our patient was treated with a ­moderate-potency topical steroid, triamcinolone 0.1% cream, and was advised to continue optimizing glycemic control with the aid of his primary care physician. It was unclear whether the patient improved with use, as he was lost to follow-up.

References

1. Yosipovitch G, Hodak E, Vardi P, et al. The prevalence of cutaneous manifestations in IDDM patients and their association with diabetes risk factors and microvascular complications. Diabetes Care. 1998;21:506-509. doi: 10.2337/diacare.21.4.506

2. Redmond CL, Bain GI, Laslett LL, et al. Deteriorating tactile sensation in patients with hand syndromes associated with diabetes: a two-year observational study. J Diabetes Complications. 2012;26:313-318. doi: 10.1016/j.jdiacomp.2012.04.009

3. Rosen J, Yosipovitch G. Skin manifestations of diabetes mellitus. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Boyce A, et al, eds. Endotext. 2018. South Dartmouth, MA. Accessed November 30, 2021. www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK481900/

4. Goyal A, Tiwari V, Gupta Y. Diabetic hand: a neglected complication of diabetes mellitus. Cureus. 2018;10:e2772. doi: 10.7759/cureus.2772

5. Papanas N, Maltezos E. The diabetic hand: a forgotten complication? J Diabetes Complications. 2010;24:154-162. doi: 10.1016/j.jdiacomp.2008.12.009

6. Gill GV, Famuyiwa OO, Rolfe M, et al. Tropical diabetic hand syndrome. Lancet. 1998;351:113-114. doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(05)78146-0

7. Goh EL, Chidambaram S, Ma D. Complex regional pain syndrome: a recent update. Burns Trauma. 2017;5:2. doi: 10.1186/s41038-016-0066-4

8. Gruson LM, Franks A Jr. Scleredema and diabetic sclerodactyly. Dermatol Online J. 2005;11:3.

9. Shazzad MN, Azad AK, Abdal SJ, et al. Scleredema diabeticorum – a case report. Mymensingh Med J. 2015;24:606-609.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Department of Dermatology, Medical College of Georgia at Augusta University
[email protected]

DEPARTMENT EDITOR
Richard P. Usatine, MD

University of Texas Health, San Antonio

The authors reported no potential conflict of interest relevant to this article.

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 70(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
515-517
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Department of Dermatology, Medical College of Georgia at Augusta University
[email protected]

DEPARTMENT EDITOR
Richard P. Usatine, MD

University of Texas Health, San Antonio

The authors reported no potential conflict of interest relevant to this article.

Author and Disclosure Information

Department of Dermatology, Medical College of Georgia at Augusta University
[email protected]

DEPARTMENT EDITOR
Richard P. Usatine, MD

University of Texas Health, San Antonio

The authors reported no potential conflict of interest relevant to this article.

Article PDF
Article PDF

A 73-year-old man with longstanding, poorly controlled type 1 diabetes (T1D) and worsening paresthesia presented to the dermatology clinic following a painless thermal burn of his fingertips from holding a hot cup of coffee. The patient’s paresthesia in a stocking-and-glove distribution was attributable to diabetes-associated polyneuropathy. Two years prior, he had been diagnosed with mildly symptomatic, diabetes-associated scleredema of his upper back and treated with topical corticosteroids.

Physical examination revealed tense bullae on the pads of all 5 digits of his right hand (FIGURE 1). Localized, waxy tightening of the skin was noted on all digits of both hands, along with mild tethering of thickened skin on the right palm.

Image of tense burn bullae attributed to holding a hot coffee cup were noted on the fingertips.

WHAT IS YOUR DIAGNOSIS?
HOW WOULD YOU TREAT THIS PATIENT?

 

 

Diagnosis: Diabetic hand syndrome

Subtle, early signs of diabetic sclerodactyly and Dupuytren contracture (DC) were observed in the context of an existing diagnosis of T1D, leading to a diagnosis of diabetic hand syndrome.

Sclerodactyly, a thickening and tightening of the skin, is a characteristic component of limited and systemic sclerosis. Sclerodactyly is not commonly observed in association with type 1 and type 2 diabetes; however, when it does occur, it is typically found in patients who have had uncontrolled diabetes for some time.1-3 (In the context of diabetes, this skin manifestation is known as pseudoscleroderma and scleredema diabeticorum.) In 1 study of 238 patients with T1D, the prevalence of this diabetes manifestation was 39%, with a range of 10% to 50% also reported.3

Diabetic hand syndrome is an umbrella term for the constellation of debilitating fibroproliferative sequelae of the hand rendered by diabetes.3 In addition to diabetic sclerodactyly, diabetic hand syndrome includes limited joint mobility (LJM), or diabetic cheiroarthropathy, which typically manifests with either the “prayer sign” (the inability of the palms to obtain full approximation while the wrists are maximally flexed) or the “tabletop sign” (the inability of the palm to flatten completely against the surface of a table) (FIGURE 2).4,5 The prevalence of LJM has been reported to range from 8% to 50% of patients diagnosed with longstanding, uncontrolled diabetes.4

Image of the patient’s fingers were slightly flexed, and he was unable to fully contact the opposing surface

Other musculoskeletal abnormalities seen in this syndrome include: DC, often found clinically as a palpable palmar nodule that ultimately results in a flexion contracture of the affected finger; stenosing tenosynovitis, or trigger finger, in which a reproducible locking phenomenon occurs on flexion of a finger, typically in the first, third, and fourth digits; and carpal tunnel syndrome, a median nerve entrapment neuropathy that results in pain and/or paresthesia over the thumb, index, middle, and lateral half of the ring fingers.3-5

Secondary symptoms can signal long-term degenerative disease

Stocking-and-glove distribution polyneuropathy with deterioration of tactile sensation is a common sequela of diabetes, especially as disease severity progresses.2 Although the exact pathogenesis remains unclear, it has been proposed that both diabetic polyneuropathy and increased skin thickness occur secondary to long-term degenerative microvascular disease.

Continue to: Specifically, prolonged...

 

 

Specifically, prolonged hyperglycemia and secondary chronic inflammation set the stage for protein glycation, with formation of advanced glycation end products (AGEs). It is thought that these AGEs in cutaneous and connective tissues stiffen collagen, leading to scleroderma-like skin changes.2

These microvascular and fibroproliferative changes are also considered important contributors in the etiology of DC and trigger finger, ultimately leading to increased collagen deposition and fascial thickening.4,5 In addition, increased activation of the polyol pathway may occur secondary to hyperglycemia, resulting in increased intracellular water and cellular edema.5

The differential is comprisedof components of systemic disease

The differential diagnosis includes tropical diabetic hand, autoimmune-related scleroderma (also called systemic sclerosis), complex regional pain syndrome, and diabetic scleredema.

Tropical diabetic hand, a potentially dangerous infection, is generally found only in tropical regions and in the setting of injury.5,6

Autoimmune-related scleroderma may be diagnosed alongside other signs and symptoms of CREST: calcinosis, Raynaud phenomenon, esophageal dysmotility, sclerodactyly, and telangiectasia. In the absence of other signs and symptoms, and in the presence of uncontrolled diabetes, biopsy would be needed to definitively diagnose it. Clinically, diabetic hand can be distinguished with concurrent involvement of the upper back.

Continue to: Complex regional pain syndrome

 

 

Complex regional pain syndrome is characterized by chronic, disabling pain, swelling, and motor impairment that frequently affect the hand, often secondary to surgery or trauma.5,7 This diagnosis differs from the generally painless skin hardening of diabetic hand.

The co-existence of diabetic scleredema and diabetic sclerodactyly has been previously reported, although the onset of each condition is often temporally distinct.8 In contrast to diabetic sclerodactyly, the firm indurated skin characteristic of diabetic scleredema (which our patient had) initially involves the shoulders and neck and may progress over the trunk, including the upper back, typically sparing the distal extremities. Of note, the dermis in scleredema is thickened with marked deposition of mucopolysaccharide.9

Glycemic control is paramount

Studies of patients with diabetes who have thick, waxy skin and LJM have shown that tight glycemic control may reduce skin thickness and palmar fascia fibrosis.3,5,9 Thus, in this patient with poorly controlled T1D, diabetic sclerodactyly, early DC, and second-degree burns attributable to advanced polyneuropathy, tightened glycemic control is logical and warranted. Such control could potentially impact the trajectory and morbidity of skin and musculoskeletal manifestations in this broad-reaching disease.

The diabetic milieu necessitates clinicians’ close attention to patients’ hands.

Although there are limited treatments for mobility-related symptoms of diabetic hand syndrome, physiotherapy is recommended in more severe stages of disease to increase joint range of motion.4,5 More severe cases of DC and trigger finger have been successfully treated with topical steroids, corticosteroid injections, and surgery.4,5 Simply stated—and in line with compulsive foot care—the diabetic milieu necessitates clinicians’ close attention to the hands. Components of diabetic hand, LJM, DC, or trigger finger may indicate a need to screen not only for diabetes in a patient previously undiagnosed but also, importantly, for other sequelae of diabetes, including retinopathy.4,5

Our patient was treated with a ­moderate-potency topical steroid, triamcinolone 0.1% cream, and was advised to continue optimizing glycemic control with the aid of his primary care physician. It was unclear whether the patient improved with use, as he was lost to follow-up.

A 73-year-old man with longstanding, poorly controlled type 1 diabetes (T1D) and worsening paresthesia presented to the dermatology clinic following a painless thermal burn of his fingertips from holding a hot cup of coffee. The patient’s paresthesia in a stocking-and-glove distribution was attributable to diabetes-associated polyneuropathy. Two years prior, he had been diagnosed with mildly symptomatic, diabetes-associated scleredema of his upper back and treated with topical corticosteroids.

Physical examination revealed tense bullae on the pads of all 5 digits of his right hand (FIGURE 1). Localized, waxy tightening of the skin was noted on all digits of both hands, along with mild tethering of thickened skin on the right palm.

Image of tense burn bullae attributed to holding a hot coffee cup were noted on the fingertips.

WHAT IS YOUR DIAGNOSIS?
HOW WOULD YOU TREAT THIS PATIENT?

 

 

Diagnosis: Diabetic hand syndrome

Subtle, early signs of diabetic sclerodactyly and Dupuytren contracture (DC) were observed in the context of an existing diagnosis of T1D, leading to a diagnosis of diabetic hand syndrome.

Sclerodactyly, a thickening and tightening of the skin, is a characteristic component of limited and systemic sclerosis. Sclerodactyly is not commonly observed in association with type 1 and type 2 diabetes; however, when it does occur, it is typically found in patients who have had uncontrolled diabetes for some time.1-3 (In the context of diabetes, this skin manifestation is known as pseudoscleroderma and scleredema diabeticorum.) In 1 study of 238 patients with T1D, the prevalence of this diabetes manifestation was 39%, with a range of 10% to 50% also reported.3

Diabetic hand syndrome is an umbrella term for the constellation of debilitating fibroproliferative sequelae of the hand rendered by diabetes.3 In addition to diabetic sclerodactyly, diabetic hand syndrome includes limited joint mobility (LJM), or diabetic cheiroarthropathy, which typically manifests with either the “prayer sign” (the inability of the palms to obtain full approximation while the wrists are maximally flexed) or the “tabletop sign” (the inability of the palm to flatten completely against the surface of a table) (FIGURE 2).4,5 The prevalence of LJM has been reported to range from 8% to 50% of patients diagnosed with longstanding, uncontrolled diabetes.4

Image of the patient’s fingers were slightly flexed, and he was unable to fully contact the opposing surface

Other musculoskeletal abnormalities seen in this syndrome include: DC, often found clinically as a palpable palmar nodule that ultimately results in a flexion contracture of the affected finger; stenosing tenosynovitis, or trigger finger, in which a reproducible locking phenomenon occurs on flexion of a finger, typically in the first, third, and fourth digits; and carpal tunnel syndrome, a median nerve entrapment neuropathy that results in pain and/or paresthesia over the thumb, index, middle, and lateral half of the ring fingers.3-5

Secondary symptoms can signal long-term degenerative disease

Stocking-and-glove distribution polyneuropathy with deterioration of tactile sensation is a common sequela of diabetes, especially as disease severity progresses.2 Although the exact pathogenesis remains unclear, it has been proposed that both diabetic polyneuropathy and increased skin thickness occur secondary to long-term degenerative microvascular disease.

Continue to: Specifically, prolonged...

 

 

Specifically, prolonged hyperglycemia and secondary chronic inflammation set the stage for protein glycation, with formation of advanced glycation end products (AGEs). It is thought that these AGEs in cutaneous and connective tissues stiffen collagen, leading to scleroderma-like skin changes.2

These microvascular and fibroproliferative changes are also considered important contributors in the etiology of DC and trigger finger, ultimately leading to increased collagen deposition and fascial thickening.4,5 In addition, increased activation of the polyol pathway may occur secondary to hyperglycemia, resulting in increased intracellular water and cellular edema.5

The differential is comprisedof components of systemic disease

The differential diagnosis includes tropical diabetic hand, autoimmune-related scleroderma (also called systemic sclerosis), complex regional pain syndrome, and diabetic scleredema.

Tropical diabetic hand, a potentially dangerous infection, is generally found only in tropical regions and in the setting of injury.5,6

Autoimmune-related scleroderma may be diagnosed alongside other signs and symptoms of CREST: calcinosis, Raynaud phenomenon, esophageal dysmotility, sclerodactyly, and telangiectasia. In the absence of other signs and symptoms, and in the presence of uncontrolled diabetes, biopsy would be needed to definitively diagnose it. Clinically, diabetic hand can be distinguished with concurrent involvement of the upper back.

Continue to: Complex regional pain syndrome

 

 

Complex regional pain syndrome is characterized by chronic, disabling pain, swelling, and motor impairment that frequently affect the hand, often secondary to surgery or trauma.5,7 This diagnosis differs from the generally painless skin hardening of diabetic hand.

The co-existence of diabetic scleredema and diabetic sclerodactyly has been previously reported, although the onset of each condition is often temporally distinct.8 In contrast to diabetic sclerodactyly, the firm indurated skin characteristic of diabetic scleredema (which our patient had) initially involves the shoulders and neck and may progress over the trunk, including the upper back, typically sparing the distal extremities. Of note, the dermis in scleredema is thickened with marked deposition of mucopolysaccharide.9

Glycemic control is paramount

Studies of patients with diabetes who have thick, waxy skin and LJM have shown that tight glycemic control may reduce skin thickness and palmar fascia fibrosis.3,5,9 Thus, in this patient with poorly controlled T1D, diabetic sclerodactyly, early DC, and second-degree burns attributable to advanced polyneuropathy, tightened glycemic control is logical and warranted. Such control could potentially impact the trajectory and morbidity of skin and musculoskeletal manifestations in this broad-reaching disease.

The diabetic milieu necessitates clinicians’ close attention to patients’ hands.

Although there are limited treatments for mobility-related symptoms of diabetic hand syndrome, physiotherapy is recommended in more severe stages of disease to increase joint range of motion.4,5 More severe cases of DC and trigger finger have been successfully treated with topical steroids, corticosteroid injections, and surgery.4,5 Simply stated—and in line with compulsive foot care—the diabetic milieu necessitates clinicians’ close attention to the hands. Components of diabetic hand, LJM, DC, or trigger finger may indicate a need to screen not only for diabetes in a patient previously undiagnosed but also, importantly, for other sequelae of diabetes, including retinopathy.4,5

Our patient was treated with a ­moderate-potency topical steroid, triamcinolone 0.1% cream, and was advised to continue optimizing glycemic control with the aid of his primary care physician. It was unclear whether the patient improved with use, as he was lost to follow-up.

References

1. Yosipovitch G, Hodak E, Vardi P, et al. The prevalence of cutaneous manifestations in IDDM patients and their association with diabetes risk factors and microvascular complications. Diabetes Care. 1998;21:506-509. doi: 10.2337/diacare.21.4.506

2. Redmond CL, Bain GI, Laslett LL, et al. Deteriorating tactile sensation in patients with hand syndromes associated with diabetes: a two-year observational study. J Diabetes Complications. 2012;26:313-318. doi: 10.1016/j.jdiacomp.2012.04.009

3. Rosen J, Yosipovitch G. Skin manifestations of diabetes mellitus. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Boyce A, et al, eds. Endotext. 2018. South Dartmouth, MA. Accessed November 30, 2021. www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK481900/

4. Goyal A, Tiwari V, Gupta Y. Diabetic hand: a neglected complication of diabetes mellitus. Cureus. 2018;10:e2772. doi: 10.7759/cureus.2772

5. Papanas N, Maltezos E. The diabetic hand: a forgotten complication? J Diabetes Complications. 2010;24:154-162. doi: 10.1016/j.jdiacomp.2008.12.009

6. Gill GV, Famuyiwa OO, Rolfe M, et al. Tropical diabetic hand syndrome. Lancet. 1998;351:113-114. doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(05)78146-0

7. Goh EL, Chidambaram S, Ma D. Complex regional pain syndrome: a recent update. Burns Trauma. 2017;5:2. doi: 10.1186/s41038-016-0066-4

8. Gruson LM, Franks A Jr. Scleredema and diabetic sclerodactyly. Dermatol Online J. 2005;11:3.

9. Shazzad MN, Azad AK, Abdal SJ, et al. Scleredema diabeticorum – a case report. Mymensingh Med J. 2015;24:606-609.

References

1. Yosipovitch G, Hodak E, Vardi P, et al. The prevalence of cutaneous manifestations in IDDM patients and their association with diabetes risk factors and microvascular complications. Diabetes Care. 1998;21:506-509. doi: 10.2337/diacare.21.4.506

2. Redmond CL, Bain GI, Laslett LL, et al. Deteriorating tactile sensation in patients with hand syndromes associated with diabetes: a two-year observational study. J Diabetes Complications. 2012;26:313-318. doi: 10.1016/j.jdiacomp.2012.04.009

3. Rosen J, Yosipovitch G. Skin manifestations of diabetes mellitus. In: Feingold KR, Anawalt B, Boyce A, et al, eds. Endotext. 2018. South Dartmouth, MA. Accessed November 30, 2021. www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK481900/

4. Goyal A, Tiwari V, Gupta Y. Diabetic hand: a neglected complication of diabetes mellitus. Cureus. 2018;10:e2772. doi: 10.7759/cureus.2772

5. Papanas N, Maltezos E. The diabetic hand: a forgotten complication? J Diabetes Complications. 2010;24:154-162. doi: 10.1016/j.jdiacomp.2008.12.009

6. Gill GV, Famuyiwa OO, Rolfe M, et al. Tropical diabetic hand syndrome. Lancet. 1998;351:113-114. doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(05)78146-0

7. Goh EL, Chidambaram S, Ma D. Complex regional pain syndrome: a recent update. Burns Trauma. 2017;5:2. doi: 10.1186/s41038-016-0066-4

8. Gruson LM, Franks A Jr. Scleredema and diabetic sclerodactyly. Dermatol Online J. 2005;11:3.

9. Shazzad MN, Azad AK, Abdal SJ, et al. Scleredema diabeticorum – a case report. Mymensingh Med J. 2015;24:606-609.

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 70(10)
Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 70(10)
Page Number
515-517
Page Number
515-517
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Waxy fingers and skin tethering
Display Headline
Waxy fingers and skin tethering
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article
Article PDF Media

Skip that repeat DXA scan in these postmenopausal women

Article Type
Changed
Wed, 12/08/2021 - 17:51
Display Headline
Skip that repeat DXA scan in these postmenopausal women

ILLUSTRATIVE CASE

A 70-year-old White woman with a history of type 2 diabetes and a normal body mass index (BMI) presents to your office for a preventive care exam. She is otherwise doing well, without concerns. Her first dual-energy x-ray absorptiometry (DXA) scan, completed at age 67, demonstrated normal bone density. Should you recommend a repeat DXA scan today?

As many as 1 in 2 postmenopausal women are at risk for an ­osteoporosis-related fracture.2 Each year, about 2 million fragility fractures occur in the United States.2,3 The US Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF) recommends bone mineral density (BMD) measurement in all women ages 65 years and older, as well as in younger postmenopausal women with certain clinical risk factors.4 The USPSTF does not make a recommendation regarding the interval for follow-up BMD testing.

Two prospective cohort studies determined that repeat BMD testing 4 to 8 years after baseline screening did not improve fracture risk prediction.5,6 Limitations of these studies included no analysis of high-risk subgroups, as well as failure to include many younger postmenopausal women in the studies.5,6 An additional longitudinal study that followed postmenopausal women for up to 15 years estimated that the interval for at least 10% of women to develop osteoporosis after initial screening was more than 15 years for women with normal BMD and about 5 years for those with moderate osteopenia.7

STUDY SUMMARY

No added predictive benefit found in 3-year repeat scan

The current study examined data from the Women’s Health Initiative Extension 1 Study, a large prospective cohort that included a broader range of postmenopausal women (N = 7419) than the previous studies. The purpose of this study was to determine if a second BMD measurement, about 3 years after the baseline BMD screening, would be useful in predicting risk for major osteoporotic fracture (MOF), compared with baseline BMD measurement alone. It analyzed data from prespecified subgroups defined by age, BMI, race/ethnicity, presence or absence of diabetes, and baseline BMD T score.1

Study participants averaged 66 years of age, with a mean BMI of 29, and 23% were non-White. In addition, 97% had either normal BMD or osteopenia (T score ≥ −2.4). Participants were excluded from the study if they had been treated with bone-active medications other than vitamin D and calcium, reported a history of MOF (fracture of the hip, spine, radius, ulna, wrist, upper arm, or shoulder) at baseline or between BMD tests, missed follow-up visits after the Year 3 BMD scan, or had missing covariate data. Participants self-reported fractures on annual patient questionnaires, and hip fractures were confirmed through medical records.

During the mean follow-up period of 9 years after the second BMD test, 139 women (1.9%) had 1 or more hip fractures, and 732 women (9.9%) had 1 or more MOFs.

Area under the receiver operating characteristic curve (AU-ROC) values for baseline BMD screening and baseline plus 3-year BMD measurement were similar in their ability to discriminate between women who had a hip fracture or MOF and women who did not. AU-ROC values communicate the usefulness of a diagnostic or screening test. An AU-ROC value of 1 would be considered perfect (100% sensitive and 100% specific), whereas an AU-ROC of 0.5 suggests a test with no ability to discriminate at all. Values between 0.7 and 0.8 would be considered acceptable, and those between 0.8 and 0.9, excellent.

Continue to: The AU-ROCs in this study...

 

 

The AU-ROCs in this study were 0.71 (95% CI, 0.67-0.75) for baseline total hip BMD, 0.61 (95% CI, 0.56-0.65) for change in total hip BMD between baseline and 3-year BMD scan, and 0.73 (95% CI, 0.69-0.77) for the combined baseline total hip BMD and change in total hip BMD. For femoral neck and lumbar spine BMD, AU-ROC values demonstrated comparable discrimination of hip fracture and MOF as those for total hip BMD. The AU-ROC values among age subgroups (< 65 years, 65-74 years, and ≥ 75 years) were also similar. Associations between change in bone density and fracture risk did not change when adjusted for factors such as BMI, race/ethnicity, diabetes, or baseline BMD.

WHAT’S NEW

Results can be applied to a wider range of patients

This study found that for postmenopausal women, a repeat BMD measurement obtained 3 years after the initial assessment did not improve risk discrimination for hip fracture or MOF beyond the baseline BMD value and should not be routinely performed. Additionally, evidence from this study allows this recommendation to apply to younger postmenopausal women and a variety of high-risk subgroups.

CAVEATS

Possible bias due to self-reporting of fractures

This study suggests that for women without a diagnosis of osteoporosis at initial screening, repeat testing is unlikely to affect future risk stratification. Repeat BMD testing should still be considered when the results are likely to influence clinical management.

However, an important consideration is that fractures were self-reported in this study, introducing a possible source of bias. Additionally, although this study supports foregoing repeat screening at a 3-year interval, there is still no agreed-upon determination of when (or if) to repeat BMD screening in women without osteoporosis.

A large subset of the study population was younger than 65 (44%), the age when family physicians typically recommend screening for osteoporosis. However, the age-adjusted AU-ROC values for fracture risk prediction were the same, and this should not invalidate the conclusions for the study population at large.

CHALLENGES TO IMPLEMENTATION

No challenges seen

We see no challenges in implementing this recommendation.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

The PURLs Surveillance System was supported in part by Grant Number UL1RR024999 from the National Center for Research Resources, a Clinical Translational Science Award to the University of Chicago. The content is solely the responsibility of the authors and does not necessarily represent the official views of the National Center for Research Resources or the National Institutes of Health.

Files
References

1. Crandall CJ, Larson J, Wright NC, et al. Serial bone density measurement and incident fracture risk discrimination in postmenopausal women. JAMA Intern Med. 2020;180:1232-1240. doi: 10.1001/jamainternmed.2020.2986

2. US Preventive Services Task Force. Screening for osteoporosis: US Preventive Services Task Force recommendation statement. Ann Intern Med. 2011;154:356-364. doi: 10.7326/0003-4819-154-5-201103010-00307

3. Burge R, Dawson-Hughes B, Solomon DH, et al. Incidence and economic burden of osteoporosis-related fractures in the United States, 2005-2025. J Bone Miner Res. 2007;22:465-475. doi: 10.1359/jbmr.061113

4. US Preventive Services Task Force; Curry SJ, Krist AH, Owens DK, et al. Screening for osteoporosis to prevent fractures: US Preventive Services Task Force recommendation statement. JAMA. 2018;319:2521-2531. doi: 10.1001/jama.2018.7498

5. Hillier TA, Stone KL, Bauer DC, et al. Evaluating the value of repeat bone mineral density measurement and prediction of fractures in older women: the study of osteoporotic fractures. Arch Intern Med. 2007;167:155-160. doi: 10.1001/archinte.167.2.155

6. Berry SD, Samelson EJ, Pencina MJ, et al. Repeat bone mineral density screening and prediction of hip and major osteoporotic fracture. JAMA. 2013;310:1256-1262. doi: 10.1001/jama.2013.277817

7. Gourlay ML, Fine JP, Preisser JS, et al; Study of Osteoporotic Fractures Research Group. Bone-density testing interval and transition to osteoporosis in older women. N Engl J Med. 2012;366:225-233. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1107142

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Department of Family and Community Medicine, University of Missouri, Columbia

DEPUTY EDITOR
Shailendra Prasad, MBBS, MPH

University of Minnesota North Memorial Family Medicine Residency Program, Minneapolis

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 70(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
510-512
Sections
Files
Files
Author and Disclosure Information

Department of Family and Community Medicine, University of Missouri, Columbia

DEPUTY EDITOR
Shailendra Prasad, MBBS, MPH

University of Minnesota North Memorial Family Medicine Residency Program, Minneapolis

Author and Disclosure Information

Department of Family and Community Medicine, University of Missouri, Columbia

DEPUTY EDITOR
Shailendra Prasad, MBBS, MPH

University of Minnesota North Memorial Family Medicine Residency Program, Minneapolis

Article PDF
Article PDF

ILLUSTRATIVE CASE

A 70-year-old White woman with a history of type 2 diabetes and a normal body mass index (BMI) presents to your office for a preventive care exam. She is otherwise doing well, without concerns. Her first dual-energy x-ray absorptiometry (DXA) scan, completed at age 67, demonstrated normal bone density. Should you recommend a repeat DXA scan today?

As many as 1 in 2 postmenopausal women are at risk for an ­osteoporosis-related fracture.2 Each year, about 2 million fragility fractures occur in the United States.2,3 The US Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF) recommends bone mineral density (BMD) measurement in all women ages 65 years and older, as well as in younger postmenopausal women with certain clinical risk factors.4 The USPSTF does not make a recommendation regarding the interval for follow-up BMD testing.

Two prospective cohort studies determined that repeat BMD testing 4 to 8 years after baseline screening did not improve fracture risk prediction.5,6 Limitations of these studies included no analysis of high-risk subgroups, as well as failure to include many younger postmenopausal women in the studies.5,6 An additional longitudinal study that followed postmenopausal women for up to 15 years estimated that the interval for at least 10% of women to develop osteoporosis after initial screening was more than 15 years for women with normal BMD and about 5 years for those with moderate osteopenia.7

STUDY SUMMARY

No added predictive benefit found in 3-year repeat scan

The current study examined data from the Women’s Health Initiative Extension 1 Study, a large prospective cohort that included a broader range of postmenopausal women (N = 7419) than the previous studies. The purpose of this study was to determine if a second BMD measurement, about 3 years after the baseline BMD screening, would be useful in predicting risk for major osteoporotic fracture (MOF), compared with baseline BMD measurement alone. It analyzed data from prespecified subgroups defined by age, BMI, race/ethnicity, presence or absence of diabetes, and baseline BMD T score.1

Study participants averaged 66 years of age, with a mean BMI of 29, and 23% were non-White. In addition, 97% had either normal BMD or osteopenia (T score ≥ −2.4). Participants were excluded from the study if they had been treated with bone-active medications other than vitamin D and calcium, reported a history of MOF (fracture of the hip, spine, radius, ulna, wrist, upper arm, or shoulder) at baseline or between BMD tests, missed follow-up visits after the Year 3 BMD scan, or had missing covariate data. Participants self-reported fractures on annual patient questionnaires, and hip fractures were confirmed through medical records.

During the mean follow-up period of 9 years after the second BMD test, 139 women (1.9%) had 1 or more hip fractures, and 732 women (9.9%) had 1 or more MOFs.

Area under the receiver operating characteristic curve (AU-ROC) values for baseline BMD screening and baseline plus 3-year BMD measurement were similar in their ability to discriminate between women who had a hip fracture or MOF and women who did not. AU-ROC values communicate the usefulness of a diagnostic or screening test. An AU-ROC value of 1 would be considered perfect (100% sensitive and 100% specific), whereas an AU-ROC of 0.5 suggests a test with no ability to discriminate at all. Values between 0.7 and 0.8 would be considered acceptable, and those between 0.8 and 0.9, excellent.

Continue to: The AU-ROCs in this study...

 

 

The AU-ROCs in this study were 0.71 (95% CI, 0.67-0.75) for baseline total hip BMD, 0.61 (95% CI, 0.56-0.65) for change in total hip BMD between baseline and 3-year BMD scan, and 0.73 (95% CI, 0.69-0.77) for the combined baseline total hip BMD and change in total hip BMD. For femoral neck and lumbar spine BMD, AU-ROC values demonstrated comparable discrimination of hip fracture and MOF as those for total hip BMD. The AU-ROC values among age subgroups (< 65 years, 65-74 years, and ≥ 75 years) were also similar. Associations between change in bone density and fracture risk did not change when adjusted for factors such as BMI, race/ethnicity, diabetes, or baseline BMD.

WHAT’S NEW

Results can be applied to a wider range of patients

This study found that for postmenopausal women, a repeat BMD measurement obtained 3 years after the initial assessment did not improve risk discrimination for hip fracture or MOF beyond the baseline BMD value and should not be routinely performed. Additionally, evidence from this study allows this recommendation to apply to younger postmenopausal women and a variety of high-risk subgroups.

CAVEATS

Possible bias due to self-reporting of fractures

This study suggests that for women without a diagnosis of osteoporosis at initial screening, repeat testing is unlikely to affect future risk stratification. Repeat BMD testing should still be considered when the results are likely to influence clinical management.

However, an important consideration is that fractures were self-reported in this study, introducing a possible source of bias. Additionally, although this study supports foregoing repeat screening at a 3-year interval, there is still no agreed-upon determination of when (or if) to repeat BMD screening in women without osteoporosis.

A large subset of the study population was younger than 65 (44%), the age when family physicians typically recommend screening for osteoporosis. However, the age-adjusted AU-ROC values for fracture risk prediction were the same, and this should not invalidate the conclusions for the study population at large.

CHALLENGES TO IMPLEMENTATION

No challenges seen

We see no challenges in implementing this recommendation.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

The PURLs Surveillance System was supported in part by Grant Number UL1RR024999 from the National Center for Research Resources, a Clinical Translational Science Award to the University of Chicago. The content is solely the responsibility of the authors and does not necessarily represent the official views of the National Center for Research Resources or the National Institutes of Health.

ILLUSTRATIVE CASE

A 70-year-old White woman with a history of type 2 diabetes and a normal body mass index (BMI) presents to your office for a preventive care exam. She is otherwise doing well, without concerns. Her first dual-energy x-ray absorptiometry (DXA) scan, completed at age 67, demonstrated normal bone density. Should you recommend a repeat DXA scan today?

As many as 1 in 2 postmenopausal women are at risk for an ­osteoporosis-related fracture.2 Each year, about 2 million fragility fractures occur in the United States.2,3 The US Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF) recommends bone mineral density (BMD) measurement in all women ages 65 years and older, as well as in younger postmenopausal women with certain clinical risk factors.4 The USPSTF does not make a recommendation regarding the interval for follow-up BMD testing.

Two prospective cohort studies determined that repeat BMD testing 4 to 8 years after baseline screening did not improve fracture risk prediction.5,6 Limitations of these studies included no analysis of high-risk subgroups, as well as failure to include many younger postmenopausal women in the studies.5,6 An additional longitudinal study that followed postmenopausal women for up to 15 years estimated that the interval for at least 10% of women to develop osteoporosis after initial screening was more than 15 years for women with normal BMD and about 5 years for those with moderate osteopenia.7

STUDY SUMMARY

No added predictive benefit found in 3-year repeat scan

The current study examined data from the Women’s Health Initiative Extension 1 Study, a large prospective cohort that included a broader range of postmenopausal women (N = 7419) than the previous studies. The purpose of this study was to determine if a second BMD measurement, about 3 years after the baseline BMD screening, would be useful in predicting risk for major osteoporotic fracture (MOF), compared with baseline BMD measurement alone. It analyzed data from prespecified subgroups defined by age, BMI, race/ethnicity, presence or absence of diabetes, and baseline BMD T score.1

Study participants averaged 66 years of age, with a mean BMI of 29, and 23% were non-White. In addition, 97% had either normal BMD or osteopenia (T score ≥ −2.4). Participants were excluded from the study if they had been treated with bone-active medications other than vitamin D and calcium, reported a history of MOF (fracture of the hip, spine, radius, ulna, wrist, upper arm, or shoulder) at baseline or between BMD tests, missed follow-up visits after the Year 3 BMD scan, or had missing covariate data. Participants self-reported fractures on annual patient questionnaires, and hip fractures were confirmed through medical records.

During the mean follow-up period of 9 years after the second BMD test, 139 women (1.9%) had 1 or more hip fractures, and 732 women (9.9%) had 1 or more MOFs.

Area under the receiver operating characteristic curve (AU-ROC) values for baseline BMD screening and baseline plus 3-year BMD measurement were similar in their ability to discriminate between women who had a hip fracture or MOF and women who did not. AU-ROC values communicate the usefulness of a diagnostic or screening test. An AU-ROC value of 1 would be considered perfect (100% sensitive and 100% specific), whereas an AU-ROC of 0.5 suggests a test with no ability to discriminate at all. Values between 0.7 and 0.8 would be considered acceptable, and those between 0.8 and 0.9, excellent.

Continue to: The AU-ROCs in this study...

 

 

The AU-ROCs in this study were 0.71 (95% CI, 0.67-0.75) for baseline total hip BMD, 0.61 (95% CI, 0.56-0.65) for change in total hip BMD between baseline and 3-year BMD scan, and 0.73 (95% CI, 0.69-0.77) for the combined baseline total hip BMD and change in total hip BMD. For femoral neck and lumbar spine BMD, AU-ROC values demonstrated comparable discrimination of hip fracture and MOF as those for total hip BMD. The AU-ROC values among age subgroups (< 65 years, 65-74 years, and ≥ 75 years) were also similar. Associations between change in bone density and fracture risk did not change when adjusted for factors such as BMI, race/ethnicity, diabetes, or baseline BMD.

WHAT’S NEW

Results can be applied to a wider range of patients

This study found that for postmenopausal women, a repeat BMD measurement obtained 3 years after the initial assessment did not improve risk discrimination for hip fracture or MOF beyond the baseline BMD value and should not be routinely performed. Additionally, evidence from this study allows this recommendation to apply to younger postmenopausal women and a variety of high-risk subgroups.

CAVEATS

Possible bias due to self-reporting of fractures

This study suggests that for women without a diagnosis of osteoporosis at initial screening, repeat testing is unlikely to affect future risk stratification. Repeat BMD testing should still be considered when the results are likely to influence clinical management.

However, an important consideration is that fractures were self-reported in this study, introducing a possible source of bias. Additionally, although this study supports foregoing repeat screening at a 3-year interval, there is still no agreed-upon determination of when (or if) to repeat BMD screening in women without osteoporosis.

A large subset of the study population was younger than 65 (44%), the age when family physicians typically recommend screening for osteoporosis. However, the age-adjusted AU-ROC values for fracture risk prediction were the same, and this should not invalidate the conclusions for the study population at large.

CHALLENGES TO IMPLEMENTATION

No challenges seen

We see no challenges in implementing this recommendation.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

The PURLs Surveillance System was supported in part by Grant Number UL1RR024999 from the National Center for Research Resources, a Clinical Translational Science Award to the University of Chicago. The content is solely the responsibility of the authors and does not necessarily represent the official views of the National Center for Research Resources or the National Institutes of Health.

References

1. Crandall CJ, Larson J, Wright NC, et al. Serial bone density measurement and incident fracture risk discrimination in postmenopausal women. JAMA Intern Med. 2020;180:1232-1240. doi: 10.1001/jamainternmed.2020.2986

2. US Preventive Services Task Force. Screening for osteoporosis: US Preventive Services Task Force recommendation statement. Ann Intern Med. 2011;154:356-364. doi: 10.7326/0003-4819-154-5-201103010-00307

3. Burge R, Dawson-Hughes B, Solomon DH, et al. Incidence and economic burden of osteoporosis-related fractures in the United States, 2005-2025. J Bone Miner Res. 2007;22:465-475. doi: 10.1359/jbmr.061113

4. US Preventive Services Task Force; Curry SJ, Krist AH, Owens DK, et al. Screening for osteoporosis to prevent fractures: US Preventive Services Task Force recommendation statement. JAMA. 2018;319:2521-2531. doi: 10.1001/jama.2018.7498

5. Hillier TA, Stone KL, Bauer DC, et al. Evaluating the value of repeat bone mineral density measurement and prediction of fractures in older women: the study of osteoporotic fractures. Arch Intern Med. 2007;167:155-160. doi: 10.1001/archinte.167.2.155

6. Berry SD, Samelson EJ, Pencina MJ, et al. Repeat bone mineral density screening and prediction of hip and major osteoporotic fracture. JAMA. 2013;310:1256-1262. doi: 10.1001/jama.2013.277817

7. Gourlay ML, Fine JP, Preisser JS, et al; Study of Osteoporotic Fractures Research Group. Bone-density testing interval and transition to osteoporosis in older women. N Engl J Med. 2012;366:225-233. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1107142

References

1. Crandall CJ, Larson J, Wright NC, et al. Serial bone density measurement and incident fracture risk discrimination in postmenopausal women. JAMA Intern Med. 2020;180:1232-1240. doi: 10.1001/jamainternmed.2020.2986

2. US Preventive Services Task Force. Screening for osteoporosis: US Preventive Services Task Force recommendation statement. Ann Intern Med. 2011;154:356-364. doi: 10.7326/0003-4819-154-5-201103010-00307

3. Burge R, Dawson-Hughes B, Solomon DH, et al. Incidence and economic burden of osteoporosis-related fractures in the United States, 2005-2025. J Bone Miner Res. 2007;22:465-475. doi: 10.1359/jbmr.061113

4. US Preventive Services Task Force; Curry SJ, Krist AH, Owens DK, et al. Screening for osteoporosis to prevent fractures: US Preventive Services Task Force recommendation statement. JAMA. 2018;319:2521-2531. doi: 10.1001/jama.2018.7498

5. Hillier TA, Stone KL, Bauer DC, et al. Evaluating the value of repeat bone mineral density measurement and prediction of fractures in older women: the study of osteoporotic fractures. Arch Intern Med. 2007;167:155-160. doi: 10.1001/archinte.167.2.155

6. Berry SD, Samelson EJ, Pencina MJ, et al. Repeat bone mineral density screening and prediction of hip and major osteoporotic fracture. JAMA. 2013;310:1256-1262. doi: 10.1001/jama.2013.277817

7. Gourlay ML, Fine JP, Preisser JS, et al; Study of Osteoporotic Fractures Research Group. Bone-density testing interval and transition to osteoporosis in older women. N Engl J Med. 2012;366:225-233. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1107142

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 70(10)
Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 70(10)
Page Number
510-512
Page Number
510-512
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Skip that repeat DXA scan in these postmenopausal women
Display Headline
Skip that repeat DXA scan in these postmenopausal women
Sections
PURLs Copyright
Copyright © 2021. The Family Physicians Inquiries Network. All rights reserved.
Inside the Article

PRACTICE CHANGER

Do not routinely repeat bone density testing 3 years after initial screening in postmenopausal patients who do not have osteoporosis.

STRENGTH OF RECOMMENDATION

A: Based on several large, good-quality prospective cohort studies1

Crandall CJ, Larson J, Wright NC, et al. Serial bone density measurement and incident fracture risk discrimination in postmenopausal women. JAMA Intern Med. 2020;180:1232-1240. doi: 10.1001/jamainternmed.2020.2986

Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article
Article PDF Media
Media Files

2021 CDC guidelines on sexually transmitted infections

Article Type
Changed
Wed, 12/08/2021 - 17:25
Display Headline
2021 CDC guidelines on sexually transmitted infections

In July 2021, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) published its updated guidelines on the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of sexually transmitted infections (STIs).1 These guidelines were last published in 2015.2 Family physicians should be familiar with these guidelines as they are considered the standard of care for the treatment and prevention of STIs.

To revise the guidelines, the CDC convened a large panel that included CDC staff and subject matter experts from around the country. Using methodology borrowed from the US Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF),3 the panel developed key questions and completed systematic reviews using a standard approach. The evidence behind key recommendations was ranked as high, medium, or low. However, the specific recommendations presented in the published guidelines appear without strength-of-recommendation descriptions or rankings of the levels of evidence supporting them.

The CDC approach to STI control involves 5 strategies (TABLE 1),1 which family physicians can implement as follows:

  • Elicit an accurate sexual history.
  • Discuss with patients and advise them on preventive interventions including barrier methods, microbicides, vaccines, and HIV pre-exposure prophylaxis.
  • Order recommended screening tests for specific STIs from all sites of potential infection.
  • Recognize the signs and symptoms of STIs and order recommended tests for confirmation.
  • Treat confirmed infections using current recommended medications.
  • Seek to advise, evaluate, and treat sex partners of those with documented STIs, and offer expedited partner therapy if allowed by state law.
  • Perform recommended follow-up services for treated individuals.

Table of 5 strategies to prevent and control STIs

Details on each of these strategies can be found in the new guidelines and are described for each specific pathogen and for specific demographic groups. Recommendations on screening for asymptomatic STIs can be found on the USPSTF website.4

The first step leading to targeted prevention strategies such as behavioral counseling, vaccination, and screening involves taking an accurate and complete sexual history. The CDC offers a 5-step process it calls the “5 Ps approach” to gathering needed information (TABLE 2).1

Table of ‘5 Ps approach’ for obtaining a sexual history

Major updates on the treatment of specific infections

Gonorrhea

The current recommendation for treating uncomplicated gonococcal infections of the cervix, urethra, pharynx, and rectum in adults and adolescents weighing < 150 kg is ceftriaxone 500 mg intramuscularly (IM) as a single dose; give 1 g for those weighing ≥ 150 kg.1 If co-infection with chlamydia has not been ruled out, co-treatment with doxycycline 100 mg po twice a day for 7 days is also recommended.1

This differs from the first-line treatment recommended in the previous guideline, which was dual therapy with ceftriaxone 250 mg IM and azithromycin 1 g po as a single dose, regardless of testing results for chlamydia.2 The higher dose for ceftriaxone now recommended is due to a gradual decrease in gonorrhea susceptibility to cephalosporins in recent years, although complete resistance remains rare. The move away from universal dual therapy reflects a concern about antibiotic stewardship and the potential effects of antibiotics on the microbiome. The elimination of azithromycin from recommended first-line therapies is due to a 10-fold increase in the proportion of bacterium isolates demonstrating reduced susceptibility, as measured by minimal inhibitory concentrations in the past few years.

Continue to: If ceftriaxone...

 

 

If ceftriaxone is unavailable, there are 2 alternative regimens: gentamicin 240 mg IM in a single dose, plus azithromycin 2 g po in a single dose; or cefixime 800 mg po in a single dose.1 However, these alternatives are not recommended for gonococcal infection of the pharynx, for which ceftriaxone should be used.

Counsel those treated for gonorrhea to avoid sexual activity for 7 days after treatment and until all sex partners have been treated. Because of the high rates of asymptomatic infections, tell patients to refer those with whom they have had sexual contact during the previous 60 days for evaluation, testing, and presumptive treatment.

Following treatment with the recommended dose of ceftriaxone, performing a test of cure is not recommended, with 1 exception: those with confirmed pharyngeal infection should be tested to confirm treatment success 7 to 14 days after being treated. However, all those treated for gonorrhea should be seen again in 3 months and retested to rule out reinfection, regardless of whether they think their sex partners have been adequately treated.

Chlamydia

The recommended first-line therapy for chlamydia is now doxycycline 100 mg twice a day for 7 days, which has proven to be superior to azithromycin (which was recommended as first-line therapy in 2015) for urogenital chlamydia in men and anal chlamydia in both men and women.1,2 Alternatives to doxycycline include azithromycin 1 g po as a single dose or levofloxacin 500 mg po once a day for 7 days.1 No test of cure is recommended; but as with gonorrhea, retesting at 3 months is recommended because of the risk for re-infection.

No test of cure is needed following gonococcal infection treated with a recommended dose of ceftriaxone, except in those with confirmed pharyngeal infection.

Instruct patients treated for chlamydia to avoid sexual intercourse for 7 days after therapy is initiated or until symptoms, if present, have resolved. To reduce the chances of reinfection, advise treated individuals to abstain from sexual intercourse until all of their sex partners have been treated.

Continue to: Sex partners...

 

 

Sex partners in the 60 days prior to the patient’s onset of symptoms or diagnosis should be advised to seek evaluation, testing, and presumptive treatment.

Trichomonas

The recommended first-line treatment for trichomonas now differs for men and women: metronidazole 2 g po as a single dose for men, and metronidazole 500 mg po twice a day for 7 days for women.1 Tinidazole 2 g po as a single dose is an alternative for both men and women. Previously, the single metronidazole dose was recommended for men and women,2 but there is now evidence that the 7-day course is markedly superior in achieving a cure in women.

No test of cure is recommended, but women should be retested at 3 months because of a high rate of re-infection. Current sex partners should be treated presumptively, and treated patients and their partners should avoid sex until all current sex partners have been treated. Consider expedited partner therapy if allowed by state law.

Bacterial vaginosis

First-line treatment recommendations for bacterial vaginosis (BV) have not changed: metronidazole 500 mg po twice a day for 7 days, or metronidazole gel 0.75% intravaginally daily for 5 days, or clindamycin cream 2% intravaginally at bedtime for 7 days. Advise women to avoid sexual activity or to use condoms for the duration of the treatment regimen.

A test of cure is not recommended if symptoms resolve, and no treatment or evaluation of sex partners is recommended. The guidelines describe several treatment options for women who have frequent, recurrent BV. To help prevent recurrences, they additionally suggest treating male partners with metronidazole 400 mg po twice a day and with 2% clindamycin cream applied to the penis twice a day, both for 7 days.

Continue to: Pelvic inflammatory disease

 

 

Pelvic inflammatory disease

Recommended regimens for treating pelvic inflammatory disease (PID) have changed (TABLES 3 and 4).1 Women with mild or moderate PID can be treated with intramuscular or oral regimens, as outcomes with these regimens are equivalent to those seen with intravenous treatments. The nonintravenous options all include 3 antibiotics: a cephalosporin, doxycycline, and metronidazole.

Table of recommended parenteral regimens for PID

To minimize disease transmission, instruct women to avoid sex until therapy is complete, their symptoms have resolved, and sex partners have been treated. Sex partners of those with PID in the 60 days prior to the onset of symptoms should be evaluated, tested, and presumptively treated for chlamydia and gonorrhea.

Table of recommended intramuscular or oral regimens for PID

Follow through on public health procedures

STIs are an important set of diseases from a public health perspective. Family physicians have the opportunity to assist with the prevention and control of these infections through screening, making accurate diagnoses, and applying recommended treatments. When you suspect that a patient has an STI, test for the most common ones: gonorrhea, chlamydia, HIV, and syphilis. Report all confirmed diagnoses to the local public health department and be prepared to refer patients’ sexual contacts to the local public health department or to provide contact evaluation and treatment.

Vaccines against STIs include hepatitis B vaccine, human papillomavirus vaccine, and hepatitis A vaccine. Offer these vaccines to all previously unvaccinated adolescents and young adults as per recommendations from the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices.5

References

1. Workowski KA, Bachmann LH, Chan PA, et al. Sexually transmitted infections treatment guidelines, 2021. MMWR Recomm Rep. 2021;70:1-187.

2. Workowski KA, Bolan GA. Sexually transmitted diseases treatment guidelines, 2015. MMWR Recomm Rep. 2015;64:1-137.

3. USPSTF. Methods and processes. Accessed November 17, 2021. https://uspreventiveservicestaskforce.org/uspstf/about-uspstf/methods-and-processes

4. USPSTF. Recommendations. Infectious diseases. Accessed November 17, 2021. https://uspreventiveservicestaskforce.org/uspstf/topic_search_results?topic_status=P&category%5B%5D=18&searchterm=

5. CDC. Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices. ­COVID-19 ACIP vaccine recommendations. Accessed October 18, 2021. www.cdc.gov/vaccines/hcp/acip-recs/vacc-specific/covid-19.html

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

[email protected]
Dr. Campos-Outcalt is a member of the US Community Preventive Services Task Force.

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 70(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
506-509
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

[email protected]
Dr. Campos-Outcalt is a member of the US Community Preventive Services Task Force.

Author and Disclosure Information

[email protected]
Dr. Campos-Outcalt is a member of the US Community Preventive Services Task Force.

Article PDF
Article PDF

In July 2021, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) published its updated guidelines on the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of sexually transmitted infections (STIs).1 These guidelines were last published in 2015.2 Family physicians should be familiar with these guidelines as they are considered the standard of care for the treatment and prevention of STIs.

To revise the guidelines, the CDC convened a large panel that included CDC staff and subject matter experts from around the country. Using methodology borrowed from the US Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF),3 the panel developed key questions and completed systematic reviews using a standard approach. The evidence behind key recommendations was ranked as high, medium, or low. However, the specific recommendations presented in the published guidelines appear without strength-of-recommendation descriptions or rankings of the levels of evidence supporting them.

The CDC approach to STI control involves 5 strategies (TABLE 1),1 which family physicians can implement as follows:

  • Elicit an accurate sexual history.
  • Discuss with patients and advise them on preventive interventions including barrier methods, microbicides, vaccines, and HIV pre-exposure prophylaxis.
  • Order recommended screening tests for specific STIs from all sites of potential infection.
  • Recognize the signs and symptoms of STIs and order recommended tests for confirmation.
  • Treat confirmed infections using current recommended medications.
  • Seek to advise, evaluate, and treat sex partners of those with documented STIs, and offer expedited partner therapy if allowed by state law.
  • Perform recommended follow-up services for treated individuals.

Table of 5 strategies to prevent and control STIs

Details on each of these strategies can be found in the new guidelines and are described for each specific pathogen and for specific demographic groups. Recommendations on screening for asymptomatic STIs can be found on the USPSTF website.4

The first step leading to targeted prevention strategies such as behavioral counseling, vaccination, and screening involves taking an accurate and complete sexual history. The CDC offers a 5-step process it calls the “5 Ps approach” to gathering needed information (TABLE 2).1

Table of ‘5 Ps approach’ for obtaining a sexual history

Major updates on the treatment of specific infections

Gonorrhea

The current recommendation for treating uncomplicated gonococcal infections of the cervix, urethra, pharynx, and rectum in adults and adolescents weighing < 150 kg is ceftriaxone 500 mg intramuscularly (IM) as a single dose; give 1 g for those weighing ≥ 150 kg.1 If co-infection with chlamydia has not been ruled out, co-treatment with doxycycline 100 mg po twice a day for 7 days is also recommended.1

This differs from the first-line treatment recommended in the previous guideline, which was dual therapy with ceftriaxone 250 mg IM and azithromycin 1 g po as a single dose, regardless of testing results for chlamydia.2 The higher dose for ceftriaxone now recommended is due to a gradual decrease in gonorrhea susceptibility to cephalosporins in recent years, although complete resistance remains rare. The move away from universal dual therapy reflects a concern about antibiotic stewardship and the potential effects of antibiotics on the microbiome. The elimination of azithromycin from recommended first-line therapies is due to a 10-fold increase in the proportion of bacterium isolates demonstrating reduced susceptibility, as measured by minimal inhibitory concentrations in the past few years.

Continue to: If ceftriaxone...

 

 

If ceftriaxone is unavailable, there are 2 alternative regimens: gentamicin 240 mg IM in a single dose, plus azithromycin 2 g po in a single dose; or cefixime 800 mg po in a single dose.1 However, these alternatives are not recommended for gonococcal infection of the pharynx, for which ceftriaxone should be used.

Counsel those treated for gonorrhea to avoid sexual activity for 7 days after treatment and until all sex partners have been treated. Because of the high rates of asymptomatic infections, tell patients to refer those with whom they have had sexual contact during the previous 60 days for evaluation, testing, and presumptive treatment.

Following treatment with the recommended dose of ceftriaxone, performing a test of cure is not recommended, with 1 exception: those with confirmed pharyngeal infection should be tested to confirm treatment success 7 to 14 days after being treated. However, all those treated for gonorrhea should be seen again in 3 months and retested to rule out reinfection, regardless of whether they think their sex partners have been adequately treated.

Chlamydia

The recommended first-line therapy for chlamydia is now doxycycline 100 mg twice a day for 7 days, which has proven to be superior to azithromycin (which was recommended as first-line therapy in 2015) for urogenital chlamydia in men and anal chlamydia in both men and women.1,2 Alternatives to doxycycline include azithromycin 1 g po as a single dose or levofloxacin 500 mg po once a day for 7 days.1 No test of cure is recommended; but as with gonorrhea, retesting at 3 months is recommended because of the risk for re-infection.

No test of cure is needed following gonococcal infection treated with a recommended dose of ceftriaxone, except in those with confirmed pharyngeal infection.

Instruct patients treated for chlamydia to avoid sexual intercourse for 7 days after therapy is initiated or until symptoms, if present, have resolved. To reduce the chances of reinfection, advise treated individuals to abstain from sexual intercourse until all of their sex partners have been treated.

Continue to: Sex partners...

 

 

Sex partners in the 60 days prior to the patient’s onset of symptoms or diagnosis should be advised to seek evaluation, testing, and presumptive treatment.

Trichomonas

The recommended first-line treatment for trichomonas now differs for men and women: metronidazole 2 g po as a single dose for men, and metronidazole 500 mg po twice a day for 7 days for women.1 Tinidazole 2 g po as a single dose is an alternative for both men and women. Previously, the single metronidazole dose was recommended for men and women,2 but there is now evidence that the 7-day course is markedly superior in achieving a cure in women.

No test of cure is recommended, but women should be retested at 3 months because of a high rate of re-infection. Current sex partners should be treated presumptively, and treated patients and their partners should avoid sex until all current sex partners have been treated. Consider expedited partner therapy if allowed by state law.

Bacterial vaginosis

First-line treatment recommendations for bacterial vaginosis (BV) have not changed: metronidazole 500 mg po twice a day for 7 days, or metronidazole gel 0.75% intravaginally daily for 5 days, or clindamycin cream 2% intravaginally at bedtime for 7 days. Advise women to avoid sexual activity or to use condoms for the duration of the treatment regimen.

A test of cure is not recommended if symptoms resolve, and no treatment or evaluation of sex partners is recommended. The guidelines describe several treatment options for women who have frequent, recurrent BV. To help prevent recurrences, they additionally suggest treating male partners with metronidazole 400 mg po twice a day and with 2% clindamycin cream applied to the penis twice a day, both for 7 days.

Continue to: Pelvic inflammatory disease

 

 

Pelvic inflammatory disease

Recommended regimens for treating pelvic inflammatory disease (PID) have changed (TABLES 3 and 4).1 Women with mild or moderate PID can be treated with intramuscular or oral regimens, as outcomes with these regimens are equivalent to those seen with intravenous treatments. The nonintravenous options all include 3 antibiotics: a cephalosporin, doxycycline, and metronidazole.

Table of recommended parenteral regimens for PID

To minimize disease transmission, instruct women to avoid sex until therapy is complete, their symptoms have resolved, and sex partners have been treated. Sex partners of those with PID in the 60 days prior to the onset of symptoms should be evaluated, tested, and presumptively treated for chlamydia and gonorrhea.

Table of recommended intramuscular or oral regimens for PID

Follow through on public health procedures

STIs are an important set of diseases from a public health perspective. Family physicians have the opportunity to assist with the prevention and control of these infections through screening, making accurate diagnoses, and applying recommended treatments. When you suspect that a patient has an STI, test for the most common ones: gonorrhea, chlamydia, HIV, and syphilis. Report all confirmed diagnoses to the local public health department and be prepared to refer patients’ sexual contacts to the local public health department or to provide contact evaluation and treatment.

Vaccines against STIs include hepatitis B vaccine, human papillomavirus vaccine, and hepatitis A vaccine. Offer these vaccines to all previously unvaccinated adolescents and young adults as per recommendations from the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices.5

In July 2021, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) published its updated guidelines on the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of sexually transmitted infections (STIs).1 These guidelines were last published in 2015.2 Family physicians should be familiar with these guidelines as they are considered the standard of care for the treatment and prevention of STIs.

To revise the guidelines, the CDC convened a large panel that included CDC staff and subject matter experts from around the country. Using methodology borrowed from the US Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF),3 the panel developed key questions and completed systematic reviews using a standard approach. The evidence behind key recommendations was ranked as high, medium, or low. However, the specific recommendations presented in the published guidelines appear without strength-of-recommendation descriptions or rankings of the levels of evidence supporting them.

The CDC approach to STI control involves 5 strategies (TABLE 1),1 which family physicians can implement as follows:

  • Elicit an accurate sexual history.
  • Discuss with patients and advise them on preventive interventions including barrier methods, microbicides, vaccines, and HIV pre-exposure prophylaxis.
  • Order recommended screening tests for specific STIs from all sites of potential infection.
  • Recognize the signs and symptoms of STIs and order recommended tests for confirmation.
  • Treat confirmed infections using current recommended medications.
  • Seek to advise, evaluate, and treat sex partners of those with documented STIs, and offer expedited partner therapy if allowed by state law.
  • Perform recommended follow-up services for treated individuals.

Table of 5 strategies to prevent and control STIs

Details on each of these strategies can be found in the new guidelines and are described for each specific pathogen and for specific demographic groups. Recommendations on screening for asymptomatic STIs can be found on the USPSTF website.4

The first step leading to targeted prevention strategies such as behavioral counseling, vaccination, and screening involves taking an accurate and complete sexual history. The CDC offers a 5-step process it calls the “5 Ps approach” to gathering needed information (TABLE 2).1

Table of ‘5 Ps approach’ for obtaining a sexual history

Major updates on the treatment of specific infections

Gonorrhea

The current recommendation for treating uncomplicated gonococcal infections of the cervix, urethra, pharynx, and rectum in adults and adolescents weighing < 150 kg is ceftriaxone 500 mg intramuscularly (IM) as a single dose; give 1 g for those weighing ≥ 150 kg.1 If co-infection with chlamydia has not been ruled out, co-treatment with doxycycline 100 mg po twice a day for 7 days is also recommended.1

This differs from the first-line treatment recommended in the previous guideline, which was dual therapy with ceftriaxone 250 mg IM and azithromycin 1 g po as a single dose, regardless of testing results for chlamydia.2 The higher dose for ceftriaxone now recommended is due to a gradual decrease in gonorrhea susceptibility to cephalosporins in recent years, although complete resistance remains rare. The move away from universal dual therapy reflects a concern about antibiotic stewardship and the potential effects of antibiotics on the microbiome. The elimination of azithromycin from recommended first-line therapies is due to a 10-fold increase in the proportion of bacterium isolates demonstrating reduced susceptibility, as measured by minimal inhibitory concentrations in the past few years.

Continue to: If ceftriaxone...

 

 

If ceftriaxone is unavailable, there are 2 alternative regimens: gentamicin 240 mg IM in a single dose, plus azithromycin 2 g po in a single dose; or cefixime 800 mg po in a single dose.1 However, these alternatives are not recommended for gonococcal infection of the pharynx, for which ceftriaxone should be used.

Counsel those treated for gonorrhea to avoid sexual activity for 7 days after treatment and until all sex partners have been treated. Because of the high rates of asymptomatic infections, tell patients to refer those with whom they have had sexual contact during the previous 60 days for evaluation, testing, and presumptive treatment.

Following treatment with the recommended dose of ceftriaxone, performing a test of cure is not recommended, with 1 exception: those with confirmed pharyngeal infection should be tested to confirm treatment success 7 to 14 days after being treated. However, all those treated for gonorrhea should be seen again in 3 months and retested to rule out reinfection, regardless of whether they think their sex partners have been adequately treated.

Chlamydia

The recommended first-line therapy for chlamydia is now doxycycline 100 mg twice a day for 7 days, which has proven to be superior to azithromycin (which was recommended as first-line therapy in 2015) for urogenital chlamydia in men and anal chlamydia in both men and women.1,2 Alternatives to doxycycline include azithromycin 1 g po as a single dose or levofloxacin 500 mg po once a day for 7 days.1 No test of cure is recommended; but as with gonorrhea, retesting at 3 months is recommended because of the risk for re-infection.

No test of cure is needed following gonococcal infection treated with a recommended dose of ceftriaxone, except in those with confirmed pharyngeal infection.

Instruct patients treated for chlamydia to avoid sexual intercourse for 7 days after therapy is initiated or until symptoms, if present, have resolved. To reduce the chances of reinfection, advise treated individuals to abstain from sexual intercourse until all of their sex partners have been treated.

Continue to: Sex partners...

 

 

Sex partners in the 60 days prior to the patient’s onset of symptoms or diagnosis should be advised to seek evaluation, testing, and presumptive treatment.

Trichomonas

The recommended first-line treatment for trichomonas now differs for men and women: metronidazole 2 g po as a single dose for men, and metronidazole 500 mg po twice a day for 7 days for women.1 Tinidazole 2 g po as a single dose is an alternative for both men and women. Previously, the single metronidazole dose was recommended for men and women,2 but there is now evidence that the 7-day course is markedly superior in achieving a cure in women.

No test of cure is recommended, but women should be retested at 3 months because of a high rate of re-infection. Current sex partners should be treated presumptively, and treated patients and their partners should avoid sex until all current sex partners have been treated. Consider expedited partner therapy if allowed by state law.

Bacterial vaginosis

First-line treatment recommendations for bacterial vaginosis (BV) have not changed: metronidazole 500 mg po twice a day for 7 days, or metronidazole gel 0.75% intravaginally daily for 5 days, or clindamycin cream 2% intravaginally at bedtime for 7 days. Advise women to avoid sexual activity or to use condoms for the duration of the treatment regimen.

A test of cure is not recommended if symptoms resolve, and no treatment or evaluation of sex partners is recommended. The guidelines describe several treatment options for women who have frequent, recurrent BV. To help prevent recurrences, they additionally suggest treating male partners with metronidazole 400 mg po twice a day and with 2% clindamycin cream applied to the penis twice a day, both for 7 days.

Continue to: Pelvic inflammatory disease

 

 

Pelvic inflammatory disease

Recommended regimens for treating pelvic inflammatory disease (PID) have changed (TABLES 3 and 4).1 Women with mild or moderate PID can be treated with intramuscular or oral regimens, as outcomes with these regimens are equivalent to those seen with intravenous treatments. The nonintravenous options all include 3 antibiotics: a cephalosporin, doxycycline, and metronidazole.

Table of recommended parenteral regimens for PID

To minimize disease transmission, instruct women to avoid sex until therapy is complete, their symptoms have resolved, and sex partners have been treated. Sex partners of those with PID in the 60 days prior to the onset of symptoms should be evaluated, tested, and presumptively treated for chlamydia and gonorrhea.

Table of recommended intramuscular or oral regimens for PID

Follow through on public health procedures

STIs are an important set of diseases from a public health perspective. Family physicians have the opportunity to assist with the prevention and control of these infections through screening, making accurate diagnoses, and applying recommended treatments. When you suspect that a patient has an STI, test for the most common ones: gonorrhea, chlamydia, HIV, and syphilis. Report all confirmed diagnoses to the local public health department and be prepared to refer patients’ sexual contacts to the local public health department or to provide contact evaluation and treatment.

Vaccines against STIs include hepatitis B vaccine, human papillomavirus vaccine, and hepatitis A vaccine. Offer these vaccines to all previously unvaccinated adolescents and young adults as per recommendations from the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices.5

References

1. Workowski KA, Bachmann LH, Chan PA, et al. Sexually transmitted infections treatment guidelines, 2021. MMWR Recomm Rep. 2021;70:1-187.

2. Workowski KA, Bolan GA. Sexually transmitted diseases treatment guidelines, 2015. MMWR Recomm Rep. 2015;64:1-137.

3. USPSTF. Methods and processes. Accessed November 17, 2021. https://uspreventiveservicestaskforce.org/uspstf/about-uspstf/methods-and-processes

4. USPSTF. Recommendations. Infectious diseases. Accessed November 17, 2021. https://uspreventiveservicestaskforce.org/uspstf/topic_search_results?topic_status=P&category%5B%5D=18&searchterm=

5. CDC. Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices. ­COVID-19 ACIP vaccine recommendations. Accessed October 18, 2021. www.cdc.gov/vaccines/hcp/acip-recs/vacc-specific/covid-19.html

References

1. Workowski KA, Bachmann LH, Chan PA, et al. Sexually transmitted infections treatment guidelines, 2021. MMWR Recomm Rep. 2021;70:1-187.

2. Workowski KA, Bolan GA. Sexually transmitted diseases treatment guidelines, 2015. MMWR Recomm Rep. 2015;64:1-137.

3. USPSTF. Methods and processes. Accessed November 17, 2021. https://uspreventiveservicestaskforce.org/uspstf/about-uspstf/methods-and-processes

4. USPSTF. Recommendations. Infectious diseases. Accessed November 17, 2021. https://uspreventiveservicestaskforce.org/uspstf/topic_search_results?topic_status=P&category%5B%5D=18&searchterm=

5. CDC. Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices. ­COVID-19 ACIP vaccine recommendations. Accessed October 18, 2021. www.cdc.gov/vaccines/hcp/acip-recs/vacc-specific/covid-19.html

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 70(10)
Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 70(10)
Page Number
506-509
Page Number
506-509
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
2021 CDC guidelines on sexually transmitted infections
Display Headline
2021 CDC guidelines on sexually transmitted infections
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article
Article PDF Media

Using biomarkers to quantify problematic alcohol use

Article Type
Changed
Wed, 12/08/2021 - 20:39
Display Headline
Using biomarkers to quantify problematic alcohol use

CASE A 34-year-old woman presents with fatigue. She appears defensive when asked about her alcohol use. She answers No to all questions on the CAGE (cut down, annoyed, guilty, eye-opener) screening tool, but acknowledges drinking excessively on rare occasions. Her physician has a high suspicion for alcohol use disorder (AUD) and recommends further testing. The patient agrees but denies having used alcohol over the past several days. Which of the following is most likely to help support the suspicion of a heavy drinking pattern?

  1. Routine lab tests (liver panel and complete blood count).
  2. Blood or urine alcohol level.
  3. Phosphatidylethanol (PEth) level in the blood.
  4. Ethyl glucuronide (EtG) in the urine.
  5. Carbohydrate-deficient transferrin (CDT) in the blood.

(See "Case answer.").

About 1 in 12 Americans have AUD,1 and 1 in 10 children live in a home with a parent who has a drinking problem.2 While the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5) succinctly defines AUD with specific criteria,1 the term generally refers to an inability to control or stop drinking despite adverse social or health consequences. AUD is regarded as > 4 drinks per day for men and > 3 drinks per day for women.3 A “standard drink” would be a 12-oz bottle of beer, a 5-oz glass of wine, or 1.5 oz of distilled spirits. Effects of chronic alcohol use are vast and include malnutrition, alcohol withdrawal syndrome, alcoholic liver disease, pancreatitis/pancreatic cancer, cardiomyopathy, and stroke.4-6 Alcohol use by a pregnant woman can lead to fetal alcohol syndrome in her child.7

AUD may be more prevalent in the wake of COVID-19. Primary care practitioners tend to miss a large fraction of patients with AUD in their practice, especially younger patients and those without somatic comorbidities.8 Systematic screening for AUD can identify many of these people.8 Particularly as the COVID-19 pandemic continues to unfold and increases stress for everyone, risk of worsening drinking increases both in individuals with current AUD and for those in remission.9 Contrary to common belief, patients visiting primary care favor screening for at-risk drinking.10 Thus, awareness of the prevalence of AUD and patient acceptance of screening should encourage wider testing.

Screening tools. The 2014 guidelines published by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention recommend using quick screening tools—ie, single question or ­AUDIT 1-3 (TABLE 111-18)—as an objective means of determining whether patients’ drinking creates a risk for themselves or others.11 Excessive drinking identified using alcohol questionnaires can help reduce medical complications and health care costs.19 The questionnaires we review do not provide a diagnosis but help identify individuals who might benefit from more thorough assessment.20 Following up, as needed, by testing for alcohol biomarkers can provide quantitative insight into problematic alcohol use.2

Table of screening tools for alcohol use disorder

Primary care practitioners tend to miss a large fraction of patients with alcohol use disorder in their practice. Systematic screening for AUD can identify many of these patients.

But before we discuss the utility of biomarkers, it’s important to quickly review how alcohol is eliminated from the body.

Alcohol elimination

The stomach and small intestine are the primary sites for alcohol absorption. Alcohol elimination from the body occurs through 3 pathways. The first involves oxidative metabolism, which eliminates most ethanol (95%) through the actions of alcohol dehydrogenase, cytochrome P4502E1, or catalase. A lesser amount of alcohol (2%-5%) is eliminated, unchanged, via the second pathway, which includes urine, sweat, and breath. Nonoxidative metabolism makes up the third pathway. Nonoxidative metabolism removes a very small amount (0.1%) of alcohol and involves the direct ethanol biomarkers PEth, EtG, ethyl sulfate (EtS), and fatty acid ethyl esters (FAEEs).21 Our emphasis in this article is on assays of direct metabolites of alcohol—particularly PEth.

Continue to: To understand the utility...

 

 

To understand the utility of these direct biomarkers, it is helpful to look at the indirect biomarkers first.

Indirect biomarkers have limited sensitivity and specificity

When alcohol is consumed in large enough quantities over time, indirect biomarkers of alcohol can become abnormal.22 The major indirect biomarkers are the liver enzymes aspartate and alanine aminotransferase (AST and ALT), gamma-glutamyl transferase (GGT), mean corpuscular volume (MCV) of red blood cells, and carbohydrate-deficient transferrin (CDT). Indirect biomarkers have limited sensitivity and specificity for AUD. (For specifics on sensitivity and specificity of indirect and direct biomarkers, see TABLE 2.23-31)

Table of Indirect and direct alcohol biomarkers

Liver enzymes. AST and ALT are also present in the heart, muscle, and kidneys. Elevated levels usually imply injury to hepatocytes, with ALT being more reflective of liver involvement than AST. Both AST and ALT are elevated in other common liver conditions including hepatitis C virus infection and fatty liver disease. In alcoholic liver disease (ALD), AST is elevated more than ALT; an AST-to-ALT ratio > 3 suggests ALD. An elevated GGT often indicates hepatic injury and is used to confirm that elevated alkaline phosphatase is of hepatic origin.32

MCV is the average volume of erythrocytes,33 and an elevated MCV is a potential indicator of excessive alcohol intake. Macrocytosis requires sustained alcohol use, and the test has low sensitivity. Other diseases such as vitamin B12 or folic acid deficiency, hypothyroidism, hematologic diseases (eg, cold agglutinin disease, multiple myeloma, amyloidosis), and certain medications can also increase MCV.34 Moreover, MCV responds slowly to alcohol use, abstinence, and relapse because red cells have a life span of 120 days.35

CDT. Transferrin is a glycoprotein produced in the liver. The level of transferrin with sialic acid chains increases with alcohol consumption as well as in the carbohydrate deficient glycoprotein syndrome, leading to so-called carbohydrate deficient transferrin.36 It is a sensitive marker for detecting alcohol relapse and monitoring sobriety. Moderate-to-heavy alcohol use, averaging ≥ 40 g of alcohol per day for 2 weeks,36 can decrease the amount of carbohydrate attached to transferrin. Two weeks after complete alcohol cessation, CDT levels will return to normal.37

Continue to: CDT is approved...

 

 

CDT is approved by the FDA as an assay for alcohol consumption.37 While CDT is felt to be one of the better indirect markers of AUD and can extend the window of detection, there are still issues with its sensitivity and specificity.38 This biomarker can be elevated with other liver diseases and can be affected by the patient’s age, body mass index, gender, and tobacco use.39,40 Testing for CDT has never achieved widespread clinical use and has been largely supplanted by the more accurate PEth test (described in a bit).

Direct biomarkers offer insight into recent alcohol use

Other than ethanol itself, direct biomarkers of alcohol use are minor ethanol metabolites created through biochemical reactions when ethanol is coupled to endogenous compounds. Hence, the presence of these metabolites is usually directly related to ethanol consumption.41 Direct alcohol biomarkers are EtG, EtS, FAEEs, and PEth (TABLE 223-31). They reflect alcohol consumption over a period of several days, making them useful when paired with questionnaire data, especially for identifying young adults who engage in binge drinking.42

Ethanol can be measured in blood, urine, and breath and is detectable a bit longer in urine than in blood. However, alcohol is detectable in the blood only for 6 to 12 hours after drinking. After alcohol consumption, concentrations peak in the blood within 2 hours. The window for detecting ethanol in the blood depends on the amount of alcohol consumed and the elimination rate of alcohol, which is about 12 mg/dL/h (or 0.012%)—approximately the same amount of alcohol contained in a standard drink (14 g).

EtG can be detected in urine for ≥ 24 hours after just 1 or 2 drinks, and for up to 4 days after heavy consumption.

Checking the blood alcohol level might be helpful in the office if a patient appears intoxicated but denies alcohol use. A blood alcohol level > 300 mg/dL, or > 150 mg/dL without gross evidence of intoxication, or > 100 mg/dL upon routine examination indicates AUD with a high degree of reliability.33,43 But the short half-life of ethanol in blood limits its use as a biomarker,33 and it is not a good indicator of chronic drinking.44

EtG and EtS. Less than 0.1% of ethanol is secreted as the metabolites EtG and EtS, which are generated, respectively, by the enzymes uridine diphosphate glucuronosyltransferase and sulfotransferase.45 They have value in the diagnosis of AUD because of the length of time in which they can be detected. Urinary EtG and EtS have been especially important biomarkers for monitoring relapse in outpatients treated for alcohol-­related problems.46 Generally, EtG and EtS can be detected in urine for 13 to 20 hours after a single drink (0.1 g/kg), and for up to 4 to 5 days following ingestion of large amounts of alcohol.47

Continue to: EtG has been detectable...

 

 

EtG has been detectable in urine for ≥ 24 hours following only 1 or 2 drinks, and for up to 4 days following heavy consumption.48 Shortly after alcohol intake, even in small amounts, EtG is detectable. Analysis of EtG in urine is helpful in monitoring alcohol consumption during withdrawal treatment, for workplace testing, and to check for abstinence in legal matters. The EtG urine test is useful in detecting alcohol consumption in a person who claims to be abstinent but who drank 2 or 3 days before the evaluation. Although accurate, EtG’s window for detection is narrower than that of the PEth assay.

EtS is a good marker of acute short-term alcohol use, up to 12 hours in the blood (or longer in heavier drinkers) and up to 5 days in urine.49 Its sensitivity is highest in heavy drinkers. Post-sampling formation and degradation of EtS have not been known to occur in urine samples. Testing for this second metabolite of ethanol can slightly improve the sensitivity and specificity of the EtG test. A urine test for EtS has a wider detection window. But it has little practical advantage compared with EtG.50

For better clinical specificity, a combination of both EtG and EtS testing has been recommended. However, the EtS assay is more cumbersome and provides little advantage over EtG. EtG values do not correlate precisely with the amount or frequency of ethanol use, but the magnitude of the EtG finding roughly corresponds to the amount of alcohol recently consumed.

False-positive and false-negative results for EtG and EtS are uncommon in practice. However, false-positive results are possible with the EtG test in certain circumstances: presence of Escherichia coli in the specimen, use of ethanol-based hand sanitizers (> 20 times a day) or mouthwashes, and the consumption of substances like pralines, nonalcoholic beer, pharmaceutical products, and fruit juice. Similarly, false-negative results of EtG can occur from degradation if the samples are contaminated with other bacteria, transported without cooling, or stored improperly.51 In practice, this is uncommon, and the test is believed to be specific with few false-positive results. Commercially available EtG colorimetric test strips permit on-site analysis of urine samples.

FAEEs are a combination of different esters and products of alcohol metabolism through a nonoxidative pathway. They are formed by esterification of endogenous free fatty acids and ethanol in blood and several tissues.29 These are sensitive and specific markers of alcohol ingestion and can differentiate chronic alcohol consumption from binge drinking.29 It is elevated for up to 99 hours in heavy alcohol drinkers.30 It can be detected in hair for a longer period than in blood.52 Detection of FAEEs in meconium can help establish fetal alcohol exposure.53

Continue to: PEth

 

 

PEth. Use of the PEth assay has increased in recent years and its accuracy has had a transformative effect on the diagnosis of AUD.54 PEth is a phospholipid found in erythrocyte membranes, formed by an interaction between ethanol and phosphatidylcholine, catalyzed by phospholipase D.55,56 Major advantages of PEth include an unusually long half-life and specificity. Red cells lack enzymes to degrade PEth, therefore PEth accumulates in red cells and has a half-life of 4 to 10 days57,58 allowing for detection of significant ethanol consumption extending back 3 to 4 weeks.59 There is no evidence that PEth is formed in the absence of ethanol, making the test essentially 100% specific, particularly at higher cutoff values of ≥ 150 ng/mL.31,60

PEth is known to be formed only in the presence of ethanol, making the test virtually 100% specific.

PEth levels are not affected by age, gender, or underlying liver or renal disease.61 PEth can differentiate between heavy alcohol use and social drinking and can therefore identify chronic excessive use.62 With chronic excessive alcohol consumption, PEth is detectable in blood up to 28 days after sobriety.63 A correlation exists between PEth concentrations in blood and the amount of consumed ethanol. PEth has increased specificity and sensitivity for the detection of latent ethanol use compared with other direct biomarkers.21 It can identify recent heavy drinking earlier than indirect biomarkers, as it does not rely on hepatic injury.

Using a cutoff level of 20 ng/mL, PEth assays have a sensitivity of 73% for any alcohol use in the past month; at 80 ng/mL, the sensitivity is 91% for > 4 drinks/d.61 PEth is considered semi-quantitative. The World Health Organization defines acceptable social alcohol use at a PEth value < 40 ng/dL for men and < 20 ng/dL for women. Chronic excessive use is defined by a level > 60 ng/dL.55 The cutoff levels tend to be arbitrary and vary with different guidelines.

PEth may be a useful marker in difficult-toassess settings, or in confirming or invalidating self-reported alcohol consumption.

Although false-positive PEth test results may be possible, most experts believe that dishonesty in self-reporting by test subjects is more likely. That said, the true specificity of PEth remains unknown; a lower value detected should not be regarded as absolute proof of relapse or chronic alcoholism.

Studies have shown a positive correlation between the AUDIT-C score and PEth values combined with self-reported alcohol consumption, indicating that PEth may be a useful marker in difficult-to-assess settings, or in confirming or invalidating self-reported alcohol consumption.61,64,65 The PEth test is now widely available and, in the authors’ experience, usually costs $100 to $200. Analysis typically costs $40 to $100,66 and costs could decrease as the test becomes more widely used. Turnaround time for PEth is 5 to 10 days. It is now the recommended assay by transplant hepatologists for detecting alcohol use.67TABLE 322,68 explains the currently accepted ranges for various PEth results.

Table of PEth values and their significance

Continue to: CASE ANSWER

 

 

CASE ANSWER While every test mentioned can aid in detecting alcohol consumption, the PEth assay in this scenario would be the most clinically useful.

CORRESPONDENCE
Frederick Nunes, MD, Pennsylvania Hospital of University of Pennsylvania, 230 West Washington Square, 4th Floor, Philadelphia, PA 19104; [email protected]

References

1. APA. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders. 5th edition. American Psychiatric Publishing. 2013:490-497.

2. Fleming MF, Smith MJ, Oslakovic E, et al. Phosphatidylethanol detects moderate-to-heavy alcohol use in liver transplant recipients. Alcohol Clin Exp Res. 2017;41:857-862.

3. National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism. Drinking levels defined. Accessed November 12, 2021. www.niaaa.nih.gov/alcohol-health/overview-alcohol-consumption/moderate-binge-drinking

4. Herreros-Villanueva M, Hijona E, Bañales JM, et al. Alcohol consumption on pancreatic diseases. World J Gastroenterol. 2013;19:638-647.

5. Rocco A, Compare D, Angrisani D, et al. Alcoholic disease: liver and beyond. World J Gastroenterol. 2014;20:14652-14659.

6. Gardner JD, Mouton AJ. Alcohol effects on cardiac function. Compr Physiol. 2015;5:791-802.

7. Sebastiani G, Borrás-Novell C, Casanova MA, et al. The effects of alcohol and drugs of abuse on maternal nutritional profile during pregnancy. Nutrients. 2018;10:1008.

8. Rehm J, Anderson P, Manthey J, et al. Alcohol use disorders in primary health care: what do we know and where do we go? Alcohol Alcohol. 2016;51:422-427. doi: 10.1093/alcalc/agv127

9. ASAM. Caring for patients during the COVID-19 pandemic. Accessed November 12, 2021. www.asam.org/docs/default-source/covid-19/acute-care_062620.pdf?sfvrsn=e66d54c2_10

10. Miller PM, Thomas SE, Mallin R. Patient attitudes towards self-report and biomarker alcohol screening by primary care physicians. Alcohol Alcohol. 2006;41:306-310. doi: 10.1093/alcalc/agl022

11. Zoorob R, Snell H, Kihlberg C, et al. Screening and brief intervention for risky alcohol use. Curr Probl Pediatr Adolesc Health Care. 2014;44:82-87.

12. Smith PC, Schmidt SM, Allensworth-Davies D, et al. Primary care validation of a single-question alcohol screening test. J Gen Intern Med. 2009;24:783-788.

13. Ewing JA. Detecting alcoholism. The CAGE questionnaire. JAMA. 1984;252:1905-1907.

14. Sokol RJ, Martier SS, Ager JW. The T-ACE questions: practical prenatal detection of risk-drinking. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 1989;160:863-868.

15. Cherpitel CJ. A brief screening instrument for problem drinking in the emergency room: the RAPS4. Rapid Alcohol Problems Screen. J Stud Alcohol. 2000;61:447-449.

16. WHO. AUDIT: The alcohol use identification test. Accessed November 14, 2021. http://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/67205/WHO_MSD_MSB_01.6a.pdf?sequence=1

17. Westermeyer J, Yargic I, Thuras P. Michigan assessment-screening test for alcohol and drugs (MAST/AD): evaluation in a clinical sample. Am J Addict. 2004;13:151-162.

18. Powers JS, Spickard A. Michigan Alcoholism Screening Test to diagnose early alcoholism in a general practice. South Med J. 1984;77:852-856.

19. NIH. Treatment for alcohol problems: finding and getting help. Accessed November 12, 2021. www.niaaa.nih.gov/publications/brochures-and-fact-sheets/treatment-alcohol-problems-finding-and-getting-help

20. Kitchens JM. Does this patient have an alcohol problem? JAMA. 1994;272:1782-1787.

21. Kummer N, Lambert WE, Samyn N, et al. Alternative sampling strategies for the assessment of alcohol intake of living persons. Clin Biochem. 2016;49:1078-1091.

22. Ulwelling W, Smith K. The PEth blood test in the security environment: what it is; why it is important; and interpretative guidelines. J Forensic Sci. 2018;63:1634-1640.

23. Mundle G, Ackermann K, Munkes J, et al. Influence of age, alcohol consumption and abstinence on the sensitivity of carbohydrate‐deficient transferrin, gamma‐glutamyltransferase and mean corpuscular volume. Alcohol Alcohol. 1999;34:760-766.

24. Neumann T, Spies C. Use of biomarkers for alcohol use disorders in clinical practice. Addiction. 2003;98(suppl 2):81-91.

25. Torruellas C, French SW, Medici V. Diagnosis of alcoholic liver disease. World J Gastroenterol. 2014;20:11684-11699.

26. Helander A. Biological markers of alcohol use and abuse in theory and practice. In: Agarwal DP, Seitz HK, eds. Alcohol in Health and Disease. Marcel Dekker. 2001:177-205.

27. Stewart SH, Koch DG, Burgess DM, et al. Sensitivity and specificity of urinary ethyl glucuronide and ethyl sulfate in liver disease patients. Alcohol Clin Exp Res. 2013;37:150-155.

28. Helander A, Dahl H. Urinary tract infection: a risk factor for false-negative urinary ethyl glucuronide but not ethyl sulfate in the detection of recent alcohol consumption. Clin Chem. 2005;51:1728-1730.

29. Ghosh S, Jain R, Jhanjee S, et al. Alcohol biomarkers and their relevance in detection of alcohol consumption in clinical settings. Accessed November 12, 2021. https://www.clinmedjournals.org/articles/iasar/international-archives-of-substance-abuse-and-rehabilitation-iasar-1-002.php?jid=iasar

30. Borucki K, Dierkes J, Wartberg J, et al. In heavy drinkers, fatty acid ethyl esters remain elevated for up to 99 hours. Alcohol Clin Exp Res. 2007;31:423-427.

31. Hartmann S, Aradottir S, Graf M, et al. Phosphatidylethanol as a sensitive and specific biomarker: comparison with gamma-glutamyl transpeptidase, mean corpuscular volume and carbohydrate-deficient transferrin. Addict Biol. 2007;12:81-84.

32. Choe YM, Lee BC, Choi IG, et al. Combination of the CAGE and serum gamma-glutamyl transferase: an effective screening tool for alcohol use disorder and alcohol dependence. Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat. 2019 31;15:1507-1515.

33. Niemelä O. Biomarkers in alcoholism. Clin Chim Acta. 2007;377:39-49.

34. Kauffmann T, Evans DS. Macrocytosis. Accessed November 12, 2021. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK560908/

35. Maenhout TM, De Buyzere ML, Delanghe JR. Non-oxidative ethanol metabolites as a measure of alcohol intake. Clin Chim Acta. 2013;415:322-329.

36. Solomons HD. Carbohydrate deficient transferrin and alcoholism. Germs. 2012;2:75-78.

37. Allen JP, Wurst FM, Thon N, et al. Assessing the drinking status of liver transplant patients with alcoholic liver disease. Liver Transpl. 2013;19:369-376.

38. Bortolotti F, De Paoli G, Tagliaro F. Carbohydrate-deficient transferrin (CDT) as a marker of alcohol abuse: a critical review of the literature 2001-2005. J Chromatogr B Analyt Technol Biomed Life Sci. 2006;841:96-109.

39. Hannuksela ML, Liisanantti MK, Nissinen AE, et al. Biochemical markers of alcoholism. Clin Chem Lab Med. 2007;45:953-961.

40. Arndt T. Carbohydrate-deficient transferrin as a marker of chronic alcohol abuse: a critical review of preanalysis, analysis, and interpretation. Clin Chem. 2001;47:13-27.

41. Cabarcos P, Hassan HM, Tabernero MJ, et al. Analysis of ethyl glucuronide in hair samples by liquid chromatography-electrospray ionization-tandem mass spectrometry (LC-ESI-MS/MS). J Appl Toxicol. 2013;33:638-643.

42. Piano MR, Mazzuco A, Kang M, et al. Binge drinking episodes in young adults: how should we measure them in a research setting? J Stud Alcohol Drugs. 2017;78:502-511.

43. Adinoff B, Bone GH, Linnoila M. Acute ethanol poisoning and the ethanol withdrawal syndrome. Med Toxicol Adverse Drug Exp. 1988;3:172-196.

44. Cabezas J, Lucey MR, Bataller R. Biomarkers for monitoring alcohol use. Clin Liver Dis (Hoboken). 2016;8:59-63.

45. Wurst FM, Alling C, Aradottir S, et al. Emerging biomarkers: new directions and clinical applications. Alcohol Clin Exp Res. 2005;29:465-473.

46. Helander A, Péter O, Zheng Y. Monitoring of the alcohol biomarkers PEth, CDT and EtG/EtS in an outpatient treatment setting. Alcohol Alcohol. 2012;47:552-557.

47. Helander A, Böttcher M, Fehr C, et al. Detection times for urinary ethyl glucuronide and ethyl sulfate in heavy drinkers during alcohol detoxification. Alcohol Alcohol. 2009;44:55-61.

48. Jatlow P, O’Malley SS. Clinical (nonforensic) application of ethyl glucuronide measurement: are we ready? Alcohol Clin Exp Res. 2010;34:968-975.

49. Jatlow PI, Agro A, Wu R, et al. Ethyl glucuronide and ethyl sulfate assays in clinical trials, interpretation, and limitations: results of a dose ranging alcohol challenge study and 2 clinical trials. Alcohol Clin Exp Res. 2014;38:2056-2065.

50. Gonzalo P, Radenne S, Gonzalo S. Biomarkers of chronic alcohol misuse. Curr Biomark Find. 2014;4:9-22.

51. Bornhorst JA, Mbughuni MM. Alcohol biomarkers: clinical issues and analytical methods. In: Critical Issues in Alcohol and Drugs of Abuse Testing. 2nd ed. Academic Press. 2019:25-42.

52. Soderberg BL, Salem RO, Best CA, et al. Fatty acid ethyl esters. Ethanol metabolites that reflect ethanol intake. Am J Clin Pathol. 2003;119(suppl):S94-S99.

53. Cheng CT, Ostrea EM Jr, Alviedo JN, et al. Fatty acid ethyl esters in meconium: a biomarker of fetal alcohol exposure and effect. Exp Biol Med (Maywood). 2021;246:380-386.

54. Andresen-Streichert H, Beres Y, Weinmann W, et al. Improved detection of alcohol consumption using the novel marker phosphatidylethanol in the transplant setting: results of a prospective study. Transpl Int. 2017;30:611-620.

55. Viel G, Boscolo-Berto R, Cecchetto G, et al. Phosphatidylethanol in blood as a marker of chronic alcohol use: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Int J Mol Sci. 2012;13:14788-14812.

56. Gnann H, Weinmann W, Thierauf A. Formation of phosphatidylethanol and its subsequent elimination during an extensive drinking experiment over 5 days. Alcohol Clin Exp Res. 2012;36:1507-1511.

57. Aradóttir S, Moller K, Alling C. Phosphatidylethanol formation and degradation in human and rat blood. Alcohol Alcohol. 2004;39:8-13.

58. Varga A, Alling C. Formation of phosphatidylethanol in vitro in red blood cells from healthy volunteers and chronic alcoholics. J Lab Clin Med. 2002;140:79-83.

59. Javors MA, Hill-Kapturczak N, Roache JD, et al. Characterization of the pharmacokinetics of phosphatidylethanol 16:0/18:1 and 16:0/18:2 in human whole blood after alcohol consumption in a clinical laboratory study. Alcohol Clin Exp Res. 2016;40:1228-1234.

60. Schröck A, Pfäffli M, König S, et al. Application of phosphatidylethanol (PEth) in whole blood in comparison to ethyl glucuronide in hair (hEtG) in driving aptitude assessment (DAA). Int J Legal Med. 2016;130:1527-1533.

61. Stewart SH, Koch DG, Willner IR, et al. Validation of blood phosphatidylethanol as an alcohol consumption biomarker in patients with chronic liver disease. Alcohol Clin Exp Res. 2014;38:1706-1711.

62. Nanau RM, Neuman MG. Biomolecules and biomarkers used in diagnosis of alcohol drinking and in monitoring therapeutic interventions. Biomolecules. 2015 29;5:1339-1385.

63. Hill-Kapturczak N, Dougherty DM, Roache JD, et al. Phosphatidylethanol homologs in blood as biomarkers for the time frame and amount of recent alcohol consumption. In: Preedy VR (ed) Neuroscience of Alcohol. Academic Press; 2019:567-576.

64. Jain J, Evans JL, Briceño A, et al. Comparison of phosphatidylethanol results to self-reported alcohol consumption among young injection drug users. Alcohol Alcohol. 2014;49:520-524.

65. Schröck A, Wurst FM, Thon N, et al. Assessing phosphatidylethanol (PEth) levels reflecting different drinking habits in comparison to the alcohol use disorders identification test - C (AUDIT-C). Drug Alcohol Depend. 2017;178:80-86.

66. McDonnell MG, Skalisky J, Leickly E, et al. Pilot investigation of a phosphatidylethanol-based contingency management intervention targeting alcohol use. Psychol Addict Behav. 2017;31:608-613.

67. Asrani SK, Trotter J, Lake J, et al. Meeting Report: The Dallas Consensus Conference on Liver Transplantation for Alcohol Associated Hepatitis. Liver Transpl. 2020;26:127-140.

68. WHO. International Guide for Monitoring Alcohol Consumption and Harm. 2000. Accessed November 12, 2021. http://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/66529/WHO_MSD_MSB_00.4.pdf?sequence=1

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Pennsylvania Hospital of University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia (Drs. Chaudhari and Nunes); Henry Ford Hospital, Detroit, MI (Dr. Moonka)
[email protected]

The authors reported no potential conflict of interest relevant to this article.

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 70(10)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
474-481
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Pennsylvania Hospital of University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia (Drs. Chaudhari and Nunes); Henry Ford Hospital, Detroit, MI (Dr. Moonka)
[email protected]

The authors reported no potential conflict of interest relevant to this article.

Author and Disclosure Information

Pennsylvania Hospital of University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia (Drs. Chaudhari and Nunes); Henry Ford Hospital, Detroit, MI (Dr. Moonka)
[email protected]

The authors reported no potential conflict of interest relevant to this article.

Article PDF
Article PDF

CASE A 34-year-old woman presents with fatigue. She appears defensive when asked about her alcohol use. She answers No to all questions on the CAGE (cut down, annoyed, guilty, eye-opener) screening tool, but acknowledges drinking excessively on rare occasions. Her physician has a high suspicion for alcohol use disorder (AUD) and recommends further testing. The patient agrees but denies having used alcohol over the past several days. Which of the following is most likely to help support the suspicion of a heavy drinking pattern?

  1. Routine lab tests (liver panel and complete blood count).
  2. Blood or urine alcohol level.
  3. Phosphatidylethanol (PEth) level in the blood.
  4. Ethyl glucuronide (EtG) in the urine.
  5. Carbohydrate-deficient transferrin (CDT) in the blood.

(See "Case answer.").

About 1 in 12 Americans have AUD,1 and 1 in 10 children live in a home with a parent who has a drinking problem.2 While the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5) succinctly defines AUD with specific criteria,1 the term generally refers to an inability to control or stop drinking despite adverse social or health consequences. AUD is regarded as > 4 drinks per day for men and > 3 drinks per day for women.3 A “standard drink” would be a 12-oz bottle of beer, a 5-oz glass of wine, or 1.5 oz of distilled spirits. Effects of chronic alcohol use are vast and include malnutrition, alcohol withdrawal syndrome, alcoholic liver disease, pancreatitis/pancreatic cancer, cardiomyopathy, and stroke.4-6 Alcohol use by a pregnant woman can lead to fetal alcohol syndrome in her child.7

AUD may be more prevalent in the wake of COVID-19. Primary care practitioners tend to miss a large fraction of patients with AUD in their practice, especially younger patients and those without somatic comorbidities.8 Systematic screening for AUD can identify many of these people.8 Particularly as the COVID-19 pandemic continues to unfold and increases stress for everyone, risk of worsening drinking increases both in individuals with current AUD and for those in remission.9 Contrary to common belief, patients visiting primary care favor screening for at-risk drinking.10 Thus, awareness of the prevalence of AUD and patient acceptance of screening should encourage wider testing.

Screening tools. The 2014 guidelines published by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention recommend using quick screening tools—ie, single question or ­AUDIT 1-3 (TABLE 111-18)—as an objective means of determining whether patients’ drinking creates a risk for themselves or others.11 Excessive drinking identified using alcohol questionnaires can help reduce medical complications and health care costs.19 The questionnaires we review do not provide a diagnosis but help identify individuals who might benefit from more thorough assessment.20 Following up, as needed, by testing for alcohol biomarkers can provide quantitative insight into problematic alcohol use.2

Table of screening tools for alcohol use disorder

Primary care practitioners tend to miss a large fraction of patients with alcohol use disorder in their practice. Systematic screening for AUD can identify many of these patients.

But before we discuss the utility of biomarkers, it’s important to quickly review how alcohol is eliminated from the body.

Alcohol elimination

The stomach and small intestine are the primary sites for alcohol absorption. Alcohol elimination from the body occurs through 3 pathways. The first involves oxidative metabolism, which eliminates most ethanol (95%) through the actions of alcohol dehydrogenase, cytochrome P4502E1, or catalase. A lesser amount of alcohol (2%-5%) is eliminated, unchanged, via the second pathway, which includes urine, sweat, and breath. Nonoxidative metabolism makes up the third pathway. Nonoxidative metabolism removes a very small amount (0.1%) of alcohol and involves the direct ethanol biomarkers PEth, EtG, ethyl sulfate (EtS), and fatty acid ethyl esters (FAEEs).21 Our emphasis in this article is on assays of direct metabolites of alcohol—particularly PEth.

Continue to: To understand the utility...

 

 

To understand the utility of these direct biomarkers, it is helpful to look at the indirect biomarkers first.

Indirect biomarkers have limited sensitivity and specificity

When alcohol is consumed in large enough quantities over time, indirect biomarkers of alcohol can become abnormal.22 The major indirect biomarkers are the liver enzymes aspartate and alanine aminotransferase (AST and ALT), gamma-glutamyl transferase (GGT), mean corpuscular volume (MCV) of red blood cells, and carbohydrate-deficient transferrin (CDT). Indirect biomarkers have limited sensitivity and specificity for AUD. (For specifics on sensitivity and specificity of indirect and direct biomarkers, see TABLE 2.23-31)

Table of Indirect and direct alcohol biomarkers

Liver enzymes. AST and ALT are also present in the heart, muscle, and kidneys. Elevated levels usually imply injury to hepatocytes, with ALT being more reflective of liver involvement than AST. Both AST and ALT are elevated in other common liver conditions including hepatitis C virus infection and fatty liver disease. In alcoholic liver disease (ALD), AST is elevated more than ALT; an AST-to-ALT ratio > 3 suggests ALD. An elevated GGT often indicates hepatic injury and is used to confirm that elevated alkaline phosphatase is of hepatic origin.32

MCV is the average volume of erythrocytes,33 and an elevated MCV is a potential indicator of excessive alcohol intake. Macrocytosis requires sustained alcohol use, and the test has low sensitivity. Other diseases such as vitamin B12 or folic acid deficiency, hypothyroidism, hematologic diseases (eg, cold agglutinin disease, multiple myeloma, amyloidosis), and certain medications can also increase MCV.34 Moreover, MCV responds slowly to alcohol use, abstinence, and relapse because red cells have a life span of 120 days.35

CDT. Transferrin is a glycoprotein produced in the liver. The level of transferrin with sialic acid chains increases with alcohol consumption as well as in the carbohydrate deficient glycoprotein syndrome, leading to so-called carbohydrate deficient transferrin.36 It is a sensitive marker for detecting alcohol relapse and monitoring sobriety. Moderate-to-heavy alcohol use, averaging ≥ 40 g of alcohol per day for 2 weeks,36 can decrease the amount of carbohydrate attached to transferrin. Two weeks after complete alcohol cessation, CDT levels will return to normal.37

Continue to: CDT is approved...

 

 

CDT is approved by the FDA as an assay for alcohol consumption.37 While CDT is felt to be one of the better indirect markers of AUD and can extend the window of detection, there are still issues with its sensitivity and specificity.38 This biomarker can be elevated with other liver diseases and can be affected by the patient’s age, body mass index, gender, and tobacco use.39,40 Testing for CDT has never achieved widespread clinical use and has been largely supplanted by the more accurate PEth test (described in a bit).

Direct biomarkers offer insight into recent alcohol use

Other than ethanol itself, direct biomarkers of alcohol use are minor ethanol metabolites created through biochemical reactions when ethanol is coupled to endogenous compounds. Hence, the presence of these metabolites is usually directly related to ethanol consumption.41 Direct alcohol biomarkers are EtG, EtS, FAEEs, and PEth (TABLE 223-31). They reflect alcohol consumption over a period of several days, making them useful when paired with questionnaire data, especially for identifying young adults who engage in binge drinking.42

Ethanol can be measured in blood, urine, and breath and is detectable a bit longer in urine than in blood. However, alcohol is detectable in the blood only for 6 to 12 hours after drinking. After alcohol consumption, concentrations peak in the blood within 2 hours. The window for detecting ethanol in the blood depends on the amount of alcohol consumed and the elimination rate of alcohol, which is about 12 mg/dL/h (or 0.012%)—approximately the same amount of alcohol contained in a standard drink (14 g).

EtG can be detected in urine for ≥ 24 hours after just 1 or 2 drinks, and for up to 4 days after heavy consumption.

Checking the blood alcohol level might be helpful in the office if a patient appears intoxicated but denies alcohol use. A blood alcohol level > 300 mg/dL, or > 150 mg/dL without gross evidence of intoxication, or > 100 mg/dL upon routine examination indicates AUD with a high degree of reliability.33,43 But the short half-life of ethanol in blood limits its use as a biomarker,33 and it is not a good indicator of chronic drinking.44

EtG and EtS. Less than 0.1% of ethanol is secreted as the metabolites EtG and EtS, which are generated, respectively, by the enzymes uridine diphosphate glucuronosyltransferase and sulfotransferase.45 They have value in the diagnosis of AUD because of the length of time in which they can be detected. Urinary EtG and EtS have been especially important biomarkers for monitoring relapse in outpatients treated for alcohol-­related problems.46 Generally, EtG and EtS can be detected in urine for 13 to 20 hours after a single drink (0.1 g/kg), and for up to 4 to 5 days following ingestion of large amounts of alcohol.47

Continue to: EtG has been detectable...

 

 

EtG has been detectable in urine for ≥ 24 hours following only 1 or 2 drinks, and for up to 4 days following heavy consumption.48 Shortly after alcohol intake, even in small amounts, EtG is detectable. Analysis of EtG in urine is helpful in monitoring alcohol consumption during withdrawal treatment, for workplace testing, and to check for abstinence in legal matters. The EtG urine test is useful in detecting alcohol consumption in a person who claims to be abstinent but who drank 2 or 3 days before the evaluation. Although accurate, EtG’s window for detection is narrower than that of the PEth assay.

EtS is a good marker of acute short-term alcohol use, up to 12 hours in the blood (or longer in heavier drinkers) and up to 5 days in urine.49 Its sensitivity is highest in heavy drinkers. Post-sampling formation and degradation of EtS have not been known to occur in urine samples. Testing for this second metabolite of ethanol can slightly improve the sensitivity and specificity of the EtG test. A urine test for EtS has a wider detection window. But it has little practical advantage compared with EtG.50

For better clinical specificity, a combination of both EtG and EtS testing has been recommended. However, the EtS assay is more cumbersome and provides little advantage over EtG. EtG values do not correlate precisely with the amount or frequency of ethanol use, but the magnitude of the EtG finding roughly corresponds to the amount of alcohol recently consumed.

False-positive and false-negative results for EtG and EtS are uncommon in practice. However, false-positive results are possible with the EtG test in certain circumstances: presence of Escherichia coli in the specimen, use of ethanol-based hand sanitizers (> 20 times a day) or mouthwashes, and the consumption of substances like pralines, nonalcoholic beer, pharmaceutical products, and fruit juice. Similarly, false-negative results of EtG can occur from degradation if the samples are contaminated with other bacteria, transported without cooling, or stored improperly.51 In practice, this is uncommon, and the test is believed to be specific with few false-positive results. Commercially available EtG colorimetric test strips permit on-site analysis of urine samples.

FAEEs are a combination of different esters and products of alcohol metabolism through a nonoxidative pathway. They are formed by esterification of endogenous free fatty acids and ethanol in blood and several tissues.29 These are sensitive and specific markers of alcohol ingestion and can differentiate chronic alcohol consumption from binge drinking.29 It is elevated for up to 99 hours in heavy alcohol drinkers.30 It can be detected in hair for a longer period than in blood.52 Detection of FAEEs in meconium can help establish fetal alcohol exposure.53

Continue to: PEth

 

 

PEth. Use of the PEth assay has increased in recent years and its accuracy has had a transformative effect on the diagnosis of AUD.54 PEth is a phospholipid found in erythrocyte membranes, formed by an interaction between ethanol and phosphatidylcholine, catalyzed by phospholipase D.55,56 Major advantages of PEth include an unusually long half-life and specificity. Red cells lack enzymes to degrade PEth, therefore PEth accumulates in red cells and has a half-life of 4 to 10 days57,58 allowing for detection of significant ethanol consumption extending back 3 to 4 weeks.59 There is no evidence that PEth is formed in the absence of ethanol, making the test essentially 100% specific, particularly at higher cutoff values of ≥ 150 ng/mL.31,60

PEth is known to be formed only in the presence of ethanol, making the test virtually 100% specific.

PEth levels are not affected by age, gender, or underlying liver or renal disease.61 PEth can differentiate between heavy alcohol use and social drinking and can therefore identify chronic excessive use.62 With chronic excessive alcohol consumption, PEth is detectable in blood up to 28 days after sobriety.63 A correlation exists between PEth concentrations in blood and the amount of consumed ethanol. PEth has increased specificity and sensitivity for the detection of latent ethanol use compared with other direct biomarkers.21 It can identify recent heavy drinking earlier than indirect biomarkers, as it does not rely on hepatic injury.

Using a cutoff level of 20 ng/mL, PEth assays have a sensitivity of 73% for any alcohol use in the past month; at 80 ng/mL, the sensitivity is 91% for > 4 drinks/d.61 PEth is considered semi-quantitative. The World Health Organization defines acceptable social alcohol use at a PEth value < 40 ng/dL for men and < 20 ng/dL for women. Chronic excessive use is defined by a level > 60 ng/dL.55 The cutoff levels tend to be arbitrary and vary with different guidelines.

PEth may be a useful marker in difficult-toassess settings, or in confirming or invalidating self-reported alcohol consumption.

Although false-positive PEth test results may be possible, most experts believe that dishonesty in self-reporting by test subjects is more likely. That said, the true specificity of PEth remains unknown; a lower value detected should not be regarded as absolute proof of relapse or chronic alcoholism.

Studies have shown a positive correlation between the AUDIT-C score and PEth values combined with self-reported alcohol consumption, indicating that PEth may be a useful marker in difficult-to-assess settings, or in confirming or invalidating self-reported alcohol consumption.61,64,65 The PEth test is now widely available and, in the authors’ experience, usually costs $100 to $200. Analysis typically costs $40 to $100,66 and costs could decrease as the test becomes more widely used. Turnaround time for PEth is 5 to 10 days. It is now the recommended assay by transplant hepatologists for detecting alcohol use.67TABLE 322,68 explains the currently accepted ranges for various PEth results.

Table of PEth values and their significance

Continue to: CASE ANSWER

 

 

CASE ANSWER While every test mentioned can aid in detecting alcohol consumption, the PEth assay in this scenario would be the most clinically useful.

CORRESPONDENCE
Frederick Nunes, MD, Pennsylvania Hospital of University of Pennsylvania, 230 West Washington Square, 4th Floor, Philadelphia, PA 19104; [email protected]

CASE A 34-year-old woman presents with fatigue. She appears defensive when asked about her alcohol use. She answers No to all questions on the CAGE (cut down, annoyed, guilty, eye-opener) screening tool, but acknowledges drinking excessively on rare occasions. Her physician has a high suspicion for alcohol use disorder (AUD) and recommends further testing. The patient agrees but denies having used alcohol over the past several days. Which of the following is most likely to help support the suspicion of a heavy drinking pattern?

  1. Routine lab tests (liver panel and complete blood count).
  2. Blood or urine alcohol level.
  3. Phosphatidylethanol (PEth) level in the blood.
  4. Ethyl glucuronide (EtG) in the urine.
  5. Carbohydrate-deficient transferrin (CDT) in the blood.

(See "Case answer.").

About 1 in 12 Americans have AUD,1 and 1 in 10 children live in a home with a parent who has a drinking problem.2 While the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5) succinctly defines AUD with specific criteria,1 the term generally refers to an inability to control or stop drinking despite adverse social or health consequences. AUD is regarded as > 4 drinks per day for men and > 3 drinks per day for women.3 A “standard drink” would be a 12-oz bottle of beer, a 5-oz glass of wine, or 1.5 oz of distilled spirits. Effects of chronic alcohol use are vast and include malnutrition, alcohol withdrawal syndrome, alcoholic liver disease, pancreatitis/pancreatic cancer, cardiomyopathy, and stroke.4-6 Alcohol use by a pregnant woman can lead to fetal alcohol syndrome in her child.7

AUD may be more prevalent in the wake of COVID-19. Primary care practitioners tend to miss a large fraction of patients with AUD in their practice, especially younger patients and those without somatic comorbidities.8 Systematic screening for AUD can identify many of these people.8 Particularly as the COVID-19 pandemic continues to unfold and increases stress for everyone, risk of worsening drinking increases both in individuals with current AUD and for those in remission.9 Contrary to common belief, patients visiting primary care favor screening for at-risk drinking.10 Thus, awareness of the prevalence of AUD and patient acceptance of screening should encourage wider testing.

Screening tools. The 2014 guidelines published by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention recommend using quick screening tools—ie, single question or ­AUDIT 1-3 (TABLE 111-18)—as an objective means of determining whether patients’ drinking creates a risk for themselves or others.11 Excessive drinking identified using alcohol questionnaires can help reduce medical complications and health care costs.19 The questionnaires we review do not provide a diagnosis but help identify individuals who might benefit from more thorough assessment.20 Following up, as needed, by testing for alcohol biomarkers can provide quantitative insight into problematic alcohol use.2

Table of screening tools for alcohol use disorder

Primary care practitioners tend to miss a large fraction of patients with alcohol use disorder in their practice. Systematic screening for AUD can identify many of these patients.

But before we discuss the utility of biomarkers, it’s important to quickly review how alcohol is eliminated from the body.

Alcohol elimination

The stomach and small intestine are the primary sites for alcohol absorption. Alcohol elimination from the body occurs through 3 pathways. The first involves oxidative metabolism, which eliminates most ethanol (95%) through the actions of alcohol dehydrogenase, cytochrome P4502E1, or catalase. A lesser amount of alcohol (2%-5%) is eliminated, unchanged, via the second pathway, which includes urine, sweat, and breath. Nonoxidative metabolism makes up the third pathway. Nonoxidative metabolism removes a very small amount (0.1%) of alcohol and involves the direct ethanol biomarkers PEth, EtG, ethyl sulfate (EtS), and fatty acid ethyl esters (FAEEs).21 Our emphasis in this article is on assays of direct metabolites of alcohol—particularly PEth.

Continue to: To understand the utility...

 

 

To understand the utility of these direct biomarkers, it is helpful to look at the indirect biomarkers first.

Indirect biomarkers have limited sensitivity and specificity

When alcohol is consumed in large enough quantities over time, indirect biomarkers of alcohol can become abnormal.22 The major indirect biomarkers are the liver enzymes aspartate and alanine aminotransferase (AST and ALT), gamma-glutamyl transferase (GGT), mean corpuscular volume (MCV) of red blood cells, and carbohydrate-deficient transferrin (CDT). Indirect biomarkers have limited sensitivity and specificity for AUD. (For specifics on sensitivity and specificity of indirect and direct biomarkers, see TABLE 2.23-31)

Table of Indirect and direct alcohol biomarkers

Liver enzymes. AST and ALT are also present in the heart, muscle, and kidneys. Elevated levels usually imply injury to hepatocytes, with ALT being more reflective of liver involvement than AST. Both AST and ALT are elevated in other common liver conditions including hepatitis C virus infection and fatty liver disease. In alcoholic liver disease (ALD), AST is elevated more than ALT; an AST-to-ALT ratio > 3 suggests ALD. An elevated GGT often indicates hepatic injury and is used to confirm that elevated alkaline phosphatase is of hepatic origin.32

MCV is the average volume of erythrocytes,33 and an elevated MCV is a potential indicator of excessive alcohol intake. Macrocytosis requires sustained alcohol use, and the test has low sensitivity. Other diseases such as vitamin B12 or folic acid deficiency, hypothyroidism, hematologic diseases (eg, cold agglutinin disease, multiple myeloma, amyloidosis), and certain medications can also increase MCV.34 Moreover, MCV responds slowly to alcohol use, abstinence, and relapse because red cells have a life span of 120 days.35

CDT. Transferrin is a glycoprotein produced in the liver. The level of transferrin with sialic acid chains increases with alcohol consumption as well as in the carbohydrate deficient glycoprotein syndrome, leading to so-called carbohydrate deficient transferrin.36 It is a sensitive marker for detecting alcohol relapse and monitoring sobriety. Moderate-to-heavy alcohol use, averaging ≥ 40 g of alcohol per day for 2 weeks,36 can decrease the amount of carbohydrate attached to transferrin. Two weeks after complete alcohol cessation, CDT levels will return to normal.37

Continue to: CDT is approved...

 

 

CDT is approved by the FDA as an assay for alcohol consumption.37 While CDT is felt to be one of the better indirect markers of AUD and can extend the window of detection, there are still issues with its sensitivity and specificity.38 This biomarker can be elevated with other liver diseases and can be affected by the patient’s age, body mass index, gender, and tobacco use.39,40 Testing for CDT has never achieved widespread clinical use and has been largely supplanted by the more accurate PEth test (described in a bit).

Direct biomarkers offer insight into recent alcohol use

Other than ethanol itself, direct biomarkers of alcohol use are minor ethanol metabolites created through biochemical reactions when ethanol is coupled to endogenous compounds. Hence, the presence of these metabolites is usually directly related to ethanol consumption.41 Direct alcohol biomarkers are EtG, EtS, FAEEs, and PEth (TABLE 223-31). They reflect alcohol consumption over a period of several days, making them useful when paired with questionnaire data, especially for identifying young adults who engage in binge drinking.42

Ethanol can be measured in blood, urine, and breath and is detectable a bit longer in urine than in blood. However, alcohol is detectable in the blood only for 6 to 12 hours after drinking. After alcohol consumption, concentrations peak in the blood within 2 hours. The window for detecting ethanol in the blood depends on the amount of alcohol consumed and the elimination rate of alcohol, which is about 12 mg/dL/h (or 0.012%)—approximately the same amount of alcohol contained in a standard drink (14 g).

EtG can be detected in urine for ≥ 24 hours after just 1 or 2 drinks, and for up to 4 days after heavy consumption.

Checking the blood alcohol level might be helpful in the office if a patient appears intoxicated but denies alcohol use. A blood alcohol level > 300 mg/dL, or > 150 mg/dL without gross evidence of intoxication, or > 100 mg/dL upon routine examination indicates AUD with a high degree of reliability.33,43 But the short half-life of ethanol in blood limits its use as a biomarker,33 and it is not a good indicator of chronic drinking.44

EtG and EtS. Less than 0.1% of ethanol is secreted as the metabolites EtG and EtS, which are generated, respectively, by the enzymes uridine diphosphate glucuronosyltransferase and sulfotransferase.45 They have value in the diagnosis of AUD because of the length of time in which they can be detected. Urinary EtG and EtS have been especially important biomarkers for monitoring relapse in outpatients treated for alcohol-­related problems.46 Generally, EtG and EtS can be detected in urine for 13 to 20 hours after a single drink (0.1 g/kg), and for up to 4 to 5 days following ingestion of large amounts of alcohol.47

Continue to: EtG has been detectable...

 

 

EtG has been detectable in urine for ≥ 24 hours following only 1 or 2 drinks, and for up to 4 days following heavy consumption.48 Shortly after alcohol intake, even in small amounts, EtG is detectable. Analysis of EtG in urine is helpful in monitoring alcohol consumption during withdrawal treatment, for workplace testing, and to check for abstinence in legal matters. The EtG urine test is useful in detecting alcohol consumption in a person who claims to be abstinent but who drank 2 or 3 days before the evaluation. Although accurate, EtG’s window for detection is narrower than that of the PEth assay.

EtS is a good marker of acute short-term alcohol use, up to 12 hours in the blood (or longer in heavier drinkers) and up to 5 days in urine.49 Its sensitivity is highest in heavy drinkers. Post-sampling formation and degradation of EtS have not been known to occur in urine samples. Testing for this second metabolite of ethanol can slightly improve the sensitivity and specificity of the EtG test. A urine test for EtS has a wider detection window. But it has little practical advantage compared with EtG.50

For better clinical specificity, a combination of both EtG and EtS testing has been recommended. However, the EtS assay is more cumbersome and provides little advantage over EtG. EtG values do not correlate precisely with the amount or frequency of ethanol use, but the magnitude of the EtG finding roughly corresponds to the amount of alcohol recently consumed.

False-positive and false-negative results for EtG and EtS are uncommon in practice. However, false-positive results are possible with the EtG test in certain circumstances: presence of Escherichia coli in the specimen, use of ethanol-based hand sanitizers (> 20 times a day) or mouthwashes, and the consumption of substances like pralines, nonalcoholic beer, pharmaceutical products, and fruit juice. Similarly, false-negative results of EtG can occur from degradation if the samples are contaminated with other bacteria, transported without cooling, or stored improperly.51 In practice, this is uncommon, and the test is believed to be specific with few false-positive results. Commercially available EtG colorimetric test strips permit on-site analysis of urine samples.

FAEEs are a combination of different esters and products of alcohol metabolism through a nonoxidative pathway. They are formed by esterification of endogenous free fatty acids and ethanol in blood and several tissues.29 These are sensitive and specific markers of alcohol ingestion and can differentiate chronic alcohol consumption from binge drinking.29 It is elevated for up to 99 hours in heavy alcohol drinkers.30 It can be detected in hair for a longer period than in blood.52 Detection of FAEEs in meconium can help establish fetal alcohol exposure.53

Continue to: PEth

 

 

PEth. Use of the PEth assay has increased in recent years and its accuracy has had a transformative effect on the diagnosis of AUD.54 PEth is a phospholipid found in erythrocyte membranes, formed by an interaction between ethanol and phosphatidylcholine, catalyzed by phospholipase D.55,56 Major advantages of PEth include an unusually long half-life and specificity. Red cells lack enzymes to degrade PEth, therefore PEth accumulates in red cells and has a half-life of 4 to 10 days57,58 allowing for detection of significant ethanol consumption extending back 3 to 4 weeks.59 There is no evidence that PEth is formed in the absence of ethanol, making the test essentially 100% specific, particularly at higher cutoff values of ≥ 150 ng/mL.31,60

PEth is known to be formed only in the presence of ethanol, making the test virtually 100% specific.

PEth levels are not affected by age, gender, or underlying liver or renal disease.61 PEth can differentiate between heavy alcohol use and social drinking and can therefore identify chronic excessive use.62 With chronic excessive alcohol consumption, PEth is detectable in blood up to 28 days after sobriety.63 A correlation exists between PEth concentrations in blood and the amount of consumed ethanol. PEth has increased specificity and sensitivity for the detection of latent ethanol use compared with other direct biomarkers.21 It can identify recent heavy drinking earlier than indirect biomarkers, as it does not rely on hepatic injury.

Using a cutoff level of 20 ng/mL, PEth assays have a sensitivity of 73% for any alcohol use in the past month; at 80 ng/mL, the sensitivity is 91% for > 4 drinks/d.61 PEth is considered semi-quantitative. The World Health Organization defines acceptable social alcohol use at a PEth value < 40 ng/dL for men and < 20 ng/dL for women. Chronic excessive use is defined by a level > 60 ng/dL.55 The cutoff levels tend to be arbitrary and vary with different guidelines.

PEth may be a useful marker in difficult-toassess settings, or in confirming or invalidating self-reported alcohol consumption.

Although false-positive PEth test results may be possible, most experts believe that dishonesty in self-reporting by test subjects is more likely. That said, the true specificity of PEth remains unknown; a lower value detected should not be regarded as absolute proof of relapse or chronic alcoholism.

Studies have shown a positive correlation between the AUDIT-C score and PEth values combined with self-reported alcohol consumption, indicating that PEth may be a useful marker in difficult-to-assess settings, or in confirming or invalidating self-reported alcohol consumption.61,64,65 The PEth test is now widely available and, in the authors’ experience, usually costs $100 to $200. Analysis typically costs $40 to $100,66 and costs could decrease as the test becomes more widely used. Turnaround time for PEth is 5 to 10 days. It is now the recommended assay by transplant hepatologists for detecting alcohol use.67TABLE 322,68 explains the currently accepted ranges for various PEth results.

Table of PEth values and their significance

Continue to: CASE ANSWER

 

 

CASE ANSWER While every test mentioned can aid in detecting alcohol consumption, the PEth assay in this scenario would be the most clinically useful.

CORRESPONDENCE
Frederick Nunes, MD, Pennsylvania Hospital of University of Pennsylvania, 230 West Washington Square, 4th Floor, Philadelphia, PA 19104; [email protected]

References

1. APA. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders. 5th edition. American Psychiatric Publishing. 2013:490-497.

2. Fleming MF, Smith MJ, Oslakovic E, et al. Phosphatidylethanol detects moderate-to-heavy alcohol use in liver transplant recipients. Alcohol Clin Exp Res. 2017;41:857-862.

3. National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism. Drinking levels defined. Accessed November 12, 2021. www.niaaa.nih.gov/alcohol-health/overview-alcohol-consumption/moderate-binge-drinking

4. Herreros-Villanueva M, Hijona E, Bañales JM, et al. Alcohol consumption on pancreatic diseases. World J Gastroenterol. 2013;19:638-647.

5. Rocco A, Compare D, Angrisani D, et al. Alcoholic disease: liver and beyond. World J Gastroenterol. 2014;20:14652-14659.

6. Gardner JD, Mouton AJ. Alcohol effects on cardiac function. Compr Physiol. 2015;5:791-802.

7. Sebastiani G, Borrás-Novell C, Casanova MA, et al. The effects of alcohol and drugs of abuse on maternal nutritional profile during pregnancy. Nutrients. 2018;10:1008.

8. Rehm J, Anderson P, Manthey J, et al. Alcohol use disorders in primary health care: what do we know and where do we go? Alcohol Alcohol. 2016;51:422-427. doi: 10.1093/alcalc/agv127

9. ASAM. Caring for patients during the COVID-19 pandemic. Accessed November 12, 2021. www.asam.org/docs/default-source/covid-19/acute-care_062620.pdf?sfvrsn=e66d54c2_10

10. Miller PM, Thomas SE, Mallin R. Patient attitudes towards self-report and biomarker alcohol screening by primary care physicians. Alcohol Alcohol. 2006;41:306-310. doi: 10.1093/alcalc/agl022

11. Zoorob R, Snell H, Kihlberg C, et al. Screening and brief intervention for risky alcohol use. Curr Probl Pediatr Adolesc Health Care. 2014;44:82-87.

12. Smith PC, Schmidt SM, Allensworth-Davies D, et al. Primary care validation of a single-question alcohol screening test. J Gen Intern Med. 2009;24:783-788.

13. Ewing JA. Detecting alcoholism. The CAGE questionnaire. JAMA. 1984;252:1905-1907.

14. Sokol RJ, Martier SS, Ager JW. The T-ACE questions: practical prenatal detection of risk-drinking. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 1989;160:863-868.

15. Cherpitel CJ. A brief screening instrument for problem drinking in the emergency room: the RAPS4. Rapid Alcohol Problems Screen. J Stud Alcohol. 2000;61:447-449.

16. WHO. AUDIT: The alcohol use identification test. Accessed November 14, 2021. http://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/67205/WHO_MSD_MSB_01.6a.pdf?sequence=1

17. Westermeyer J, Yargic I, Thuras P. Michigan assessment-screening test for alcohol and drugs (MAST/AD): evaluation in a clinical sample. Am J Addict. 2004;13:151-162.

18. Powers JS, Spickard A. Michigan Alcoholism Screening Test to diagnose early alcoholism in a general practice. South Med J. 1984;77:852-856.

19. NIH. Treatment for alcohol problems: finding and getting help. Accessed November 12, 2021. www.niaaa.nih.gov/publications/brochures-and-fact-sheets/treatment-alcohol-problems-finding-and-getting-help

20. Kitchens JM. Does this patient have an alcohol problem? JAMA. 1994;272:1782-1787.

21. Kummer N, Lambert WE, Samyn N, et al. Alternative sampling strategies for the assessment of alcohol intake of living persons. Clin Biochem. 2016;49:1078-1091.

22. Ulwelling W, Smith K. The PEth blood test in the security environment: what it is; why it is important; and interpretative guidelines. J Forensic Sci. 2018;63:1634-1640.

23. Mundle G, Ackermann K, Munkes J, et al. Influence of age, alcohol consumption and abstinence on the sensitivity of carbohydrate‐deficient transferrin, gamma‐glutamyltransferase and mean corpuscular volume. Alcohol Alcohol. 1999;34:760-766.

24. Neumann T, Spies C. Use of biomarkers for alcohol use disorders in clinical practice. Addiction. 2003;98(suppl 2):81-91.

25. Torruellas C, French SW, Medici V. Diagnosis of alcoholic liver disease. World J Gastroenterol. 2014;20:11684-11699.

26. Helander A. Biological markers of alcohol use and abuse in theory and practice. In: Agarwal DP, Seitz HK, eds. Alcohol in Health and Disease. Marcel Dekker. 2001:177-205.

27. Stewart SH, Koch DG, Burgess DM, et al. Sensitivity and specificity of urinary ethyl glucuronide and ethyl sulfate in liver disease patients. Alcohol Clin Exp Res. 2013;37:150-155.

28. Helander A, Dahl H. Urinary tract infection: a risk factor for false-negative urinary ethyl glucuronide but not ethyl sulfate in the detection of recent alcohol consumption. Clin Chem. 2005;51:1728-1730.

29. Ghosh S, Jain R, Jhanjee S, et al. Alcohol biomarkers and their relevance in detection of alcohol consumption in clinical settings. Accessed November 12, 2021. https://www.clinmedjournals.org/articles/iasar/international-archives-of-substance-abuse-and-rehabilitation-iasar-1-002.php?jid=iasar

30. Borucki K, Dierkes J, Wartberg J, et al. In heavy drinkers, fatty acid ethyl esters remain elevated for up to 99 hours. Alcohol Clin Exp Res. 2007;31:423-427.

31. Hartmann S, Aradottir S, Graf M, et al. Phosphatidylethanol as a sensitive and specific biomarker: comparison with gamma-glutamyl transpeptidase, mean corpuscular volume and carbohydrate-deficient transferrin. Addict Biol. 2007;12:81-84.

32. Choe YM, Lee BC, Choi IG, et al. Combination of the CAGE and serum gamma-glutamyl transferase: an effective screening tool for alcohol use disorder and alcohol dependence. Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat. 2019 31;15:1507-1515.

33. Niemelä O. Biomarkers in alcoholism. Clin Chim Acta. 2007;377:39-49.

34. Kauffmann T, Evans DS. Macrocytosis. Accessed November 12, 2021. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK560908/

35. Maenhout TM, De Buyzere ML, Delanghe JR. Non-oxidative ethanol metabolites as a measure of alcohol intake. Clin Chim Acta. 2013;415:322-329.

36. Solomons HD. Carbohydrate deficient transferrin and alcoholism. Germs. 2012;2:75-78.

37. Allen JP, Wurst FM, Thon N, et al. Assessing the drinking status of liver transplant patients with alcoholic liver disease. Liver Transpl. 2013;19:369-376.

38. Bortolotti F, De Paoli G, Tagliaro F. Carbohydrate-deficient transferrin (CDT) as a marker of alcohol abuse: a critical review of the literature 2001-2005. J Chromatogr B Analyt Technol Biomed Life Sci. 2006;841:96-109.

39. Hannuksela ML, Liisanantti MK, Nissinen AE, et al. Biochemical markers of alcoholism. Clin Chem Lab Med. 2007;45:953-961.

40. Arndt T. Carbohydrate-deficient transferrin as a marker of chronic alcohol abuse: a critical review of preanalysis, analysis, and interpretation. Clin Chem. 2001;47:13-27.

41. Cabarcos P, Hassan HM, Tabernero MJ, et al. Analysis of ethyl glucuronide in hair samples by liquid chromatography-electrospray ionization-tandem mass spectrometry (LC-ESI-MS/MS). J Appl Toxicol. 2013;33:638-643.

42. Piano MR, Mazzuco A, Kang M, et al. Binge drinking episodes in young adults: how should we measure them in a research setting? J Stud Alcohol Drugs. 2017;78:502-511.

43. Adinoff B, Bone GH, Linnoila M. Acute ethanol poisoning and the ethanol withdrawal syndrome. Med Toxicol Adverse Drug Exp. 1988;3:172-196.

44. Cabezas J, Lucey MR, Bataller R. Biomarkers for monitoring alcohol use. Clin Liver Dis (Hoboken). 2016;8:59-63.

45. Wurst FM, Alling C, Aradottir S, et al. Emerging biomarkers: new directions and clinical applications. Alcohol Clin Exp Res. 2005;29:465-473.

46. Helander A, Péter O, Zheng Y. Monitoring of the alcohol biomarkers PEth, CDT and EtG/EtS in an outpatient treatment setting. Alcohol Alcohol. 2012;47:552-557.

47. Helander A, Böttcher M, Fehr C, et al. Detection times for urinary ethyl glucuronide and ethyl sulfate in heavy drinkers during alcohol detoxification. Alcohol Alcohol. 2009;44:55-61.

48. Jatlow P, O’Malley SS. Clinical (nonforensic) application of ethyl glucuronide measurement: are we ready? Alcohol Clin Exp Res. 2010;34:968-975.

49. Jatlow PI, Agro A, Wu R, et al. Ethyl glucuronide and ethyl sulfate assays in clinical trials, interpretation, and limitations: results of a dose ranging alcohol challenge study and 2 clinical trials. Alcohol Clin Exp Res. 2014;38:2056-2065.

50. Gonzalo P, Radenne S, Gonzalo S. Biomarkers of chronic alcohol misuse. Curr Biomark Find. 2014;4:9-22.

51. Bornhorst JA, Mbughuni MM. Alcohol biomarkers: clinical issues and analytical methods. In: Critical Issues in Alcohol and Drugs of Abuse Testing. 2nd ed. Academic Press. 2019:25-42.

52. Soderberg BL, Salem RO, Best CA, et al. Fatty acid ethyl esters. Ethanol metabolites that reflect ethanol intake. Am J Clin Pathol. 2003;119(suppl):S94-S99.

53. Cheng CT, Ostrea EM Jr, Alviedo JN, et al. Fatty acid ethyl esters in meconium: a biomarker of fetal alcohol exposure and effect. Exp Biol Med (Maywood). 2021;246:380-386.

54. Andresen-Streichert H, Beres Y, Weinmann W, et al. Improved detection of alcohol consumption using the novel marker phosphatidylethanol in the transplant setting: results of a prospective study. Transpl Int. 2017;30:611-620.

55. Viel G, Boscolo-Berto R, Cecchetto G, et al. Phosphatidylethanol in blood as a marker of chronic alcohol use: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Int J Mol Sci. 2012;13:14788-14812.

56. Gnann H, Weinmann W, Thierauf A. Formation of phosphatidylethanol and its subsequent elimination during an extensive drinking experiment over 5 days. Alcohol Clin Exp Res. 2012;36:1507-1511.

57. Aradóttir S, Moller K, Alling C. Phosphatidylethanol formation and degradation in human and rat blood. Alcohol Alcohol. 2004;39:8-13.

58. Varga A, Alling C. Formation of phosphatidylethanol in vitro in red blood cells from healthy volunteers and chronic alcoholics. J Lab Clin Med. 2002;140:79-83.

59. Javors MA, Hill-Kapturczak N, Roache JD, et al. Characterization of the pharmacokinetics of phosphatidylethanol 16:0/18:1 and 16:0/18:2 in human whole blood after alcohol consumption in a clinical laboratory study. Alcohol Clin Exp Res. 2016;40:1228-1234.

60. Schröck A, Pfäffli M, König S, et al. Application of phosphatidylethanol (PEth) in whole blood in comparison to ethyl glucuronide in hair (hEtG) in driving aptitude assessment (DAA). Int J Legal Med. 2016;130:1527-1533.

61. Stewart SH, Koch DG, Willner IR, et al. Validation of blood phosphatidylethanol as an alcohol consumption biomarker in patients with chronic liver disease. Alcohol Clin Exp Res. 2014;38:1706-1711.

62. Nanau RM, Neuman MG. Biomolecules and biomarkers used in diagnosis of alcohol drinking and in monitoring therapeutic interventions. Biomolecules. 2015 29;5:1339-1385.

63. Hill-Kapturczak N, Dougherty DM, Roache JD, et al. Phosphatidylethanol homologs in blood as biomarkers for the time frame and amount of recent alcohol consumption. In: Preedy VR (ed) Neuroscience of Alcohol. Academic Press; 2019:567-576.

64. Jain J, Evans JL, Briceño A, et al. Comparison of phosphatidylethanol results to self-reported alcohol consumption among young injection drug users. Alcohol Alcohol. 2014;49:520-524.

65. Schröck A, Wurst FM, Thon N, et al. Assessing phosphatidylethanol (PEth) levels reflecting different drinking habits in comparison to the alcohol use disorders identification test - C (AUDIT-C). Drug Alcohol Depend. 2017;178:80-86.

66. McDonnell MG, Skalisky J, Leickly E, et al. Pilot investigation of a phosphatidylethanol-based contingency management intervention targeting alcohol use. Psychol Addict Behav. 2017;31:608-613.

67. Asrani SK, Trotter J, Lake J, et al. Meeting Report: The Dallas Consensus Conference on Liver Transplantation for Alcohol Associated Hepatitis. Liver Transpl. 2020;26:127-140.

68. WHO. International Guide for Monitoring Alcohol Consumption and Harm. 2000. Accessed November 12, 2021. http://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/66529/WHO_MSD_MSB_00.4.pdf?sequence=1

References

1. APA. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders. 5th edition. American Psychiatric Publishing. 2013:490-497.

2. Fleming MF, Smith MJ, Oslakovic E, et al. Phosphatidylethanol detects moderate-to-heavy alcohol use in liver transplant recipients. Alcohol Clin Exp Res. 2017;41:857-862.

3. National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism. Drinking levels defined. Accessed November 12, 2021. www.niaaa.nih.gov/alcohol-health/overview-alcohol-consumption/moderate-binge-drinking

4. Herreros-Villanueva M, Hijona E, Bañales JM, et al. Alcohol consumption on pancreatic diseases. World J Gastroenterol. 2013;19:638-647.

5. Rocco A, Compare D, Angrisani D, et al. Alcoholic disease: liver and beyond. World J Gastroenterol. 2014;20:14652-14659.

6. Gardner JD, Mouton AJ. Alcohol effects on cardiac function. Compr Physiol. 2015;5:791-802.

7. Sebastiani G, Borrás-Novell C, Casanova MA, et al. The effects of alcohol and drugs of abuse on maternal nutritional profile during pregnancy. Nutrients. 2018;10:1008.

8. Rehm J, Anderson P, Manthey J, et al. Alcohol use disorders in primary health care: what do we know and where do we go? Alcohol Alcohol. 2016;51:422-427. doi: 10.1093/alcalc/agv127

9. ASAM. Caring for patients during the COVID-19 pandemic. Accessed November 12, 2021. www.asam.org/docs/default-source/covid-19/acute-care_062620.pdf?sfvrsn=e66d54c2_10

10. Miller PM, Thomas SE, Mallin R. Patient attitudes towards self-report and biomarker alcohol screening by primary care physicians. Alcohol Alcohol. 2006;41:306-310. doi: 10.1093/alcalc/agl022

11. Zoorob R, Snell H, Kihlberg C, et al. Screening and brief intervention for risky alcohol use. Curr Probl Pediatr Adolesc Health Care. 2014;44:82-87.

12. Smith PC, Schmidt SM, Allensworth-Davies D, et al. Primary care validation of a single-question alcohol screening test. J Gen Intern Med. 2009;24:783-788.

13. Ewing JA. Detecting alcoholism. The CAGE questionnaire. JAMA. 1984;252:1905-1907.

14. Sokol RJ, Martier SS, Ager JW. The T-ACE questions: practical prenatal detection of risk-drinking. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 1989;160:863-868.

15. Cherpitel CJ. A brief screening instrument for problem drinking in the emergency room: the RAPS4. Rapid Alcohol Problems Screen. J Stud Alcohol. 2000;61:447-449.

16. WHO. AUDIT: The alcohol use identification test. Accessed November 14, 2021. http://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/67205/WHO_MSD_MSB_01.6a.pdf?sequence=1

17. Westermeyer J, Yargic I, Thuras P. Michigan assessment-screening test for alcohol and drugs (MAST/AD): evaluation in a clinical sample. Am J Addict. 2004;13:151-162.

18. Powers JS, Spickard A. Michigan Alcoholism Screening Test to diagnose early alcoholism in a general practice. South Med J. 1984;77:852-856.

19. NIH. Treatment for alcohol problems: finding and getting help. Accessed November 12, 2021. www.niaaa.nih.gov/publications/brochures-and-fact-sheets/treatment-alcohol-problems-finding-and-getting-help

20. Kitchens JM. Does this patient have an alcohol problem? JAMA. 1994;272:1782-1787.

21. Kummer N, Lambert WE, Samyn N, et al. Alternative sampling strategies for the assessment of alcohol intake of living persons. Clin Biochem. 2016;49:1078-1091.

22. Ulwelling W, Smith K. The PEth blood test in the security environment: what it is; why it is important; and interpretative guidelines. J Forensic Sci. 2018;63:1634-1640.

23. Mundle G, Ackermann K, Munkes J, et al. Influence of age, alcohol consumption and abstinence on the sensitivity of carbohydrate‐deficient transferrin, gamma‐glutamyltransferase and mean corpuscular volume. Alcohol Alcohol. 1999;34:760-766.

24. Neumann T, Spies C. Use of biomarkers for alcohol use disorders in clinical practice. Addiction. 2003;98(suppl 2):81-91.

25. Torruellas C, French SW, Medici V. Diagnosis of alcoholic liver disease. World J Gastroenterol. 2014;20:11684-11699.

26. Helander A. Biological markers of alcohol use and abuse in theory and practice. In: Agarwal DP, Seitz HK, eds. Alcohol in Health and Disease. Marcel Dekker. 2001:177-205.

27. Stewart SH, Koch DG, Burgess DM, et al. Sensitivity and specificity of urinary ethyl glucuronide and ethyl sulfate in liver disease patients. Alcohol Clin Exp Res. 2013;37:150-155.

28. Helander A, Dahl H. Urinary tract infection: a risk factor for false-negative urinary ethyl glucuronide but not ethyl sulfate in the detection of recent alcohol consumption. Clin Chem. 2005;51:1728-1730.

29. Ghosh S, Jain R, Jhanjee S, et al. Alcohol biomarkers and their relevance in detection of alcohol consumption in clinical settings. Accessed November 12, 2021. https://www.clinmedjournals.org/articles/iasar/international-archives-of-substance-abuse-and-rehabilitation-iasar-1-002.php?jid=iasar

30. Borucki K, Dierkes J, Wartberg J, et al. In heavy drinkers, fatty acid ethyl esters remain elevated for up to 99 hours. Alcohol Clin Exp Res. 2007;31:423-427.

31. Hartmann S, Aradottir S, Graf M, et al. Phosphatidylethanol as a sensitive and specific biomarker: comparison with gamma-glutamyl transpeptidase, mean corpuscular volume and carbohydrate-deficient transferrin. Addict Biol. 2007;12:81-84.

32. Choe YM, Lee BC, Choi IG, et al. Combination of the CAGE and serum gamma-glutamyl transferase: an effective screening tool for alcohol use disorder and alcohol dependence. Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat. 2019 31;15:1507-1515.

33. Niemelä O. Biomarkers in alcoholism. Clin Chim Acta. 2007;377:39-49.

34. Kauffmann T, Evans DS. Macrocytosis. Accessed November 12, 2021. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK560908/

35. Maenhout TM, De Buyzere ML, Delanghe JR. Non-oxidative ethanol metabolites as a measure of alcohol intake. Clin Chim Acta. 2013;415:322-329.

36. Solomons HD. Carbohydrate deficient transferrin and alcoholism. Germs. 2012;2:75-78.

37. Allen JP, Wurst FM, Thon N, et al. Assessing the drinking status of liver transplant patients with alcoholic liver disease. Liver Transpl. 2013;19:369-376.

38. Bortolotti F, De Paoli G, Tagliaro F. Carbohydrate-deficient transferrin (CDT) as a marker of alcohol abuse: a critical review of the literature 2001-2005. J Chromatogr B Analyt Technol Biomed Life Sci. 2006;841:96-109.

39. Hannuksela ML, Liisanantti MK, Nissinen AE, et al. Biochemical markers of alcoholism. Clin Chem Lab Med. 2007;45:953-961.

40. Arndt T. Carbohydrate-deficient transferrin as a marker of chronic alcohol abuse: a critical review of preanalysis, analysis, and interpretation. Clin Chem. 2001;47:13-27.

41. Cabarcos P, Hassan HM, Tabernero MJ, et al. Analysis of ethyl glucuronide in hair samples by liquid chromatography-electrospray ionization-tandem mass spectrometry (LC-ESI-MS/MS). J Appl Toxicol. 2013;33:638-643.

42. Piano MR, Mazzuco A, Kang M, et al. Binge drinking episodes in young adults: how should we measure them in a research setting? J Stud Alcohol Drugs. 2017;78:502-511.

43. Adinoff B, Bone GH, Linnoila M. Acute ethanol poisoning and the ethanol withdrawal syndrome. Med Toxicol Adverse Drug Exp. 1988;3:172-196.

44. Cabezas J, Lucey MR, Bataller R. Biomarkers for monitoring alcohol use. Clin Liver Dis (Hoboken). 2016;8:59-63.

45. Wurst FM, Alling C, Aradottir S, et al. Emerging biomarkers: new directions and clinical applications. Alcohol Clin Exp Res. 2005;29:465-473.

46. Helander A, Péter O, Zheng Y. Monitoring of the alcohol biomarkers PEth, CDT and EtG/EtS in an outpatient treatment setting. Alcohol Alcohol. 2012;47:552-557.

47. Helander A, Böttcher M, Fehr C, et al. Detection times for urinary ethyl glucuronide and ethyl sulfate in heavy drinkers during alcohol detoxification. Alcohol Alcohol. 2009;44:55-61.

48. Jatlow P, O’Malley SS. Clinical (nonforensic) application of ethyl glucuronide measurement: are we ready? Alcohol Clin Exp Res. 2010;34:968-975.

49. Jatlow PI, Agro A, Wu R, et al. Ethyl glucuronide and ethyl sulfate assays in clinical trials, interpretation, and limitations: results of a dose ranging alcohol challenge study and 2 clinical trials. Alcohol Clin Exp Res. 2014;38:2056-2065.

50. Gonzalo P, Radenne S, Gonzalo S. Biomarkers of chronic alcohol misuse. Curr Biomark Find. 2014;4:9-22.

51. Bornhorst JA, Mbughuni MM. Alcohol biomarkers: clinical issues and analytical methods. In: Critical Issues in Alcohol and Drugs of Abuse Testing. 2nd ed. Academic Press. 2019:25-42.

52. Soderberg BL, Salem RO, Best CA, et al. Fatty acid ethyl esters. Ethanol metabolites that reflect ethanol intake. Am J Clin Pathol. 2003;119(suppl):S94-S99.

53. Cheng CT, Ostrea EM Jr, Alviedo JN, et al. Fatty acid ethyl esters in meconium: a biomarker of fetal alcohol exposure and effect. Exp Biol Med (Maywood). 2021;246:380-386.

54. Andresen-Streichert H, Beres Y, Weinmann W, et al. Improved detection of alcohol consumption using the novel marker phosphatidylethanol in the transplant setting: results of a prospective study. Transpl Int. 2017;30:611-620.

55. Viel G, Boscolo-Berto R, Cecchetto G, et al. Phosphatidylethanol in blood as a marker of chronic alcohol use: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Int J Mol Sci. 2012;13:14788-14812.

56. Gnann H, Weinmann W, Thierauf A. Formation of phosphatidylethanol and its subsequent elimination during an extensive drinking experiment over 5 days. Alcohol Clin Exp Res. 2012;36:1507-1511.

57. Aradóttir S, Moller K, Alling C. Phosphatidylethanol formation and degradation in human and rat blood. Alcohol Alcohol. 2004;39:8-13.

58. Varga A, Alling C. Formation of phosphatidylethanol in vitro in red blood cells from healthy volunteers and chronic alcoholics. J Lab Clin Med. 2002;140:79-83.

59. Javors MA, Hill-Kapturczak N, Roache JD, et al. Characterization of the pharmacokinetics of phosphatidylethanol 16:0/18:1 and 16:0/18:2 in human whole blood after alcohol consumption in a clinical laboratory study. Alcohol Clin Exp Res. 2016;40:1228-1234.

60. Schröck A, Pfäffli M, König S, et al. Application of phosphatidylethanol (PEth) in whole blood in comparison to ethyl glucuronide in hair (hEtG) in driving aptitude assessment (DAA). Int J Legal Med. 2016;130:1527-1533.

61. Stewart SH, Koch DG, Willner IR, et al. Validation of blood phosphatidylethanol as an alcohol consumption biomarker in patients with chronic liver disease. Alcohol Clin Exp Res. 2014;38:1706-1711.

62. Nanau RM, Neuman MG. Biomolecules and biomarkers used in diagnosis of alcohol drinking and in monitoring therapeutic interventions. Biomolecules. 2015 29;5:1339-1385.

63. Hill-Kapturczak N, Dougherty DM, Roache JD, et al. Phosphatidylethanol homologs in blood as biomarkers for the time frame and amount of recent alcohol consumption. In: Preedy VR (ed) Neuroscience of Alcohol. Academic Press; 2019:567-576.

64. Jain J, Evans JL, Briceño A, et al. Comparison of phosphatidylethanol results to self-reported alcohol consumption among young injection drug users. Alcohol Alcohol. 2014;49:520-524.

65. Schröck A, Wurst FM, Thon N, et al. Assessing phosphatidylethanol (PEth) levels reflecting different drinking habits in comparison to the alcohol use disorders identification test - C (AUDIT-C). Drug Alcohol Depend. 2017;178:80-86.

66. McDonnell MG, Skalisky J, Leickly E, et al. Pilot investigation of a phosphatidylethanol-based contingency management intervention targeting alcohol use. Psychol Addict Behav. 2017;31:608-613.

67. Asrani SK, Trotter J, Lake J, et al. Meeting Report: The Dallas Consensus Conference on Liver Transplantation for Alcohol Associated Hepatitis. Liver Transpl. 2020;26:127-140.

68. WHO. International Guide for Monitoring Alcohol Consumption and Harm. 2000. Accessed November 12, 2021. http://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/66529/WHO_MSD_MSB_00.4.pdf?sequence=1

Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 70(10)
Issue
The Journal of Family Practice - 70(10)
Page Number
474-481
Page Number
474-481
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Using biomarkers to quantify problematic alcohol use
Display Headline
Using biomarkers to quantify problematic alcohol use
Sections
Inside the Article

PRACTICE RECOMMENDATIONS

› Use a quick screening instrument such as the single-question tool or the AUDIT 1-3 to objectively determine whether patients’ drinking is risky for themselves or for others. C

› Suspect alcoholic liver disease if the ratio of aspartate aminotransferase to alanine aminotransferase is > 3. C

› Consider using the PEth assay in high-risk patients to differentiate between heavy alcohol use and social drinking. C

Strength of recommendation (SOR)

A Good-quality patient-oriented evidence
B Inconsistent or limited-quality patient-oriented evidence
C Consensus, usual practice, opinion, disease-oriented evidence, case series

Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article
Article PDF Media

Letter counters study that focuses on low-risk home births

Article Type
Changed
Wed, 12/08/2021 - 15:32

A research letter published recently in the American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology argues that the methodology of a recent paper on the safety of planned home births presented a biased analysis.

Dr. Amos Grünebaum

The paper that Amos Grünebaum, MD, and colleagues with the department of obstetrics and gynecology at Lenox Hill Hospital in Hempstead, N.J., referred to is a study in Obstetrics & Gynecology which concluded that planned home births in Washington state are low risk.

In that paper, Elizabeth Nethery, RM, MS, MSM, a midwife and PhD candidate at the University of British Columbia, Vancouver, calculated the outcomes from 2015 to 2020 for “all births attended by members of a statewide midwifery professional association that were within professional association guidelines and met eligibility criteria for planned birth center birth.”

Elizabeth Nethery

Ms. Nethery’s team concluded: “Rates of adverse outcomes for this cohort in a U.S. state with well-established and integrated community midwifery were low overall. Birth outcomes were similar for births planned at home or at a state-licensed, freestanding birth center.”

This news organization was among the publications that reported the results of that study.

But it’s the exclusion criteria in that study, primarily, that Dr. Grünebaum and colleagues take issue with.

Births excluded from the main analysis of the study by Ms. Nethery and coauthors involved “multifetal pregnancy, prior cesarean delivery, onset of labor at more than 42 0/7 weeks of gestation or preterm (less than 37 weeks), preexisting hypertension or diabetes, known amniotic fluid abnormality, gestational hypertension or preeclampsia, or malpresentation.”

Those are conditions that fall outside guidelines for planned home births. But both Ms. Nethery and Dr. Grünebaum said that sometimes these high-risk conditions are present in home births.
 

Different conclusion for home birth safety

Dr. Grünebaum and colleagues’ analysis of the risk profiles and outcomes for U.S. planned home births for the years 2016-2020 came to a different conclusion about the safety of home births.

They used a retrospective population-based cohort study that used the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention WONDER natality online database. They included planned home births and compared the outcomes with and without certain risk factors, including some high-risk factors such as twin deliveries, breech births, and previous cesarean.

Dr. Grünebaum’s analysis concluded that “it is an immutable truth that planned home births in the United States result in avoidable risks of increased adverse neonatal outcomes.”

Ms. Nethery said though the high-risk conditions were excluded from their main analysis, they are mentioned in the paper and detailed in the supplement.

She acknowledged in the paper that some midwives practice outside the guidelines and that was the case in 7% of births or for 800 people in the Washington state study. But she told this publication it’s a small number and high-risk births should be handled in a hospital so the team focused its research on low-risk births.

“People plan home births who are outside the guidelines everywhere in the world. There are a lot of reasons why people do it,” she said. Among them are not feeling safe in the hospital, being rejected by an obstetrician for a desired procedure, or, in some cases, because they are misinformed.

She said midwives are sometimes faced with a difficult choice, when a patient wants, for instance, a vaginal birth after cesarean (VBAC), one of the conditions not recommended for home births.

The midwife is left with the choice of saying she will not do a VBAC in the home, or she can explain to the patient why it is not recommended and explain all the reasons it is not recommended, such as an elevated risk of rupture, but honor the patient’s choice.

“Do you tell the person: ‘Sorry, go have the cesarean anyway or do you do your best to support this person?’ Birthing people have the right to autonomy of choice,” Ms. Nethery said.

Dr. Grünebaum and colleagues said: “The recent study by Nethery et al. concluded that planned home births in the state of Washington have good neonatal outcomes by focusing on results of low-risk patients.”

Dr. Grünebaum said in an interview: “It’s like reporting on smoking and lung cancer and saying I’m only going to report on patients who have smoked for less than 5 years. You need to take the whole picture into consideration.”

Ms. Nethery gave this explanation for excluding the high-risk patients: “If you are studying a drug, you exclude people from your study who got the drug even though they had risk factors that were ‘contraindications’ to that drug. Likely there was a reason they got the drug – in consultation with their doctor, the patient and the doctor decided that the potential benefit outweighed the risk – but they are not relevant to understanding how that drug impacts people who were ‘eligible’ for the drug in the first place.”

“That is part of the reason we excluded ‘high-risk’ people from our study,” she said. “The other reason is that that is what is commonly done in most research on this topic – we focus on ‘low-risk’ people who are within standards and eligibility criteria.”

She gave examples such as a 2019 meta-analysis and a 2011 Birthplace in England national prospective cohort study, both of which excluded high-risk home births.

“Third, we wanted to compare apples to apples (for our analysis of home vs. hospital) – and licensed birth centers in Washington state have restrictions based on risk,” Ms. Nethery said.

Dr. Grünebaum said his team supports the right of all women to give birth where they wish. “But you cannot choose unless you are given the right information.”

Dr. Grünebaum also said planned home births in the United States cannot be compared with home births delivered by midwives in other countries. Different from the United States, he said, in countries such as Canada, Germany, and England, midwives are well integrated in the medical system and they are typically affiliated with hospitals and they belong to organizations which support very strong guidelines.

He added that, while Washington state has its own set of guidelines, there are no national guidelines for home births and practice varies greatly by state.

The authors concluded: “It is the professional responsibility of all health care providers, obstetricians, and midwives to present unbiased information. Focusing the reporting of outcomes on low-risk deliveries underreports true adverse outcomes in U.S. home births and provides biased information to patients considering planned home births. It is an immutable truth that planned home births in the United States result in avoidable risks of increased adverse neonatal outcomes.”

Dr. Angela Martin

Angela Martin, MD, assistant professor of maternal-fetal medicine and medical director of the labor and delivery department at University of Kansas Medical Center, Kansas City, who was not part of either study, said she did not believe it was a problem that Ms. Nethery’s study excluded the high-risk conditions in the main analysis because it was disclosed.

“The authors were clear that they excluded high-risk conditions,” she said. “Therefore, the study should not be extrapolated to women with these conditions.”

“I believe her results do make that case for low-risk women in Washington state,” Dr. Martin said. “Again, it is important that findings are not extrapolated to women outside of those included in the study.”

She said there are several things that make Washington unusual in midwifery care. Consequently, the results should not be seen as representative of the United States.

“It is one of the most integrated states for midwife care in the country,” Dr. Martin said. “Washington has licensure available for midwives, which is not true of all states. It also has a robust state professional association that publishes guidelines for midwives to follow. And midwives in Washington have a wide formulary. For example, they can administer antibiotics, carry and administer hemorrhage medications, they can carry oxygen, and they are allowed to suture.”

Iris Krishna, MD, MPH, director of perinatal quality, Emory Perinatal Center and assistant professor in the division of maternal-fetal medicine at Emory University, Atlanta, said in an interview that the arguments by Ms. Nethery and Dr. Grünebaum illustrate the controversy over home births.

Dr. Krishna, who was not part of either study, said physicians and midwives should counsel patients contemplating a planned community birth that available data is not generalizable to all birth settings or all patients.

“Women should be counseled that delivery in a hospital setting or accredited birth center is safer than home birth,” she said. “Ultimately, each woman has the right to make a medically informed decision about delivery after adequate counseling on the risks and benefits of community birth.”

Dr. Grünebaum and colleagues reported no relevant financial relationships. Ms. Nethery, Dr. Martin, and Dr. Krishna also reported no relevant financial relationships.
 

Publications
Topics
Sections

A research letter published recently in the American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology argues that the methodology of a recent paper on the safety of planned home births presented a biased analysis.

Dr. Amos Grünebaum

The paper that Amos Grünebaum, MD, and colleagues with the department of obstetrics and gynecology at Lenox Hill Hospital in Hempstead, N.J., referred to is a study in Obstetrics & Gynecology which concluded that planned home births in Washington state are low risk.

In that paper, Elizabeth Nethery, RM, MS, MSM, a midwife and PhD candidate at the University of British Columbia, Vancouver, calculated the outcomes from 2015 to 2020 for “all births attended by members of a statewide midwifery professional association that were within professional association guidelines and met eligibility criteria for planned birth center birth.”

Elizabeth Nethery

Ms. Nethery’s team concluded: “Rates of adverse outcomes for this cohort in a U.S. state with well-established and integrated community midwifery were low overall. Birth outcomes were similar for births planned at home or at a state-licensed, freestanding birth center.”

This news organization was among the publications that reported the results of that study.

But it’s the exclusion criteria in that study, primarily, that Dr. Grünebaum and colleagues take issue with.

Births excluded from the main analysis of the study by Ms. Nethery and coauthors involved “multifetal pregnancy, prior cesarean delivery, onset of labor at more than 42 0/7 weeks of gestation or preterm (less than 37 weeks), preexisting hypertension or diabetes, known amniotic fluid abnormality, gestational hypertension or preeclampsia, or malpresentation.”

Those are conditions that fall outside guidelines for planned home births. But both Ms. Nethery and Dr. Grünebaum said that sometimes these high-risk conditions are present in home births.
 

Different conclusion for home birth safety

Dr. Grünebaum and colleagues’ analysis of the risk profiles and outcomes for U.S. planned home births for the years 2016-2020 came to a different conclusion about the safety of home births.

They used a retrospective population-based cohort study that used the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention WONDER natality online database. They included planned home births and compared the outcomes with and without certain risk factors, including some high-risk factors such as twin deliveries, breech births, and previous cesarean.

Dr. Grünebaum’s analysis concluded that “it is an immutable truth that planned home births in the United States result in avoidable risks of increased adverse neonatal outcomes.”

Ms. Nethery said though the high-risk conditions were excluded from their main analysis, they are mentioned in the paper and detailed in the supplement.

She acknowledged in the paper that some midwives practice outside the guidelines and that was the case in 7% of births or for 800 people in the Washington state study. But she told this publication it’s a small number and high-risk births should be handled in a hospital so the team focused its research on low-risk births.

“People plan home births who are outside the guidelines everywhere in the world. There are a lot of reasons why people do it,” she said. Among them are not feeling safe in the hospital, being rejected by an obstetrician for a desired procedure, or, in some cases, because they are misinformed.

She said midwives are sometimes faced with a difficult choice, when a patient wants, for instance, a vaginal birth after cesarean (VBAC), one of the conditions not recommended for home births.

The midwife is left with the choice of saying she will not do a VBAC in the home, or she can explain to the patient why it is not recommended and explain all the reasons it is not recommended, such as an elevated risk of rupture, but honor the patient’s choice.

“Do you tell the person: ‘Sorry, go have the cesarean anyway or do you do your best to support this person?’ Birthing people have the right to autonomy of choice,” Ms. Nethery said.

Dr. Grünebaum and colleagues said: “The recent study by Nethery et al. concluded that planned home births in the state of Washington have good neonatal outcomes by focusing on results of low-risk patients.”

Dr. Grünebaum said in an interview: “It’s like reporting on smoking and lung cancer and saying I’m only going to report on patients who have smoked for less than 5 years. You need to take the whole picture into consideration.”

Ms. Nethery gave this explanation for excluding the high-risk patients: “If you are studying a drug, you exclude people from your study who got the drug even though they had risk factors that were ‘contraindications’ to that drug. Likely there was a reason they got the drug – in consultation with their doctor, the patient and the doctor decided that the potential benefit outweighed the risk – but they are not relevant to understanding how that drug impacts people who were ‘eligible’ for the drug in the first place.”

“That is part of the reason we excluded ‘high-risk’ people from our study,” she said. “The other reason is that that is what is commonly done in most research on this topic – we focus on ‘low-risk’ people who are within standards and eligibility criteria.”

She gave examples such as a 2019 meta-analysis and a 2011 Birthplace in England national prospective cohort study, both of which excluded high-risk home births.

“Third, we wanted to compare apples to apples (for our analysis of home vs. hospital) – and licensed birth centers in Washington state have restrictions based on risk,” Ms. Nethery said.

Dr. Grünebaum said his team supports the right of all women to give birth where they wish. “But you cannot choose unless you are given the right information.”

Dr. Grünebaum also said planned home births in the United States cannot be compared with home births delivered by midwives in other countries. Different from the United States, he said, in countries such as Canada, Germany, and England, midwives are well integrated in the medical system and they are typically affiliated with hospitals and they belong to organizations which support very strong guidelines.

He added that, while Washington state has its own set of guidelines, there are no national guidelines for home births and practice varies greatly by state.

The authors concluded: “It is the professional responsibility of all health care providers, obstetricians, and midwives to present unbiased information. Focusing the reporting of outcomes on low-risk deliveries underreports true adverse outcomes in U.S. home births and provides biased information to patients considering planned home births. It is an immutable truth that planned home births in the United States result in avoidable risks of increased adverse neonatal outcomes.”

Dr. Angela Martin

Angela Martin, MD, assistant professor of maternal-fetal medicine and medical director of the labor and delivery department at University of Kansas Medical Center, Kansas City, who was not part of either study, said she did not believe it was a problem that Ms. Nethery’s study excluded the high-risk conditions in the main analysis because it was disclosed.

“The authors were clear that they excluded high-risk conditions,” she said. “Therefore, the study should not be extrapolated to women with these conditions.”

“I believe her results do make that case for low-risk women in Washington state,” Dr. Martin said. “Again, it is important that findings are not extrapolated to women outside of those included in the study.”

She said there are several things that make Washington unusual in midwifery care. Consequently, the results should not be seen as representative of the United States.

“It is one of the most integrated states for midwife care in the country,” Dr. Martin said. “Washington has licensure available for midwives, which is not true of all states. It also has a robust state professional association that publishes guidelines for midwives to follow. And midwives in Washington have a wide formulary. For example, they can administer antibiotics, carry and administer hemorrhage medications, they can carry oxygen, and they are allowed to suture.”

Iris Krishna, MD, MPH, director of perinatal quality, Emory Perinatal Center and assistant professor in the division of maternal-fetal medicine at Emory University, Atlanta, said in an interview that the arguments by Ms. Nethery and Dr. Grünebaum illustrate the controversy over home births.

Dr. Krishna, who was not part of either study, said physicians and midwives should counsel patients contemplating a planned community birth that available data is not generalizable to all birth settings or all patients.

“Women should be counseled that delivery in a hospital setting or accredited birth center is safer than home birth,” she said. “Ultimately, each woman has the right to make a medically informed decision about delivery after adequate counseling on the risks and benefits of community birth.”

Dr. Grünebaum and colleagues reported no relevant financial relationships. Ms. Nethery, Dr. Martin, and Dr. Krishna also reported no relevant financial relationships.
 

A research letter published recently in the American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology argues that the methodology of a recent paper on the safety of planned home births presented a biased analysis.

Dr. Amos Grünebaum

The paper that Amos Grünebaum, MD, and colleagues with the department of obstetrics and gynecology at Lenox Hill Hospital in Hempstead, N.J., referred to is a study in Obstetrics & Gynecology which concluded that planned home births in Washington state are low risk.

In that paper, Elizabeth Nethery, RM, MS, MSM, a midwife and PhD candidate at the University of British Columbia, Vancouver, calculated the outcomes from 2015 to 2020 for “all births attended by members of a statewide midwifery professional association that were within professional association guidelines and met eligibility criteria for planned birth center birth.”

Elizabeth Nethery

Ms. Nethery’s team concluded: “Rates of adverse outcomes for this cohort in a U.S. state with well-established and integrated community midwifery were low overall. Birth outcomes were similar for births planned at home or at a state-licensed, freestanding birth center.”

This news organization was among the publications that reported the results of that study.

But it’s the exclusion criteria in that study, primarily, that Dr. Grünebaum and colleagues take issue with.

Births excluded from the main analysis of the study by Ms. Nethery and coauthors involved “multifetal pregnancy, prior cesarean delivery, onset of labor at more than 42 0/7 weeks of gestation or preterm (less than 37 weeks), preexisting hypertension or diabetes, known amniotic fluid abnormality, gestational hypertension or preeclampsia, or malpresentation.”

Those are conditions that fall outside guidelines for planned home births. But both Ms. Nethery and Dr. Grünebaum said that sometimes these high-risk conditions are present in home births.
 

Different conclusion for home birth safety

Dr. Grünebaum and colleagues’ analysis of the risk profiles and outcomes for U.S. planned home births for the years 2016-2020 came to a different conclusion about the safety of home births.

They used a retrospective population-based cohort study that used the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention WONDER natality online database. They included planned home births and compared the outcomes with and without certain risk factors, including some high-risk factors such as twin deliveries, breech births, and previous cesarean.

Dr. Grünebaum’s analysis concluded that “it is an immutable truth that planned home births in the United States result in avoidable risks of increased adverse neonatal outcomes.”

Ms. Nethery said though the high-risk conditions were excluded from their main analysis, they are mentioned in the paper and detailed in the supplement.

She acknowledged in the paper that some midwives practice outside the guidelines and that was the case in 7% of births or for 800 people in the Washington state study. But she told this publication it’s a small number and high-risk births should be handled in a hospital so the team focused its research on low-risk births.

“People plan home births who are outside the guidelines everywhere in the world. There are a lot of reasons why people do it,” she said. Among them are not feeling safe in the hospital, being rejected by an obstetrician for a desired procedure, or, in some cases, because they are misinformed.

She said midwives are sometimes faced with a difficult choice, when a patient wants, for instance, a vaginal birth after cesarean (VBAC), one of the conditions not recommended for home births.

The midwife is left with the choice of saying she will not do a VBAC in the home, or she can explain to the patient why it is not recommended and explain all the reasons it is not recommended, such as an elevated risk of rupture, but honor the patient’s choice.

“Do you tell the person: ‘Sorry, go have the cesarean anyway or do you do your best to support this person?’ Birthing people have the right to autonomy of choice,” Ms. Nethery said.

Dr. Grünebaum and colleagues said: “The recent study by Nethery et al. concluded that planned home births in the state of Washington have good neonatal outcomes by focusing on results of low-risk patients.”

Dr. Grünebaum said in an interview: “It’s like reporting on smoking and lung cancer and saying I’m only going to report on patients who have smoked for less than 5 years. You need to take the whole picture into consideration.”

Ms. Nethery gave this explanation for excluding the high-risk patients: “If you are studying a drug, you exclude people from your study who got the drug even though they had risk factors that were ‘contraindications’ to that drug. Likely there was a reason they got the drug – in consultation with their doctor, the patient and the doctor decided that the potential benefit outweighed the risk – but they are not relevant to understanding how that drug impacts people who were ‘eligible’ for the drug in the first place.”

“That is part of the reason we excluded ‘high-risk’ people from our study,” she said. “The other reason is that that is what is commonly done in most research on this topic – we focus on ‘low-risk’ people who are within standards and eligibility criteria.”

She gave examples such as a 2019 meta-analysis and a 2011 Birthplace in England national prospective cohort study, both of which excluded high-risk home births.

“Third, we wanted to compare apples to apples (for our analysis of home vs. hospital) – and licensed birth centers in Washington state have restrictions based on risk,” Ms. Nethery said.

Dr. Grünebaum said his team supports the right of all women to give birth where they wish. “But you cannot choose unless you are given the right information.”

Dr. Grünebaum also said planned home births in the United States cannot be compared with home births delivered by midwives in other countries. Different from the United States, he said, in countries such as Canada, Germany, and England, midwives are well integrated in the medical system and they are typically affiliated with hospitals and they belong to organizations which support very strong guidelines.

He added that, while Washington state has its own set of guidelines, there are no national guidelines for home births and practice varies greatly by state.

The authors concluded: “It is the professional responsibility of all health care providers, obstetricians, and midwives to present unbiased information. Focusing the reporting of outcomes on low-risk deliveries underreports true adverse outcomes in U.S. home births and provides biased information to patients considering planned home births. It is an immutable truth that planned home births in the United States result in avoidable risks of increased adverse neonatal outcomes.”

Dr. Angela Martin

Angela Martin, MD, assistant professor of maternal-fetal medicine and medical director of the labor and delivery department at University of Kansas Medical Center, Kansas City, who was not part of either study, said she did not believe it was a problem that Ms. Nethery’s study excluded the high-risk conditions in the main analysis because it was disclosed.

“The authors were clear that they excluded high-risk conditions,” she said. “Therefore, the study should not be extrapolated to women with these conditions.”

“I believe her results do make that case for low-risk women in Washington state,” Dr. Martin said. “Again, it is important that findings are not extrapolated to women outside of those included in the study.”

She said there are several things that make Washington unusual in midwifery care. Consequently, the results should not be seen as representative of the United States.

“It is one of the most integrated states for midwife care in the country,” Dr. Martin said. “Washington has licensure available for midwives, which is not true of all states. It also has a robust state professional association that publishes guidelines for midwives to follow. And midwives in Washington have a wide formulary. For example, they can administer antibiotics, carry and administer hemorrhage medications, they can carry oxygen, and they are allowed to suture.”

Iris Krishna, MD, MPH, director of perinatal quality, Emory Perinatal Center and assistant professor in the division of maternal-fetal medicine at Emory University, Atlanta, said in an interview that the arguments by Ms. Nethery and Dr. Grünebaum illustrate the controversy over home births.

Dr. Krishna, who was not part of either study, said physicians and midwives should counsel patients contemplating a planned community birth that available data is not generalizable to all birth settings or all patients.

“Women should be counseled that delivery in a hospital setting or accredited birth center is safer than home birth,” she said. “Ultimately, each woman has the right to make a medically informed decision about delivery after adequate counseling on the risks and benefits of community birth.”

Dr. Grünebaum and colleagues reported no relevant financial relationships. Ms. Nethery, Dr. Martin, and Dr. Krishna also reported no relevant financial relationships.
 

Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Article Source

FROM THE AMERICAN JOURNAL OF OBSTETRICS AND GYNECOLOGY

Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article

Female patients fare worse with male surgeons, study finds

Article Type
Changed
Wed, 12/08/2021 - 15:16

Female patients are more likely to experience adverse outcomes following common surgical procedures when treated by a male rather than a female surgeon, according to a new analysis of over 1.3 million surgery patients. The study found no difference in adverse outcomes in male patients treated by surgeons of either sex.

While the effect of patient and provider sex discordance (female patient/male physician or male patient/female physician) on care has been explored before, “to the best of our knowledge, this is the first study to assess this in patients undergoing surgery,” Christopher Wallis, MD, PhD, an assistant professor in the division of urology at the University of Toronto, said in an email. The study was published online December 8 in JAMA Surgery.

Past studies in primary care settings have found that sex discordance between a physician and patient can result in “worse rapport, lower certainty of diagnosis, lower likelihood of assessing patient’s conditions as being of high severity, concerns of a hidden agenda, and disagreements regarding advice provided,” the authors write in the paper. Gender discordance has also been shown to negatively affect cancer screening rates and survival after heart attack. Given these past findings, Dr. Wallis and colleagues postulated that gender match between patients and surgeons could affect postoperative outcomes.

To find out, researchers analyzed data from over 1,320,100 patients undergoing one of 21 common elective and emergent surgical procedures in Ontario, Canada, from January 1, 2007, through December 31, 2019. Procedures were performed across the following specialties: cardiothoracic surgery, general surgery, neurosurgery, orthopedic surgery, otolaryngology, plastic surgery, thoracic surgery, urology, and vascular surgery. The investigators compared adverse postoperative outcomes — death, readmission, or complications within 30 days after surgery — in patients of both sexes when treated by male or female surgeons.

The study included 2,937 surgeons, and nearly 46% of patients included in the study were the same sex as their surgeon. Of the remaining 717,548 sex-discordant pairings, 93% were female patients with male surgeons, and 7% were male patients with female surgeons.

Among all patients, 14.9% experienced at least one adverse outcome. The researchers found that sex discordance between patient and surgeon was associated with higher odds of complications (adjusted odds ratio [aOR], 1.09; 95% CI, 1.07 – 1.11) and death (aOR, 1.07; 95% CI, 1.02 – 1.13). There was no statistically significant relationship between sex discordance and readmission in the study.

Using multivariable modeling, the researchers then teased out how patient sex affected this association. They found that female patients treated by male surgeons, compared to those treated by female surgeons, were more likely to have worse outcomes (aOR, 1.15; 95% CI, 1.10 – 1.20); however, there was no difference in outcomes in male patients treated by female surgeons compared with those with male surgeons (aOR, 0.99; 95% CI, 0.95 – 1.03).

While the study did not look at the underlying reasons for this disparity, communication differences between surgeons and patients could be one factor, Dr. Wallis noted. “Prior research has suggested differences in communication style between male and female physicians. Further, there is evidence that female physicians, including surgeons, spend more time with patients,” he wrote in an email. “This, coupled with evidence that female patients may have disparities in the management of their pain, suggest that communication differences may underpin the observed disparity.”

The finding “sounds the alarm for urgent action,” write Andrea Riner, MD, MPH, and Amalia Cochran, MD, both from the department of surgery at the University of Florida College of Medicine in Gainesville, in an accompanying commentary. While recruiting more women into surgical specialties is one way to address this disparity, both Dr. Riner and Dr. Cochran note the importance of identifying unconscious biases in patient care. “Surgeons likely believe they provide the same quality of care to patients irrespective of identity,” they write. “However, these data underscore an underappreciated phenomenon and highlight a measurable repercussion of implicit bias.”

Training programs that work with surgeons to improve communication and care with diverse patients may help counter these biases, they suggest, and incorporating patient identity in surgical outcome metrics could help identify biases. “Female patients with surgical disease should not be disadvantaged because there simply are not enough female surgeons or surgeons who are competent in the care of female patients,” they note. “We owe it to patients to provide them with the best outcomes, regardless of how their identities may align with ours.”

Dr. Riner reports grants from the National Human Genome Research Institute and the National Cancer Institute.Dr. Cochran is a section editor for UpToDate. Dr. Wallis reports no relevant financial relationships.

A version of this article first appeared on Medscape.com.

Publications
Topics
Sections

Female patients are more likely to experience adverse outcomes following common surgical procedures when treated by a male rather than a female surgeon, according to a new analysis of over 1.3 million surgery patients. The study found no difference in adverse outcomes in male patients treated by surgeons of either sex.

While the effect of patient and provider sex discordance (female patient/male physician or male patient/female physician) on care has been explored before, “to the best of our knowledge, this is the first study to assess this in patients undergoing surgery,” Christopher Wallis, MD, PhD, an assistant professor in the division of urology at the University of Toronto, said in an email. The study was published online December 8 in JAMA Surgery.

Past studies in primary care settings have found that sex discordance between a physician and patient can result in “worse rapport, lower certainty of diagnosis, lower likelihood of assessing patient’s conditions as being of high severity, concerns of a hidden agenda, and disagreements regarding advice provided,” the authors write in the paper. Gender discordance has also been shown to negatively affect cancer screening rates and survival after heart attack. Given these past findings, Dr. Wallis and colleagues postulated that gender match between patients and surgeons could affect postoperative outcomes.

To find out, researchers analyzed data from over 1,320,100 patients undergoing one of 21 common elective and emergent surgical procedures in Ontario, Canada, from January 1, 2007, through December 31, 2019. Procedures were performed across the following specialties: cardiothoracic surgery, general surgery, neurosurgery, orthopedic surgery, otolaryngology, plastic surgery, thoracic surgery, urology, and vascular surgery. The investigators compared adverse postoperative outcomes — death, readmission, or complications within 30 days after surgery — in patients of both sexes when treated by male or female surgeons.

The study included 2,937 surgeons, and nearly 46% of patients included in the study were the same sex as their surgeon. Of the remaining 717,548 sex-discordant pairings, 93% were female patients with male surgeons, and 7% were male patients with female surgeons.

Among all patients, 14.9% experienced at least one adverse outcome. The researchers found that sex discordance between patient and surgeon was associated with higher odds of complications (adjusted odds ratio [aOR], 1.09; 95% CI, 1.07 – 1.11) and death (aOR, 1.07; 95% CI, 1.02 – 1.13). There was no statistically significant relationship between sex discordance and readmission in the study.

Using multivariable modeling, the researchers then teased out how patient sex affected this association. They found that female patients treated by male surgeons, compared to those treated by female surgeons, were more likely to have worse outcomes (aOR, 1.15; 95% CI, 1.10 – 1.20); however, there was no difference in outcomes in male patients treated by female surgeons compared with those with male surgeons (aOR, 0.99; 95% CI, 0.95 – 1.03).

While the study did not look at the underlying reasons for this disparity, communication differences between surgeons and patients could be one factor, Dr. Wallis noted. “Prior research has suggested differences in communication style between male and female physicians. Further, there is evidence that female physicians, including surgeons, spend more time with patients,” he wrote in an email. “This, coupled with evidence that female patients may have disparities in the management of their pain, suggest that communication differences may underpin the observed disparity.”

The finding “sounds the alarm for urgent action,” write Andrea Riner, MD, MPH, and Amalia Cochran, MD, both from the department of surgery at the University of Florida College of Medicine in Gainesville, in an accompanying commentary. While recruiting more women into surgical specialties is one way to address this disparity, both Dr. Riner and Dr. Cochran note the importance of identifying unconscious biases in patient care. “Surgeons likely believe they provide the same quality of care to patients irrespective of identity,” they write. “However, these data underscore an underappreciated phenomenon and highlight a measurable repercussion of implicit bias.”

Training programs that work with surgeons to improve communication and care with diverse patients may help counter these biases, they suggest, and incorporating patient identity in surgical outcome metrics could help identify biases. “Female patients with surgical disease should not be disadvantaged because there simply are not enough female surgeons or surgeons who are competent in the care of female patients,” they note. “We owe it to patients to provide them with the best outcomes, regardless of how their identities may align with ours.”

Dr. Riner reports grants from the National Human Genome Research Institute and the National Cancer Institute.Dr. Cochran is a section editor for UpToDate. Dr. Wallis reports no relevant financial relationships.

A version of this article first appeared on Medscape.com.

Female patients are more likely to experience adverse outcomes following common surgical procedures when treated by a male rather than a female surgeon, according to a new analysis of over 1.3 million surgery patients. The study found no difference in adverse outcomes in male patients treated by surgeons of either sex.

While the effect of patient and provider sex discordance (female patient/male physician or male patient/female physician) on care has been explored before, “to the best of our knowledge, this is the first study to assess this in patients undergoing surgery,” Christopher Wallis, MD, PhD, an assistant professor in the division of urology at the University of Toronto, said in an email. The study was published online December 8 in JAMA Surgery.

Past studies in primary care settings have found that sex discordance between a physician and patient can result in “worse rapport, lower certainty of diagnosis, lower likelihood of assessing patient’s conditions as being of high severity, concerns of a hidden agenda, and disagreements regarding advice provided,” the authors write in the paper. Gender discordance has also been shown to negatively affect cancer screening rates and survival after heart attack. Given these past findings, Dr. Wallis and colleagues postulated that gender match between patients and surgeons could affect postoperative outcomes.

To find out, researchers analyzed data from over 1,320,100 patients undergoing one of 21 common elective and emergent surgical procedures in Ontario, Canada, from January 1, 2007, through December 31, 2019. Procedures were performed across the following specialties: cardiothoracic surgery, general surgery, neurosurgery, orthopedic surgery, otolaryngology, plastic surgery, thoracic surgery, urology, and vascular surgery. The investigators compared adverse postoperative outcomes — death, readmission, or complications within 30 days after surgery — in patients of both sexes when treated by male or female surgeons.

The study included 2,937 surgeons, and nearly 46% of patients included in the study were the same sex as their surgeon. Of the remaining 717,548 sex-discordant pairings, 93% were female patients with male surgeons, and 7% were male patients with female surgeons.

Among all patients, 14.9% experienced at least one adverse outcome. The researchers found that sex discordance between patient and surgeon was associated with higher odds of complications (adjusted odds ratio [aOR], 1.09; 95% CI, 1.07 – 1.11) and death (aOR, 1.07; 95% CI, 1.02 – 1.13). There was no statistically significant relationship between sex discordance and readmission in the study.

Using multivariable modeling, the researchers then teased out how patient sex affected this association. They found that female patients treated by male surgeons, compared to those treated by female surgeons, were more likely to have worse outcomes (aOR, 1.15; 95% CI, 1.10 – 1.20); however, there was no difference in outcomes in male patients treated by female surgeons compared with those with male surgeons (aOR, 0.99; 95% CI, 0.95 – 1.03).

While the study did not look at the underlying reasons for this disparity, communication differences between surgeons and patients could be one factor, Dr. Wallis noted. “Prior research has suggested differences in communication style between male and female physicians. Further, there is evidence that female physicians, including surgeons, spend more time with patients,” he wrote in an email. “This, coupled with evidence that female patients may have disparities in the management of their pain, suggest that communication differences may underpin the observed disparity.”

The finding “sounds the alarm for urgent action,” write Andrea Riner, MD, MPH, and Amalia Cochran, MD, both from the department of surgery at the University of Florida College of Medicine in Gainesville, in an accompanying commentary. While recruiting more women into surgical specialties is one way to address this disparity, both Dr. Riner and Dr. Cochran note the importance of identifying unconscious biases in patient care. “Surgeons likely believe they provide the same quality of care to patients irrespective of identity,” they write. “However, these data underscore an underappreciated phenomenon and highlight a measurable repercussion of implicit bias.”

Training programs that work with surgeons to improve communication and care with diverse patients may help counter these biases, they suggest, and incorporating patient identity in surgical outcome metrics could help identify biases. “Female patients with surgical disease should not be disadvantaged because there simply are not enough female surgeons or surgeons who are competent in the care of female patients,” they note. “We owe it to patients to provide them with the best outcomes, regardless of how their identities may align with ours.”

Dr. Riner reports grants from the National Human Genome Research Institute and the National Cancer Institute.Dr. Cochran is a section editor for UpToDate. Dr. Wallis reports no relevant financial relationships.

A version of this article first appeared on Medscape.com.

Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Article Source

FROM JAMA SURGERY

Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article